sv1za
As filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission on August 10, 2011
Registration
No. 333-174139
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C.
20549
Amendment No. 9
to
Form S-1
REGISTRATION
STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF
1933
Carbonite, Inc.
(Exact name of Registrant as
specified in its charter)
|
|
|
|
|
Delaware
|
|
7379
|
|
33-1111329
|
(State or other jurisdiction
of
incorporation or organization)
|
|
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
|
|
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)
|
177 Huntington Avenue
Boston, Massachusetts
02115
(617) 587-1100
(Address, including zip code,
and telephone number, including area code, of Registrants
principal executive offices)
David Friend
Chief Executive
Officer
Carbonite, Inc.
177 Huntington Avenue
Boston, Massachusetts
02115
(617) 587-1100
(Name, address, including zip
code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for
service)
Copies to:
|
|
|
Susan E. Pravda, Esq.
Paul D. Broude, Esq.
Edouard C. LeFevre, Esq.
Foley & Lardner LLP
111 Huntington Avenue
Boston, Massachusetts 02199
(617) 342-4000
|
|
Martin A. Wellington, Esq.
Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP
1600 El Camino Real
Menlo Park, California 94025
(650) 752-2000
|
Approximate date of commencement of the proposed sale to the
public: As soon as practicable after this
Registration Statement becomes effective.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be
offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to
Rule 415 under the Securities Act, check the following
box o
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an
offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act,
please check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective
registration statement for the same
offering. o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to
Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following
box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of
the earlier effective registration statement for the same
offering. o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to
Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following
box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of
the earlier effective registration statement for the same
offering. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large
accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated
filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of
large accelerated filer, accelerated
filer and smaller reporting company in Rule
12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
|
|
|
|
Large
accelerated
filer o
|
Accelerated
filer o
|
Non-accelerated
filer o
|
Smaller reporting
company o
|
(Do not check if a smaller
reporting company)
CALCULATION
OF REGISTRATION FEE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Proposed Maximum
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount of
|
Title of Each Class of
|
|
|
to be
|
|
|
Aggregate Offering
|
|
|
Proposed Maximum
|
|
|
Registration
|
Securities to be Registered
|
|
|
Registered(1)
|
|
|
Price Per Share
|
|
|
Aggregate Offering Price(2)
|
|
|
Fee(3)
|
Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share
|
|
|
7,187,500
|
|
|
$11.00
|
|
|
$79,062,500
|
|
|
$9,179.16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
Includes 937,500 shares that the underwriters have the
option to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.
|
(2)
|
Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the
registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(a) under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
|
(3)
|
Previously paid.
|
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on
such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective
date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which
specifically states that this Registration Statement shall
thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a)
of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration
Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission,
acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
The information in
this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not
sell these securities until the registration statement filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This
prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is
not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state
where the offer or sale is not permitted.
|
Subject to Completion
Preliminary Prospectus dated
August 10, 2011
PROSPECTUS
6,250,000 Shares
Common Stock
This is Carbonite, Inc.s initial public offering. We are
selling 5,366,473 shares of our common stock and the
selling stockholders are selling 883,527 shares of our
common stock. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of
shares to be offered by the selling stockholders.
We expect the public offering price to be between $10.00 and
$11.00 per share. Currently, no public market exists for the
shares. After pricing of this offering, we expect that the
shares will trade on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol
CARB.
Investing in our common stock involves risks that are
described in the Risk Factors section beginning on
page 11 of this prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per Share
|
|
Total
|
|
Public offering price
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
Underwriting discount
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
Proceeds, before expenses, to us
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholders
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
The underwriters may also exercise their option to purchase up
to an additional 937,500 shares from us at the public
offering price, less the underwriting discount, for 30 days
after the date of this prospectus to cover overallotments, if
any.
Entities affiliated with Menlo Ventures (Menlo
Ventures) and entities affiliated with Crosslink Capital
(Crosslink Capital) have expressed an interest in
purchasing up to 800,000 and 1,200,000 shares,
respectively, of our common stock being offered in this offering
for investment purposes. As of June 30, 2011, Menlo
Ventures and Crosslink Capital beneficially owned 31.6% and
5.7%, respectively, of our common shares prior to this offering.
In addition, a member of our board of directors is a managing
member of MV Management X, L.L.C., an affiliate of Menlo
Ventures, and a member of our board of directors is an affiliate
of Crosslink Capital. Such purchases, if any, would be made at
the public offering price.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state
securities commission has approved or disapproved of these
securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or
complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal
offense.
The shares will be ready for delivery on or
about ,
2011.
|
|
BofA
Merrill Lynch |
J.P. Morgan
|
|
|
|
|
William
Blair & Company |
Canaccord Genuity |
Oppenheimer & Co. |
Pacific
Crest Securities |
The date of this prospectus
is ,
2011.
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
|
|
75
|
|
|
|
|
83
|
|
|
|
|
105
|
|
|
|
|
109
|
|
|
|
|
114
|
|
|
|
|
119
|
|
|
|
|
121
|
|
|
|
|
125
|
|
|
|
|
131
|
|
|
|
|
131
|
|
|
|
|
131
|
|
|
|
|
F-1
|
|
Ex-23.2 |
We have not authorized anyone to provide any information other
than that contained in this prospectus or in any free writing
prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have
referred you. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no
assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that
others may give you. We and the selling stockholders are
offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, our common stock
only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The
information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of
the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery
of this prospectus or of any sale of our common stock.
Through and
including
, 2011 (the
25th
day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that
effect transactions in these securities, whether or not
participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a
prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers obligation
to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with
respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.
For investors outside the U.S.: Neither we, the selling
stockholders, nor any of the underwriters have done anything
that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of
this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that
purpose is required, other than in the U.S. You are
required to inform yourselves about and to observe any
restrictions relating to this offering and the distribution of
this prospectus outside of the U.S.
i
PROSPECTUS
SUMMARY
This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in
this prospectus and does not contain all of the information that
you should consider in making your investment decision. Before
investing in our common stock, you should carefully read this
entire prospectus, including our consolidated financial
statements and the related notes included in this prospectus and
the information set forth under the headings Risk
Factors and Managements Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
Unless the context requires otherwise, the words
Carbonite, we, company,
us, and our refer to Carbonite, Inc. and
our wholly owned subsidiaries.
Overview
We are a leading provider of online backup solutions for
consumers and small and medium sized businesses, or SMBs. We
provide easy-to-use, affordable, unlimited, and secure online
backup solutions with anytime, anywhere access to files stored
on our servers, which we call the Carbonite Personal Cloud. We
believe that we are the best known brand in the online backup
market.
We founded Carbonite on one simple idea: all computers need to
be backed up, and in this always-connected and highly-mobile
world, online backup is the ideal approach. Our set and
forget automated solution requires little effort and
protects our customers stored files even if their
computers are lost, stolen, or destroyed.
Our backup solutions work quietly in the background,
automatically and continuously uploading encrypted copies of our
customers files to the Carbonite Personal Cloud. Our
customers can browse and share their photos, videos, and
documents anytime, anywhere using a web browser or our free
iPad, iPhone, BlackBerry, and Android apps. We charge consumers
a $59 flat fee for one year of unlimited online backup. In 2010,
we introduced a version of our solution specifically designed
for SMBs, with features designed for multiple computers and
users, enabling SMBs to easily install and use Carbonite backup
without the help of a professional IT staff.
As of June 30, 2011, we had more than 1.1 million
consumer and SMB subscribers in over 100 countries. Since 2005,
we have backed up over 100 billion files and have restored
over seven billion files that might otherwise have been
permanently lost. We currently back up more than
200 million files each day.
We have developed a highly predictable subscription revenue
model, with a consistently high customer retention rate and a
scalable infrastructure to support our growth. We generated
revenue of $38.6 million and $27.2 million in 2010 and
the six months ended June 30, 2011, respectively. We
continue to invest heavily in customer acquisition, principally
through advertising, and as a result we recorded net losses of
$25.8 million and $10.0 million in the same periods.
Our bookings have grown from $14.1 million in 2008 to
$54.1 million in 2010. For a reconciliation of bookings to
revenue for the last three years and the six months ended
June 30, 2010 and 2011, see footnote 7 to
Summary Consolidated Financial and Other Data.
Industry
Trends
We believe that a decade from now nearly every device that
creates or stores data, including desktop and laptop computers,
tablets, smartphones, and digital cameras, will be backed up
over the internet. Online backup is gaining increasing
acceptance as the best way to store copies of valuable data
off-premise, where they are safe from equipment failure, theft,
loss, viruses, and accidental deletion.
Several trends are helping to fuel the growth of the online
backup industry:
Your life is on your computer. Computers and
mobile devices have transformed the way people work,
communicate, and lead their daily personal and professional
lives. People store a plethora of information
1
on their computers and mobile devices. Often these files are
accumulated over time and are irreplaceable, making their loss
devastating for the owner.
The number of data-creating devices is growing
rapidly. Today, there are billions of computers
and other electronics devices worldwide. According to
IDC1, an
independent research firm, over two billion devices were shipped
in 2010 alone. These devices are becoming increasingly powerful,
enabling users to create and consume high quality multimedia
content and leading to an exponential increase in created and
stored content.
Shift to laptop computers. The market shift to
laptops continues to accelerate. By 2014, notebook and netbook
shipments are projected to be 439 million units compared to
154 million desktop units, according to IDC. Laptop users
need a backup solution that works anywhere and that does not
require external hardware.
Proliferation of broadband connections. Today,
fixed and mobile broadband connections are nearly ubiquitous.
Based on data from OECD Broadband Portal, or
OECD1,
the percentage of fixed broadband subscriptions in the OECD
countries, which include U.S., Canada, Mexico, Australia, New
Zealand, Korea, Japan and many European countries, has grown
from approximately 2.9% in 2001 to over 24.2% in 2010, expanding
the potential market for online backup. The OECD also estimates
that as of June 2010, there were over 700 million fixed and
mobile broadband subscriptions in the OECD countries.
Smartphones and tablets drive demand for anytime, anywhere
access. The growing popularity of smartphones,
tablet computers, and other mobile devices is driving the demand
for instant access to information regardless of a users
location. According to IDC, smartphone and tablet shipments are
expected to grow by 49% and 170%, respectively, in 2011.
Plummeting storage and bandwidth costs. The
cost of providing online backup is highly dependent on the cost
of storage and bandwidth. The cost of a gigabyte of
capacity-optimized storage has fallen from approximately $5.35
in 2005 to approximately $1.23 in 2010, a decline of 77.0%,
according to IDC. IDC forecasts a further decline in these
storage costs at a rate of 25% to 30% annually to approximately
$0.36 in 2014. In 2005, the average wholesale cost of bandwidth
was approximately $75 per megabits per second (Mbps) as compared
to $5 per Mbps in 2010, according to an August 2010 study done
by DrPeering International. This study projects that the
wholesale cost of bandwidth will further decline to
approximately $0.94 per Mbps in 2014.
There are multiple alternatives currently available for backing
up data, such as external hard disk drives, flash memory drives,
CDs, DVDs, and tape backup drives. However, these traditional
alternatives are limited by drive capacity, cumbersome to scale,
prone to failure, not secure, and not accessible from a remote
location. Consumers and SMBs are increasingly searching for
simple, affordable solutions that provide reliable and secure
online backup and anytime, anywhere access to their stored
files. We believe that online backup effectively addresses the
limitations of traditional solutions and will be the predominant
backup solution in the future.
Our
Solution
We provide online backup solutions for consumers and SMBs. We
believe that our customers buy our solutions because they are
easy to use, affordable, and secure, and provide our customers
unlimited capacity and anytime, anywhere access to their stored
files. We make it easy for customers to restore their files and
we provide high quality customer service to those customers who
need assistance.
1 The
IDC information was derived from reports dated October and
December 2010 and March and April 2011. The OECD information was
accessed on April 30, 2011 at
www.oecd.org/sti/ict/broadband.
2
We believe that our solutions provide the following benefits to
all of our customers:
Easy to install and use. We offer our
customers unlimited backup, eliminating the need to manually
pick and choose which files to back up. Installation requires
just an email address and password. Once installed, our
set and forget solution works continuously in the
background backing up new and changed files.
Easy to restore files. In the event of data
loss, our restore wizard guides customers through the process of
restoring their files. If customers accidentally delete or
overwrite files on their computers, they can quickly restore
them from any computer with an internet connection.
Anytime, anywhere access. We enable customers
to access stored files from the Carbonite Personal Cloud
anytime, anywhere using a web browser or one of our free iPad,
iPhone, BlackBerry, or Android apps. Unlike traditional remote
desktop applications, we allow our customers to access their
stored files even if their computers are turned off, lost,
stolen, or destroyed.
Affordability. We believe that we were one of
the first companies to offer consumers unlimited online backup
for a fixed price. Our consumer subscription costs $59 for one
year, with discounts for multi-year plans. Our SMB solution
allows for an unlimited number of users, with tiered pricing
based on the total amount of data backed up.
Security. We encrypt all our customers
files before they are transmitted to our data centers, guarding
against unauthorized access to
backed-up
files and ensuring a high level of data security. In addition,
we employ
state-of-the-art
data center security measures intended to prevent intrusions.
Reliability. Our proprietary Carbonite
Communications System and Carbonite File System manage our
customers stored files and are designed to ensure high
levels of reliability and accessibility.
Our Key
Competitive Strengths
We believe that our key competitive strengths include the
following:
Brand awareness. We believe that we have among
the highest brand awareness in the online backup market.
According to our research surveys, our unaided brand awareness
is more than one and a half times that of our nearest
competitor. We promote our brand through our multi-channel
marketing program, which over the past two years has included
advertising endorsements from 49 national radio talk show
personalities. We also have a broad presence in television,
online display advertising, print advertising, paid and natural
search, and a large affiliate network.
Scale. Scale provides us with a competitive
advantage in both infrastructure and marketing. We believe that
our large scale infrastructure enables us to store additional
files at lower incremental cost than our smaller competitors. In
addition, we are able to purchase national advertising at
advantageous rates, access advertising opportunities that may be
unavailable to smaller businesses, and take advantage of
sophisticated analytical marketing systems.
Optimized backup architecture. Our entire
infrastructure is optimized for backup, which is a low
transaction speed, high volume, write mostly application. We
believe that our average storage costs per subscriber are lower
than those realized by typical general purpose data center
storage systems.
Comprehensive customer support. We believe
that our customer support is more comprehensive than that
offered by our primary competitors in the online backup market
and aids in our customer retention. We provide free telephone,
live chat, and email customer support in our basic subscription
fee.
3
Significant intellectual property
portfolio. We have a significant intellectual
property portfolio relating to our online backup solutions.
CARBONITE and the Carbonite logo are registered trademarks in
the U.S. and over 30 other countries. In addition, we have
13 pending patent applications that cover both our technical
infrastructure and our key usability and design concepts.
Our
Growth Strategy
We plan to continue to grow our core business. With over
200 million broadband subscriptions in the U.S. alone,
according to the OECD, we believe that we have a large domestic
opportunity. In addition, we are pursuing several other ways to
enhance our revenue and growth:
Enhanced consumer offerings. We intend to
enhance our consumer offerings with a series of features, such
as external hard drive backup, tailored to appeal to market
segments that we do not serve today.
Broadened SMB offerings. We intend to expand
the feature set of our SMB solutions with enhanced
administrative controls to drive further market adoption.
International expansion. We plan to launch our
SMB offering in China over the next year. We have also
translated Carbonite into French and expect to start marketing
in Europe in 2012.
U.S.-based
customer support. We have initiated steps to
expand our
U.S.-based
support operations, as we determined that this provides superior
support to our customers and is more cost effective. We intend
to use our
U.S.-based
support organization to drive additional sales and offer premium
customer support services to our SMB customers.
Smartphone and tablet backup. We intend to
back up smartphones and tablets, providing a substantial new
growth opportunity for us.
Strategic investments and acquisitions. We
continually evaluate strategic investment and acquisition
opportunities to enhance the features of our solutions,
accelerate the growth of our customer base, extend our product
portfolio, increase our geographic presence, and take advantage
of new market opportunities.
Risk
Factors
Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties,
including those highlighted in the section entitled Risk
Factors immediately following this prospectus summary,
that represent challenges we face in connection with the
successful implementation of our strategy and the growth of our
business.
Corporate
Information
We were incorporated in Delaware in 2005. Our principal
executive offices are located at 177 Huntington Avenue,
Boston, Massachusetts, 02115, and our telephone number is
(617) 587-1100.
Our website address is www.carbonite.com. Information contained
on our website is not a part of this prospectus and the
inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an
inactive textual reference only.
CARBONITE, the Carbonite logo and other trademarks of Carbonite
appearing in this prospectus are the property of Carbonite.
Solely for convenience, our trademarks and trade names referred
to in this prospectus are without the
®
or
tm
symbol, as applicable, but such references are not intended to
indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest
extent under applicable law, our rights to these trademarks and
trade names. Trade names and trademarks of other companies
appearing in this prospectus are the property of the respective
holders.
4
THE
OFFERING
|
|
|
Common stock offered: |
|
|
|
By Carbonite, Inc. |
|
5,366,473 shares |
|
By the selling stockholders |
|
883,527 shares |
|
Shares outstanding after the offering: |
|
24,000,105 shares (or 24,937,605 shares if the
underwriters exercise their overallotment option in full) |
|
Overallotment option: |
|
|
|
By Carbonite, Inc. |
|
937,500 shares |
|
Use of proceeds: |
|
We expect that the net proceeds to us from this offering, based
on an assumed initial public offering price of $10.50 per
share, the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover
page of this prospectus, will be approximately
$49.7 million after deducting underwriting discounts and
commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We
intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for general
corporate purposes, including working capital, sales and
marketing activities, general and administrative matters, and
capital expenditures. We may also use a portion of the net
proceeds to acquire, invest in, or obtain rights to
complementary technologies, solutions, or businesses. We will
not receive any proceeds from the sale of common stock by the
selling stockholders. See Use of Proceeds. |
|
Proposed Nasdaq Global Market symbol: |
|
CARB |
|
Potential participation of certain stockholders: |
|
Entities affiliated with Menlo Ventures (Menlo
Ventures) and entities affiliated with Crosslink Capital
(Crosslink Capital) have expressed an interest in
purchasing up to 800,000 and 1,200,000 shares,
respectively, of our common stock being offered in this offering
for investment purposes. Such purchases, if any, would be made
at the public offering price. |
The number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this
offering is based on 18,633,632 shares outstanding as of
June 30, 2011, and excludes:
|
|
|
|
|
2,037,410 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise
of outstanding options at June 30, 2011 to purchase our
common stock granted pursuant to our 2005 Stock Incentive Plan
at a weighted average exercise price of $3.39 per share;
|
|
|
|
11,316 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of
outstanding warrants at an exercise price of $2.32 per share;
|
|
|
|
266,268 additional shares of common stock reserved for
issuance under our 2005 Stock Incentive Plan as of June 30,
2011; and
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
1,662,000 additional shares of common stock reserved for
issuance under our 2011 Equity Award Plan.
|
Except as otherwise indicated, information in this prospectus
reflects or assumes the following:
|
|
|
|
|
that our amended and restated certificate of incorporation,
which we will file in connection with the completion of this
offering, is in effect;
|
|
|
|
the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock
and warrants to purchase shares of our preferred stock into
13,483,473 shares of common stock and warrants to purchase
11,316 shares of common stock, respectively, upon the completion
of this offering; and
|
|
|
|
no exercise of the underwriters overallotment option to
purchase up to 937,500 additional shares of our common stock.
|
After this offering, our directors, executive officers, and
holders of more than 5% of our common stock prior to this
offering, together with their affiliates, will beneficially own,
in the aggregate, approximately 50.2% of our outstanding common
stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters option to
purchase additional shares of our common stock in this offering.
If any shares of common stock are purchased in this offering by
our directors, executive officers, or holders of more than 5% of
our common stock prior to this offering, or their affiliates,
including Menlo Ventures and Crosslink Capital, this percentage
would increase.
6
SUMMARY
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA
The following tables summarize certain consolidated financial
and other data for our business. You should read this summary
consolidated financial and other data in conjunction with
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations and our consolidated
financial statements and related notes, all included elsewhere
in this prospectus.
We derived the consolidated statements of operations data for
the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009, and 2010 from our
audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in
this prospectus. The consolidated statements of operations data
for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2011, and the
consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2011, are
derived from our consolidated unaudited financial statements
included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the
unaudited information on the same basis as the audited
consolidated financial statements and have included, in our
opinion, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring
adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair presentation
of the financial information set forth in those statements. Our
historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results
to be expected in the future.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months Ended
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
(in thousands, except share and per share data)
|
|
|
Consolidated statements of operations data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
8,202
|
|
|
$
|
19,114
|
|
|
$
|
38,563
|
|
|
$
|
16,685
|
|
|
$
|
27,242
|
|
Cost of revenue
|
|
|
4,273
|
|
|
|
8,954
|
|
|
|
16,284
|
|
|
|
7,449
|
|
|
|
10,311
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
3,929
|
|
|
|
10,160
|
|
|
|
22,279
|
|
|
|
9,236
|
|
|
|
16,931
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
4,663
|
|
|
|
6,210
|
|
|
|
10,868
|
|
|
|
4,973
|
|
|
|
7,710
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
2,389
|
|
|
|
2,485
|
|
|
|
4,209
|
|
|
|
2,033
|
|
|
|
2,878
|
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
|
14,729
|
|
|
|
21,067
|
|
|
|
33,098
|
|
|
|
16,464
|
|
|
|
16,358
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
21,781
|
|
|
|
29,762
|
|
|
|
48,175
|
|
|
|
23,470
|
|
|
|
26,946
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from operations
|
|
|
(17,852
|
)
|
|
|
(19,602
|
)
|
|
|
(25,896
|
)
|
|
|
(14,234
|
)
|
|
|
(10,015
|
)
|
Interest income, net
|
|
|
413
|
|
|
|
391
|
|
|
|
143
|
|
|
|
120
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
Other income (expense)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(14
|
)
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
(17,439
|
)
|
|
|
(19,225
|
)
|
|
|
(25,763
|
)
|
|
|
(14,113
|
)
|
|
|
(9,989
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
(210
|
)
|
|
|
(210
|
)
|
|
|
(210
|
)
|
|
|
(105
|
)
|
|
|
(105
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss attributable to common stockholders
|
|
$
|
(17,649
|
)
|
|
$
|
(19,435
|
)
|
|
$
|
(25,973
|
)
|
|
$
|
(14,218
|
)
|
|
$
|
(10,094
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss attributable to common stockholders per
sharebasic and diluted
|
|
$
|
(4.61
|
)
|
|
$
|
(4.78
|
)
|
|
$
|
(5.90
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3.26
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2.02
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average number of common shares used in computing net
loss per sharebasic and diluted
|
|
|
3,828,073
|
|
|
|
4,065,230
|
|
|
|
4,399,137
|
|
|
|
4,367,982
|
|
|
|
5,009,565
|
|
Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common
stockholdersbasic and diluted (1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(1.44
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(0.54
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma weighted average number of common shares used in
computing pro forma net loss per share attributable to common
stockholdersbasic and diluted (1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17,882,610
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,493,038
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of June 30, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma as
|
|
|
|
Actual
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
Adjusted (2)
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Consolidated balance sheet data (3):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
$
|
16,243
|
|
|
$
|
16,243
|
|
|
$
|
67,252
|
|
Working capital (deficit)
|
|
|
(25,448
|
)
|
|
|
(25,448
|
)
|
|
|
25,921
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
42,370
|
|
|
|
42,370
|
|
|
|
91,714
|
|
Deferred revenue, including current portion
|
|
|
49,312
|
|
|
|
49,312
|
|
|
|
49,312
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
58,036
|
|
|
|
57,935
|
|
|
|
57,575
|
|
Preferred stock warrant liability
|
|
|
101
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Redeemable and convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
68,835
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity (deficit)
|
|
|
(84,501
|
)
|
|
|
(15,565
|
)
|
|
|
34,139
|
|
Key
Metrics
To provide investors with additional information, the table
below presents our key non-GAAP financial and operating metrics
for the periods presented, including total customers, annual
retention rate, renewal rate, bookings, and free cash flow:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
Six Months Ended June 30,
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
2010
|
|
2011
|
|
|
(in thousands, except percentage data)
|
|
Total customers (4)
|
|
|
281
|
|
|
|
590
|
|
|
|
951
|
|
|
|
782
|
|
|
|
1,114
|
|
Annual retention rate (5)
|
|
|
81
|
%
|
|
|
79
|
%
|
|
|
83
|
%
|
|
|
80
|
%
|
|
|
83
|
%
|
Renewal rate (6)
|
|
|
78
|
%
|
|
|
78
|
%
|
|
|
81
|
%
|
|
|
80
|
%
|
|
|
82
|
%
|
Bookings (7)
|
|
$
|
14,069
|
|
|
$
|
32,857
|
|
|
$
|
54,141
|
|
|
$
|
24,235
|
|
|
$
|
37,246
|
|
Free cash flow (8)
|
|
$
|
(12,409
|
)
|
|
$
|
(8,045
|
)
|
|
$
|
(12,204
|
)
|
|
$
|
(8,099
|
)
|
|
$
|
(6,369
|
)
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Pro forma basic net loss per share has been calculated assuming
the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock
into 13,483,473 shares of common stock upon the completion
of this offering. |
|
(2) |
|
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public
offering price of $10.50 per share of common stock, which
is the midpoint of the range listed on the cover page of this
prospectus, would increase (decrease) the amount of cash,
working capital, total assets, and total stockholders
equity (deficit) by approximately $5.0 million, assuming
the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover
page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting
underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering
expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of
one million shares in the number of shares of common stock
offered by us would increase (decrease) cash, working capital,
total assets, and total stockholders equity (deficit) by
approximately $9.8 million, assuming the assumed initial
public offering price remains the same, and after deducting
underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering
expenses payable by us. The pro forma as adjusted information
discussed above is illustrative only and will be adjusted based
on the actual public offering price and other terms of this
offering determined at the pricing of this offering. |
|
(3) |
|
The balance sheet data as of June 30, 2011 is presented: |
|
|
|
on an actual basis;
|
|
|
|
on a pro forma basis to reflect
the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock
and warrants to purchase shares of our preferred stock into
13,483,473 shares of common stock and warrants to purchase
11,316 shares of common stock, respectively, upon the completion
of this offering; and
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
on a pro forma as adjusted basis
to reflect the pro forma adjustments described above and the
sale by us of 5,366,473 shares of common stock offered by
this prospectus at an assumed initial public offering price of
$10.50 per share, the mid-point of the price range set forth on
the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting
discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses
payable by us.
|
(4) We define total customers as the number of paid
subscriptions from consumers and SMBs at the end of the relevant
period.
|
|
|
(5) |
|
We define annual retention rate as the percentage of customers
on the last day of the prior year who remain customers on the
last day of the current year, or for quarterly presentations,
the percentage of customers on the last day of the comparable
quarter in the prior year who remain customers on the last day
of the current quarter. |
|
|
|
Our management uses annual retention rate to determine the
stability of our customer base and to evaluate the lifetime
value of our customer relationships. As customers annual
and
multi-year
subscriptions come up for renewal throughout the calendar year
based on the dates of their original subscriptions, measuring
retention on a trailing twelve month basis at the end of each
quarter provides our management with useful and timely
information about the stability of our customer base. |
|
|
|
In June 2010, we decided to cease distribution of our consumer
solutions through third-party distribution channels, and we
terminated most of our distribution agreements at that time.
During 2010, subscriptions purchased through third-party
distributors accounted for 8% of our revenue. Historically,
renewal rates for subscriptions purchased through third-party
distributors were lower than for direct sales. Excluding renewal
activity related to third-party distributor sales, our annual
retention rates for 2008, 2009, 2010 and the six months
ended June 30, 2010 and 2011 were 84%, 83%, 85%, 83% and
85%, respectively. |
|
(6) |
|
We define renewal rate for a period as the percentage of
customers who renew annual or multi-year subscriptions that
expire during the period presented. Renewal rate excludes
customers under our discontinued third-party distribution
agreements and prior SMB offering with subscriptions that remain
active until cancelled. Our management uses renewal rate to
monitor trends in customer renewal activity. |
|
(7) |
|
We define bookings as revenue recognized during the period plus
the change in total deferred revenue (excluding deferred revenue
recorded in connection with acquisitions) during the same
period. The following table presents a reconciliation of
bookings to revenue for the last three years and the six months
ended June 30, 2010 and June 30, 2011: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months Ended
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
2010
|
|
2011
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
8,202
|
|
|
$
|
19,114
|
|
|
$
|
38,563
|
|
|
$
|
16,685
|
|
|
$
|
27,242
|
|
Plus change in deferred revenue
|
|
|
5,867
|
|
|
|
13,743
|
|
|
|
15,578
|
|
|
|
7,550
|
|
|
|
10,004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bookings
|
|
$
|
14,069
|
|
|
$
|
32,857
|
|
|
$
|
54,141
|
|
|
$
|
24,235
|
|
|
$
|
37,246
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Our management uses bookings as a proxy for cash receipts.
Bookings represents the aggregate dollar value of customer
subscriptions received by us during a period. We initially
record a subscription fee as deferred revenue and then recognize
it ratably, on a daily basis, over the life of the subscription
period. |
|
|
|
Although bookings is frequently used by investors and securities
analysts in their evaluations of companies, bookings has
limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider
it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results
of operations as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations
are: |
|
|
|
bookings does not reflect our
receipt of payment from subscribers; and
|
|
|
|
other companies in our industry
may calculate bookings or similarly titled measures differently
than we do, limiting their usefulness as comparative measures.
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
Management compensates for the inherent limitations associated
with using the bookings measure through disclosure of such
limitations, presentation of our financial statements in
accordance with GAAP, and reconciliation of bookings to the most
directly comparable GAAP measure, revenue, as presented above. |
|
(8) |
|
We define free cash flow as net cash provided by (used in)
operating activities, less capital expenditures, and adjusted
for any extraordinary items. The following table presents a
reconciliation of free cash flow to net cash provided by (used
in) operating activities, the most comparable GAAP measure, for
the last three fiscal years and the six months ended June 30,
2010 and 2011: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
Six Months Ended June 30,
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
2010
|
|
2011
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
|
|
$
|
(7,705
|
)
|
|
$
|
(946
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,552
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3,723
|
)
|
|
$
|
821
|
|
Less capital expenditures
|
|
|
(4,704
|
)
|
|
|
(7,099
|
)
|
|
|
(10,652
|
)
|
|
|
(4,376
|
)
|
|
|
(7,190
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Free cash flow
|
|
$
|
(12,409
|
)
|
|
$
|
(8,045
|
)
|
|
$
|
(12,204
|
)
|
|
$
|
(8,099
|
)
|
|
$
|
(6,369
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Our management uses free cash flow as a measure of our operating
performance; for planning purposes, including the preparation of
our annual operating budget; to allocate resources to enhance
the financial performance of our business; to evaluate the
effectiveness of our business strategies; to provide consistency
and comparability with past financial performance; to determine
capital requirements; to facilitate a comparison of our results
with those of other companies; and in communications with our
board of directors concerning our financial performance. We also
use free cash flow as a factor when determining
managements incentive compensation. |
|
|
|
Management believes that the use of free cash flow provides
consistency and comparability with our past financial
performance, facilitates period to period comparisons of
operations, and also facilitates comparisons with other peer
companies, many of which use similar non-GAAP financial measures
to supplement their GAAP results. |
|
|
|
Although free cash flow is frequently used by investors and
securities analysts in their evaluations of companies, free cash
flow has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not
consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our
results of operations as reported under GAAP. |
Some of these limitations are:
|
|
|
|
|
free cash flow does not reflect our future requirements for
contractual commitments to vendors;
|
|
|
|
free cash flow does not reflect the non-cash component of
employee compensation or depreciation and amortization of
property and equipment; and
|
|
|
|
other companies in our industry may calculate free cash flow or
similarly titled measures differently than we do, limiting their
usefulness as comparative measures.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Management compensates for the inherent limitations associated
with using the free cash flow measure through disclosure of such
limitations, presentation of our financial statements in
accordance with GAAP, and reconciliation of free cash flow to
the most directly comparable GAAP measure, net cash provided by
(used in) operating activities as presented above. |
10
RISK
FACTORS
An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of
risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below
before making an investment decision. Our business, prospects,
financial condition, or operating results could be harmed by any
of these risks, as well as other risks not currently known to us
or that we currently consider immaterial. The trading price of
our common stock could decline due to any of these risks, and,
as a result, you may lose all or part of your investment. Before
deciding whether to invest in our common stock you should also
refer to the other information contained in this prospectus,
including our consolidated financial statements and the related
notes.
Risks
Related to Our Business
We
have experienced losses and negative cash flow since our
inception, and we may not be able to achieve or sustain
profitability or positive cash flow in the future.
We experienced net losses of $17.4 million for 2008,
$19.2 million for 2009, $25.8 million for 2010, and
$10.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011,
and have an accumulated deficit of $87.9 million as of
June 30, 2011. We have not generally achieved positive cash
flow from our operations or reported net income, and we do not
expect to be profitable for the foreseeable future. We expect to
continue making significant expenditures to develop and expand
our business, including for advertising, customer acquisition,
technology infrastructure, storage capacity, product
development, and international expansion, in an effort to
increase and service our customer base. In 2011, we also expect
to incur increased expenses associated with the relocation of
one of our data centers to a new facility, and with relocating
our customer service operations from India to the U.S., as
described elsewhere in this prospectus, which will adversely
affect our operating results for 2011. We also expect that our
quarterly results may fluctuate due to a variety of factors
described elsewhere in this prospectus, including the timing and
amount of our advertising expenditures, which are seasonal, as
well as the timing and amount of expenditures related to the
development of technologies and solutions and to defend
intellectual property infringement and other claims. In
addition, as a public company, we will incur significant legal,
accounting and other expenses, including increased costs for
director and officer liability insurance, that we did not incur
as a private company. We may also incur increased losses and
negative cash flow in the future for a number of reasons,
including due to the other risks described in this prospectus,
and we may encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties,
complications, delays, and other unknown events. For these
reasons, we expect to continue to record net losses for the next
several years and we may not be able to achieve or maintain
positive cash flow from operations or profitability.
Any
significant disruption in our service or loss or misuse of our
customers data could damage our reputation and harm our
business and operating results.
Our brand, reputation, and ability to attract, retain, and serve
our customers are dependent upon the reliable performance of our
service and our customers ability to readily access their
stored files. Our customers rely on our online backup service to
store digital copies of their valuable data files, including
financial records, business information, photos, and other
personally meaningful content. Our data centers are vulnerable
to damage or interruption from human error, intentional bad
acts, computer viruses or hackers, earthquakes, hurricanes,
floods, fires, war, terrorist attacks, power losses, hardware
failures, systems failures, telecommunications failures, and
similar events, any of which could limit our customers
ability to access their files and could prevent us from being
able to continuously back up our customers files.
Prolonged delays or unforeseen difficulties in connection with
adding storage capacity or upgrading our network architecture
when required may cause our service quality to suffer. A breach
of our network security and systems could also cause the loss or
public disclosure of, or access by third parties to, our
customers stored files. Any event that significantly
disrupts our service or exposes our customers stored files
to misuse could damage our reputation and harm our business and
operating results, including reducing our revenue, causing us to
issue credits to customers, subjecting us to potential
liability, harming our renewal rates, or increasing our cost of
acquiring new customers.
11
The
market for online backup solutions is competitive, and if we do
not compete effectively, our operating results could be
harmed.
We compete with both online backup providers and providers of
traditional hardware-based backup systems. The market for online
backup solutions is competitive and rapidly changing. We
directly compete with Prosoftnet, CrashPlan, Mozy (a division of
VMWare), Symantecs Norton Online Backup, McAfee Online
Backup, SOS Online Backup, and others. Certain of our features,
including our remote access service, also compete with current
or potential services offered by Apple, Google, Microsoft,
Amazon, and others. Certain of our planned features, including
the ability to share data with third parties, also compete with
current or potential services offered by DropBox, Mozy,
SugarSync, and others. With the introduction of new technologies
and market entrants, we expect competition to intensify in the
future. Many of our actual and potential competitors benefit
from competitive advantages over us, such as greater name
recognition, longer operating histories, more varied services,
larger marketing budgets, established marketing relationships,
access to larger customer bases, major distribution agreements
with computer manufacturers, internet service providers and
resellers, and greater financial, technical, and other
resources. Some of our competitors may make acquisitions or
enter into strategic relationships to offer a more comprehensive
service than we do. These combinations may make it more
difficult for us to compete effectively. We expect these trends
to continue as competitors attempt to strengthen or maintain
their market positions.
Demand for our online backup solutions is sensitive to price.
Many factors, including our advertising, customer acquisition
and technology costs, and our current and future
competitors pricing and marketing strategies, can
significantly affect our pricing strategies. Certain of our
competitors offer, or may in the future offer, lower-priced or
free products or services that compete with our solutions.
Similarly, certain competitors may use internet-based marketing
strategies that enable them to acquire customers at a lower cost
than us. There can be no assurance that we will not be forced to
engage in price-cutting initiatives, or to increase our
advertising and other expenses to attract and retain customers
in response to competitive pressures, either of which could have
a material adverse effect on our revenue and operating results.
Our
limited operating history makes it difficult to evaluate our
current business and future prospects.
We have been in existence since 2005, and our revenue has grown
rapidly from $8.2 million in 2008 to $38.6 million in
2010, representing a compound annual growth rate of 117.0% over
that period. We do not expect that this growth rate will
continue in future periods and you should not rely on the
revenue growth of any prior quarterly or annual periods as an
indication of our future performance. In addition, because we
recognize revenue from customers over the terms of their
subscriptions, a large portion of our revenue for each quarter
reflects deferred revenue from subscriptions entered into during
previous quarters, and downturns or upturns in subscription
sales or renewals may not be reflected in our operating results
until later periods. We may not achieve sufficient revenue to
achieve or maintain positive cash flow from operations or
profitability, and our limited operating history may make it
difficult for you to evaluate our current business and our
future prospects. We have encountered and will continue to
encounter risks and difficulties frequently experienced by
growing companies in rapidly changing industries, including
increasing expenses as we continue to grow our business. If we
do not manage these risks successfully, our business will be
harmed. If our future growth fails to meet investor or analyst
expectations, it could have a negative effect on our stock
price. If our growth rate were to decline significantly or
become negative, it could adversely affect our financial
condition and operating results.
A
decline in demand for our solutions or for online backup
solutions in general could cause our revenue to
decline.
We derive, and expect to continue to derive, substantially all
of our revenue from the sale of our online backup solutions, a
relatively new and rapidly changing market. As a result,
widespread acceptance and use of online backup solutions is
critical to our future growth and success. If the market for
online backup
12
solutions fails to grow or grows more slowly than we currently
anticipate, demand for our solutions could be negatively
affected.
Changes in customer preferences for online backup solutions may
have a disproportionately greater impact on us than if we
offered multiple products and services. The market for online
backup solutions is subject to rapidly changing customer demand
and trends in preferences. Some of the potential factors that
could affect interest in and demand for online backup solutions
include:
|
|
|
|
|
awareness of our brand and the online backup solutions category
generally;
|
|
|
|
the appeal and reliability of our solutions;
|
|
|
|
the price, performance, features, and availability of products
and services that compete with ours;
|
|
|
|
public concern regarding privacy and data security;
|
|
|
|
our ability to maintain high levels of customer
satisfaction; and
|
|
|
|
the rate of growth in online solutions generally.
|
In addition, substantially all of our revenue is currently
derived from customers in the U.S. Consequently, a decrease
of interest in and demand for online backup solutions in the
U.S. could have a disproportionately greater impact on us
than if our geographic mix of revenue was less concentrated.
If we
are unable to attract new customers to our solutions on a
cost-effective basis, our revenue and operating results would be
adversely affected.
We generate substantially all of our revenue from the sale of
subscriptions to our solutions. In order to grow, we must
continue to attract a large number of customers on a
cost-effective basis, many of whom have not previously used
online backup solutions. We use and periodically adjust a
diverse mix of advertising and marketing programs to promote our
solutions. Significant increases in the pricing of one or more
of our advertising channels would increase our advertising costs
or cause us to choose less expensive and perhaps less effective
channels. As we add to or change the mix of our advertising and
marketing strategies, we may need to expand into channels with
significantly higher costs than our current programs, which
could adversely affect our operating results. Currently, we rely
significantly on advertising endorsements by certain radio
personalities. The loss of one or more of these endorsement
arrangements or our inability to obtain additional effective
endorsements could adversely affect our advertising and customer
acquisition efforts and our operating results. We may incur
advertising and marketing expenses significantly in advance of
the time we anticipate recognizing any revenue generated by such
expenses, and we may only at a later date, or never, experience
an increase in revenue or brand awareness as a result of such
expenditures. We have made in the past, and may make in the
future, significant investments to test new advertising, and
there can be no assurance that any such investments will lead to
the cost-effective acquisition of additional customers. If we
are unable to maintain effective advertising programs, our
ability to attract new customers could be adversely affected,
our advertising and marketing expenses could increase
substantially, and our operating results may suffer.
A portion of our potential customers locate our website through
search engines, such as Google, Bing, and Yahoo!. Our ability to
maintain the number of visitors directed to our website is not
entirely within our control. If search engine companies modify
their search algorithms in a manner that reduces the prominence
of our listing, or if our competitors search engine
optimization efforts are more successful than ours, fewer
potential customers may click through to our website. In
addition, the cost of purchased listings has increased in the
past and may increase in the future. A decrease in website
traffic or an increase in search costs could adversely affect
our customer acquisition efforts and our operating results.
13
A significant portion of our customers first try our online
backup solutions through free trials. We seek to convert these
free trial users to paying customers of our solutions. If our
rate of conversion suffers for any reason, our revenue may
decline and our business may suffer.
If we
are unable to retain our existing customers, our revenue and
operating results would be adversely affected.
If our efforts to satisfy our existing customers are not
successful, we may not be able to retain them, and as a result,
our revenue and ability to grow would be adversely affected. We
may not be able to accurately predict future trends in customer
renewals. Customers choose not to renew their subscriptions for
many reasons, including if customer service issues are not
satisfactorily resolved, a desire to reduce discretionary
spending, or a perception that they do not use the service
sufficiently, the service is a poor value, or that competitive
services provide a better value or experience. If our customer
retention rate decreases, we may need to increase the rate at
which we add new customers in order to maintain and grow our
revenue, which may require us to incur significantly higher
advertising and marketing expenses than we currently anticipate,
or our revenue may decline. A significant decrease in our
customer retention rate would therefore have an adverse effect
on our business, financial condition, and operating results.
We
intend to transition our customer support from a third-party
service provider in India to a new customer support facility we
intend to open in the U.S. If we experience operational
difficulties or disruptions during this transition period, our
business could be adversely affected.
We have relied on a third-party customer support provider based
in India to handle most of our routine support cases. In 2011,
we intend to relocate our customer support function to a new
facility in the Portland, Maine area to be staffed by our
employees. If we experience operational difficulties or
disruptions during this transition period, our ability to
respond to customer support calls in a timely manner and the
quality of our customer support would be adversely affected or
our transition costs may be higher than we expected, which in
turn could affect our reputation, customer retention rates, and
operating results.
If we
are unable to develop additional solutions for mobile devices,
or if users of these devices do not widely adopt our solutions,
our business could be adversely affected.
The number of people who access the internet through devices
other than personal computers, including mobile telephones,
personal digital assistants, smartphones, and handheld tablets
or computers, has increased dramatically in the past few years
and is projected to continue to increase. We have recently
introduced our initial mobile applications for the iPad and
iPhone, BlackBerry, and Android smartphones to access files
stored on our systems. However, these initial applications have
not achieved widespread adoption. In addition, people are
increasingly using their mobile devices to create and store data
and other content that is important to them. We have not
launched any version of our service that will back up data
stored on these devices. If one or more of our competitors were
to launch such a service, or if we were to be unsuccessful in an
attempt to launch such a service, our competitive position could
be materially harmed. As new devices and new platforms are
continually being released, it is difficult to predict the
problems we may encounter in developing versions of our
solutions for use on these mobile devices, and we may need to
devote significant resources to the creation, support, and
maintenance of such services, which could adversely affect our
operating results.
If we
are unable to expand our base of SMB customers, our business
could be adversely affected.
We recently introduced the first version of our backup solution
targeted toward SMBs, which are generally companies that are too
small to have a dedicated in-house IT staff. We are
committing substantial resources to the expansion and increased
marketing of our SMB offerings. If we are unable to market and
sell our solutions to SMBs with competitive pricing and in a
cost-effective manner, our ability to grow our revenue
14
and achieve profitability will be harmed. We expect it will be
more difficult and expensive to attract and retain SMB customers
than consumers, because SMBs:
|
|
|
|
|
may have different or much more complex needs than those of
individual consumers, such as archiving, version control,
enhanced security requirements and other forms of encryption and
authentication, which our solutions may not adequately address;
|
|
|
|
frequently cease operations due to the sale or failure of their
business; and
|
|
|
|
are difficult to reach without using more expensive, targeted
sales campaigns.
|
In addition, SMBs frequently have limited budgets and are more
likely to be significantly affected by economic downturns than
larger, more established companies. As a result, they may choose
to spend funds on items other than our solutions, particularly
during difficult economic times. If we are unsuccessful in
meeting the needs of potential SMB customers, it could adversely
affect our future growth and operating results.
If we
are unable to improve market recognition of and loyalty to our
brand, or if our reputation were to be harmed, we could lose
customers or fail to increase the number of our customers, which
could harm our revenue, operating results, and financial
condition.
Given our consumer and SMB market focus, maintaining and
enhancing the Carbonite brand is critical to our success. We
believe that the importance of brand recognition and loyalty
will increase in light of increasing competition in our markets.
We plan to continue investing substantial resources to promote
our brand, both domestically and internationally, but there is
no guarantee that our brand development strategies will enhance
the recognition of our brand. Some of our existing and potential
competitors have well-established brands with greater
recognition than we have. If our efforts to promote and maintain
our brand are not successful, our operating results and our
ability to attract and retain customers may be adversely
affected. In addition, even if our brand recognition and loyalty
increases, this may not result in increased use of our solutions
or higher revenue.
Our offerings, as well as those of our competitors, are
regularly reviewed in computer and business publications.
Negative reviews, or reviews in which our competitors
products and services are rated more highly than our solutions,
could negatively affect our brand and reputation. From
time-to-time, our customers express dissatisfaction with our
solutions, including, among other things, dissatisfaction with
our customer support, our billing policies, our handling of
personal data, and the way our solutions operate. If we do not
handle customer complaints effectively, our brand and reputation
may suffer, we may lose our customers confidence, and they
may choose not to renew their subscriptions. In addition, many
of our customers participate in online blogs about computers and
internet services, including our solutions, and our success
depends in part on our ability to generate positive customer
feedback through such online channels where consumers seek and
share information. If actions we take or changes we make to our
solutions upset these customers, their blogging could negatively
affect our brand and reputation. Complaints or negative
publicity about our solutions or billing practices could
adversely impact our ability to attract and retain customers and
our business, financial condition, and operating results.
The
termination of our relationship with any major credit card
company would have a severe, negative impact on our ability to
collect revenue from customers. Increases in credit card
processing fees would increase our operating expenses and
adversely affect our operating results.
Substantially all of our customers purchase our solutions online
with credit cards, and our business depends upon our ability to
offer credit card payment options. The termination of our
ability to process payments on any major credit card would
significantly impair our ability to operate our business and
significantly increase our administrative costs related to
customer payment processing. If we fail to maintain our
compliance with the data protection and documentation standards
adopted by the major credit card issuers
15
and applicable to us, these issuers could terminate their
agreements with us, and we could lose our ability to offer our
customers a credit card payment option. If these issuers
increase their credit card processing fees because we experience
excessive chargebacks or refunds or for other reasons, it could
adversely affect our business and operating results.
Any
significant disruption in service on our websites or in our
computer systems could damage our reputation and result in a
loss of customers, which would harm our business and operating
results.
Our brand, reputation, and ability to attract, retain and serve
our customers are dependent upon the reliable performance of our
websites, network infrastructure and payment systems, and our
customers ability to readily access their stored files. We
have experienced interruptions in these systems in the past,
including server failures that temporarily slowed down our
websites performance and our customers ability to
access their stored files, or made our websites and
infrastructure inaccessible, and we may experience interruptions
in the future. Interruptions in these systems, whether due to
system failures, computer viruses, physical or electronic
break-ins, or other factors, could affect the security or
availability of our websites and infrastructure and prevent us
from being able to continuously back up our customers data
or our customers from accessing their data. In addition,
prolonged delays or unforeseen difficulties in connection with
adding storage capacity or upgrading our network architecture
when required may cause our service quality to suffer. While we
believe that there are alternative suppliers who could meet our
needs, we currently depend primarily on one provider of disk
storage systems for our data centers. Problems with the
reliability or security of our systems could harm our
reputation. Damage to our reputation and the cost of remedying
these problems could negatively affect our business, financial
condition, and operating results.
Our systems provide redundancy at the disk level, but do not
keep separate, redundant copies of backed up customer files.
Instead, we rely on the fact that our customers, in effect, back
up our system by maintaining the primary instance of their
files. We do not intend to create redundant backup sites for our
solutions. As such, a total failure of our systems, or the
failure of any of our systems, could result in the loss of or a
temporary inability to back up our customers data and
result in our customers being unable to access their stored
files. If one of our data centers fails at the same time that
our customers computers fail, we would be unable to
provide backed up copies of their data. If this were to occur,
our reputation could be compromised and we could be subject to
liability to the customers that were affected.
Our data centers, both of which are located in the Boston,
Massachusetts metropolitan area, are vulnerable to damage or
interruption from human error, intentional bad acts, pandemics,
earthquakes, hurricanes, floods, fires, war, terrorist attacks,
power losses, hardware failures, systems failures,
telecommunications failures, and similar events. As both of our
data facilities are located in a single metropolitan area, we
may be more susceptible to the risk that a single event could
significantly harm the operations of these facilities. The
occurrence of a natural disaster, power failure or an act of
terrorism, vandalism or other misconduct, a decision to close
the facilities without adequate notice, or other unanticipated
problems could result in lengthy interruptions in our services.
The occurrence of any of the foregoing events could damage our
systems and hardware or could cause them to fail completely, and
our insurance may not cover such events or may be insufficient
to compensate us for the potentially significant losses,
including the potential harm to the future growth of our
business, that may result from interruptions in our service as a
result of system failures.
We
depend on data centers operated by third parties and any
disruption in the operation of these facilities could adversely
affect our business.
We host our services and serve all of our customers from our
network servers, which are located at two data center facilities
in the Boston, Massachusetts metropolitan area. While we control
and have access to our servers and all of the components of our
network that are located in our external data centers, we do not
control the operation of these facilities. Our data center
leases expire at various times between August 2013 and
August 2015, and a separate data center hosting arrangement
is cancellable by us upon 120 days notice.
16
The owners of our data center facilities have no obligation to
renew their agreements with us on commercially reasonable terms,
or at all. If we are unable to renew these agreements on
commercially reasonable terms, we may be required to transfer
our servers to new data center facilities, and we may incur
significant costs and possible service interruption in
connection with doing so. During 2011, we intend to relocate one
of our data centers to a new facility, including relocation of
certain of our existing servers, and we will incur additional
costs in connection with this transition. Any operational
difficulties or disruptions we experience in connection with
this transition could adversely affect our reputation and
operating results.
Problems faced by our third-party data center locations, with
the telecommunications network providers with whom we or they
contract, or with the systems by which our telecommunications
providers allocate capacity among their customers, including us,
could adversely affect the experience of our customers. Our
third-party data centers operators could decide to close their
facilities without adequate notice. In addition, any financial
difficulties, such as bankruptcy, faced by our third-party data
centers operators or any of the service providers with whom we
or they contract may have negative effects on our business, the
nature and extent of which are difficult to predict.
Additionally, if our data centers are unable to keep up with our
growing needs for capacity, this could have an adverse effect on
our business. Any changes in third-party service levels at our
data centers or any errors, defects, disruptions, or other
performance problems with our services could harm our reputation
and may damage our customers stored files. Interruptions
in our services might reduce our revenue, cause us to issue
refunds to customers, subject us to potential liability, or harm
our renewal rates.
If the
security of our customers confidential information stored
in our systems is breached or their stored files are otherwise
subjected to unauthorized access, our reputation and business
may be harmed, and we may be exposed to liability.
Our customers rely on our online system to store digital copies
of their files, including financial records, business
information, photos, and other personally meaningful content. We
also store credit card information and other personal
information about our customers. A breach of our network
security and systems or other events that cause the loss or
public disclosure of, or access by third parties to, our
customers stored files could have serious negative
consequences for our business, including possible fines,
penalties and damages, reduced demand for our solutions, an
unwillingness of customers to provide us with their credit card
or payment information, an unwillingness of our customers to use
our solutions, harm to our reputation and brand, loss of our
ability to accept and process customer credit card orders, and
time-consuming and expensive litigation. Third parties may be
able to circumvent our security by deploying viruses, worms, and
other malicious software programs that are designed to attack or
attempt to infiltrate our systems and networks. Further, outside
parties may attempt to fraudulently induce employees to disclose
sensitive information in order to gain access to our information
or our customers information. The techniques used to
obtain unauthorized access, disable or degrade service, or
sabotage systems change frequently, often are not recognized
until launched against a target, and may originate from less
regulated or remote areas around the world. As a result, we may
be unable to proactively address these techniques or to
implement adequate preventative or reactionary measures. In
addition, employee error, malfeasance, or other errors in the
storage, use, or transmission of personal information could
result in a breach of customer or employee privacy.
Many states have enacted laws requiring companies to notify
individuals of data security breaches involving their personal
data. These mandatory disclosures regarding a security breach
often lead to widespread negative publicity, which may cause our
customers to lose confidence in the effectiveness of our data
security measures. Any security breach, whether successful or
not, would harm our reputation and could cause the loss of
customers. Similarly, if a well-publicized breach of data
security at any other online backup service provider or other
major consumer website were to occur, there could be a general
public loss of confidence in the use of the internet for online
backup services or commercial transactions generally. Any of
these events could have material adverse effects on our
business, financial condition, and operating results.
17
We
process, store and use personal information and other data,
which subjects us to governmental regulation and other legal
obligations related to privacy, and our actual or perceived
failure to comply with such obligations could harm our
business.
We receive, store, and process personal information and other
customer data. There are numerous federal, state, local, and
foreign laws regarding privacy and the storing, sharing, use,
processing, disclosure and protection of personal information
and other customer data, the scope of which are changing,
subject to differing interpretations, and may be inconsistent
among countries or conflict with other rules. We generally seek
to comply with industry standards and are subject to the terms
of our privacy policies and privacy-related obligations to third
parties. We strive to comply with all applicable laws, policies,
legal obligations and industry codes of conduct relating to
privacy and data protection to the extent possible. However, it
is possible that these obligations may be interpreted and
applied in a manner that is inconsistent from one jurisdiction
to another and may conflict with other rules or our practices.
Any failure or perceived failure by us to comply with our
privacy policies, our privacy-related obligations to customers
or other third parties, or our privacy-related legal
obligations, or any compromise of security that results in the
unauthorized release or transfer of personally identifiable
information or other customer data, may result in governmental
enforcement actions, litigation, or public statements against us
by consumer advocacy groups or others and could cause our
customers to lose trust in us, which could have an adverse
effect on our reputation and business. Our customers may also
accidentally disclose their passwords or store them on a mobile
device which is lost or stolen, creating the perception that our
systems are not secure against third party access. Additionally,
if third parties we work with, such as vendors or developers,
violate applicable laws or our policies, such violations may
also put our customers information at risk and could in
turn have an adverse effect on our business. Any significant
change to applicable laws, regulations or industry practices
regarding the use or disclosure of our customers data, or
regarding the manner in which the express or implied consent of
customers for the use and disclosure of such data is obtained,
could require us to modify our services and features, possibly
in a material manner, and may limit our ability to develop new
services and features that make use of the data that our
customers voluntarily share with us.
We may
not be able to respond to rapid technological changes with new
solutions, which could have a material adverse effect on our
operating results.
The online backup market is characterized by rapid technological
change and frequent new product and service introductions. Our
ability to attract new customers and increase revenue from
existing customers will depend in large part on our ability to
enhance and improve our existing solutions, introduce new
features and products and sell into new markets. Customers may
require features and capabilities that our current solutions do
not have. Our failure to develop solutions that satisfy customer
preferences in a timely and cost-effective manner may harm our
ability to renew our subscriptions with existing customers and
create or increase demand for our solutions, and may adversely
impact our operating results.
The introduction of new services by competitors or the
development of entirely new technologies to replace existing
offerings could make our solutions obsolete or adversely affect
our business and operating results. In addition, any new markets
or countries into which we attempt to sell our solutions may not
be receptive. We may experience difficulties with software
development, design, or marketing that could delay or prevent
our development, introduction, or implementation of new
solutions and enhancements. We have in the past experienced
delays in the planned release dates of new features and
upgrades, and have discovered defects in new solutions after
their introduction. There can be no assurance that new solutions
or upgrades will be released according to schedule, or that when
released they will not contain defects. Either of these
situations could result in adverse publicity, loss of revenue,
delay in market acceptance, or claims by customers brought
against us, all of which could have a material adverse effect on
our reputation, business, operating results, and financial
condition. Moreover, upgrades and enhancements to our solutions
may require substantial investment and we have no assurance that
such investments will be successful. If customers do not widely
adopt enhancements to our solutions, we may not be able to
realize a return on our investment. If we are unable to develop,
license, or acquire enhancements to our existing solutions on a
timely and cost-effective basis, or if
18
such enhancements do not achieve market acceptance, our
business, operating results, and financial condition may be
adversely affected.
Our
quarterly operating results have fluctuated in the past and may
continue to do so in the future. As a result, we may fail to
meet or exceed the expectations of research analysts or
investors, which could cause our stock price to
decline.
Our quarterly operating results may fluctuate as a result of a
variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control. If
our quarterly operating results or guidance fall below the
expectations of research analysts or investors, the price of our
common stock could decline substantially. The following factors,
among others, could cause fluctuations in our quarterly
operating results or guidance:
|
|
|
|
|
our ability to attract new customers and retain existing
customers;
|
|
|
|
our ability to accurately forecast revenue and appropriately
plan our expenses;
|
|
|
|
our ability to introduce new solutions;
|
|
|
|
the actions of our competitors, including pricing changes or the
introduction of new products;
|
|
|
|
our ability to effectively manage our growth;
|
|
|
|
the mix of annual and multi-year subscriptions at any given time;
|
|
|
|
seasonal variations or other cyclicality in the demand for our
solutions, including the purchasing and budgeting cycles of our
SMB customers;
|
|
|
|
the timing and cost of advertising and marketing efforts;
|
|
|
|
the timing and cost of developing or acquiring technologies,
services, or businesses;
|
|
|
|
the timing, operating cost, and capital expenditures related to
the operation, maintenance, and expansion of our business;
|
|
|
|
service outages or security breaches and any related impact on
our reputation;
|
|
|
|
our ability to successfully manage any future acquisitions of
businesses, solutions, or technologies;
|
|
|
|
the impact of worldwide economic, industry, and market
conditions and those conditions specific to internet usage and
online businesses;
|
|
|
|
costs associated with defending intellectual property
infringement and other claims; and
|
|
|
|
changes in government regulation affecting our business.
|
We believe that our quarterly revenue and operating results may
vary significantly in the future and that
period-to-period
comparisons of our operating results may not be meaningful. You
should not rely on the results of one quarter as an indication
of future performance.
Seasonal variations in our business may also cause fluctuations
in our financial results. For example, we generally spend more
on advertising during the first and third quarters of each year
to capitalize on lower advertising rates in these periods and
increased sales of devices that create or store data during
post-holiday
19
and back to school periods and our bookings tend to be higher in
these periods. While we believe that these seasonal trends have
affected and will continue to affect our quarterly results, our
trajectory of rapid growth may have overshadowed these effects
to date. We believe that our business may become more seasonal
in the future as our growth rate slows, and that such seasonal
variations in advertising expenditures and customer purchasing
patterns may result in fluctuations in our financial results.
Growth
may place significant demands on our management and our
infrastructure.
We have experienced substantial growth in our business. This
growth has placed and may continue to place significant demands
on our management and our operational and financial
infrastructure. As our operations grow in size, scope, and
complexity, we will need to improve and upgrade our systems and
infrastructure to attract, service, and retain an increasing
number of customers. The expansion of our systems and
infrastructure will require us to commit substantial financial,
operational, and technical resources in advance of an increase
in the volume of business, with no assurance that the volume of
business will increase. Any such additional capital investments
will increase our cost base. Continued growth could also strain
our ability to maintain reliable service levels for our
customers, develop and improve our operational, financial and
management controls, enhance our reporting systems and
procedures, and recruit, train, and retain highly skilled
personnel. If we fail to achieve the necessary level of
efficiency in our organization as we grow, our business,
operating results, and financial condition could be harmed.
We may
expand by acquiring or investing in other companies, which may
divert our managements attention, result in additional
dilution to our stockholders, and consume resources that are
necessary to sustain our business.
We may in the future acquire complementary products, services,
technologies, or businesses. For example, in June 2011, we
acquired substantially all of the assets of Phanfare, Inc., a
privately-held provider of photo sharing services, for
$2 million in cash and the assumption of certain
liabilities. We also may enter into relationships with other
businesses to expand our portfolio of solutions or our ability
to provide our solutions in foreign jurisdictions, which could
involve preferred or exclusive licenses, additional channels of
distribution, discount pricing, or investments in other
companies. We do not have experience with integrating and
managing acquired businesses or assets. Negotiating these
transactions can be time-consuming, difficult and expensive, and
our ability to complete these transactions may often be subject
to conditions or approvals that are beyond our control.
Consequently, these transactions, even if undertaken and
announced, may not close.
An acquisition, investment, or new business relationship may
result in unforeseen operating difficulties and expenditures. In
particular, we may encounter difficulties assimilating or
integrating the businesses, technologies, products, personnel,
or operations of acquired companies, particularly if the key
personnel of the acquired company choose not to work for us, the
companys software is not easily adapted to be compatible
with ours, or we have difficulty retaining the customers of any
acquired business due to changes in management or otherwise.
Acquisitions may also disrupt our business, divert our
resources, and require significant management attention that
would otherwise be available for the development of our
business. Moreover, the anticipated benefits of any acquisition,
investment, or business relationship may not be realized or we
may be exposed to unknown liabilities, including litigation
against the companies we may acquire. For one or more of those
transactions, we may:
|
|
|
|
|
issue additional equity securities that would dilute our
stockholders;
|
|
|
use cash that we may need in the future to operate our business;
|
|
|
incur debt on terms unfavorable to us or that we are unable to
repay or that may place burdensome restrictions on our
operations;
|
|
|
incur large charges or substantial liabilities; or
|
20
|
|
|
|
|
become subject to adverse tax consequences, or substantial
depreciation, deferred compensation or other acquisition-related
accounting charges.
|
Any of these risks could harm our business and operating results.
The
loss of one or more of our key personnel, or our failure to
attract, integrate, and retain other highly qualified personnel,
could harm our business.
We depend on the continued service and performance of our key
personnel, including David Friend, our President and Chief
Executive Officer, and Jeffry Flowers, our Chief Architect. We
do not have long-term employment agreements with any of our
officers or key employees. In addition, many of our key
technologies and systems are custom-made for our business by our
personnel. The loss of key personnel, including key members of
our management team, as well as certain of our key marketing,
sales, product development, or technology personnel, could
disrupt our operations and have an adverse effect on our ability
to grow our business. In addition, several of our key personnel
have only recently been employed by us, and we are still in the
process of integrating these personnel into our operations. Our
failure to successfully integrate these key employees into our
business could adversely affect our business.
To execute our growth plan, we must attract and retain highly
qualified personnel. Competition for these employees is intense,
and we may not be successful in attracting and retaining
qualified personnel. We have from time to time in the past
experienced, and we expect to continue to experience, difficulty
in hiring and retaining highly skilled employees with
appropriate qualifications. New hires require significant
training and, in most cases, take significant time before they
achieve full productivity. Our recent hires and planned hires
may not become as productive as we expect, and we may be unable
to hire or retain sufficient numbers of qualified individuals.
Many of the companies with which we compete for experienced
personnel have greater resources than we have. In addition, in
making employment decisions, particularly in the internet and
high-technology industries, job candidates often consider the
value of the stock options they are to receive in connection
with their employment. In addition, employees may be more likely
to leave us if the shares they own or the shares underlying
their vested options have significantly appreciated in value
relative to the original purchase prices of the shares or the
exercise prices of the options, or if the exercise prices of the
options that they hold are significantly above the market price
of our common stock. If we fail to attract new personnel, or
fail to retain and motivate our current personnel, our business
and growth prospects could be severely harmed.
Our
corporate culture has contributed to our success, and if we
cannot maintain this culture as we grow, we could lose the
innovation, creativity, and teamwork fostered by our culture,
and our business may be harmed.
We believe that our corporate culture has been a key contributor
to our success. If we do not continue to develop our corporate
culture as we grow and evolve, including maintaining our culture
of transparency with our employees, it could harm our ability to
foster the innovation, creativity, and teamwork we believe that
we need to support our growth. As our organization grows and we
are required to implement more complex organizational
structures, we may find it increasingly difficult to maintain
the beneficial aspects of our corporate culture, which could
negatively impact our future success. In addition, our initial
public offering could create disparities of wealth among our
employees, which could adversely impact relations among
employees and our corporate culture in general.
Our
operating results may be harmed if we are required to collect
sales or other related taxes for our subscription services in
jurisdictions where we have not historically done
so.
We do not believe we are required to collect sales, use, or
other similar taxes from our customers. However, one or more
states or countries may seek to impose sales, use, or other tax
collection obligations on us, including for past sales by us or
our resellers and other partners. A successful assertion by a
state, country,
21
or other jurisdiction that we should have or should be
collecting sales, use, or other taxes on our services could,
among other things, result in substantial tax liabilities for
past sales, create significant administrative burdens for us,
discourage customers from purchasing our services, or otherwise
harm our business and operating results.
Our
ability to use net operating losses to offset future taxable
income may be subject to certain limitations.
As of December 31, 2010, we had federal net operating loss
carryforwards, or NOLs, of $72.8 million available to
offset future taxable income, which expire in various years
through 2031 if not utilized. A lack of future taxable income
would adversely affect our ability to utilize these NOLs before
they expire. Under the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code
of 1986, as amended, or the Internal Revenue Code, substantial
changes in our ownership may limit the amount of pre-change NOLs
that can be utilized annually in the future to offset taxable
income. Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code, or
Section 382, imposes limitations on a companys
ability to use NOLs if a company experiences a
more-than-50-percent ownership change over a three-year testing
period. We believe that, as a result of this offering or as a
result of prior or future issuances of our capital stock, it is
possible that such a change in our ownership has occurred or
will occur. If such a change in our ownership has occurred or
occurs, our ability to use our NOLs in any future periods may be
substantially limited. For these reasons, we may not be able to
utilize a material portion of the NOLs reflected on our balance
sheet, even if we achieve profitability. If we are limited in
our ability to use our NOLs in future years in which we have
taxable income, we will pay more taxes than if we were able to
fully utilize our NOLs. This could adversely affect our
operating results and the market price of our common stock.
Any
expenses or liability resulting from litigation could adversely
affect our operating results and financial
condition.
From time to time, we may be subject to claims or litigation,
including intellectual property litigation as described
elsewhere in this prospectus. Any such claims or litigation may
be time-consuming and costly, divert management resources,
require us to change our services, require us to refund
subscription fees, or have other adverse effects on our
business. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse
effect on our operating results and could require us to pay
significant monetary damages. In addition, we receive and must
respond on a periodic basis to subpoenas from law enforcement
agencies seeking copies of a customers data stored on our
servers in connection with criminal investigations. While we
have in place a procedure to respond to such subpoenas, any
failure on our part to properly respond to such subpoena
requests could expose us to litigation or other proceedings and
adversely affect our business, financial condition, and
operating results.
Our
success depends on our customers continued high-speed
access to the internet and the continued reliability of the
internet infrastructure.
Our business depends on our customers high-speed access to
the internet, as well as the continued maintenance and
development of the internet infrastructure. The future delivery
of our solutions will depend on third party internet service
providers to expand high-speed internet access, to maintain a
reliable network with the necessary speed, data capacity and
security, and to develop complementary products and services,
including high-speed modems, for providing reliable and timely
internet access and services. All of these factors are out of
our control. To the extent that the internet continues to
experience an increased number of users, frequency of use, or
bandwidth requirements, the internet may become congested and be
unable to support the demands placed on it, and its performance
or reliability may decline. Any internet outages or delays could
adversely affect our ability to provide services to our
customers.
22
Our
business may be significantly impacted by a change in the
economy, including any resulting effect on consumer
spending.
Our business may be affected by changes in the economy
generally, including any resulting effect on consumer spending.
Our services are discretionary purchases, and our customers may
reduce their discretionary spending on our services during an
economic downturn. Although we have not yet experienced a
material reduction in subscription renewals, we may experience
such a reduction in the future, especially in the event of a
prolonged recessionary period. Conversely, media prices may
increase in a period of economic growth, which could
significantly increase our marketing and advertising expenses.
As a result, our business, financial condition, and operating
results may be significantly affected by changes in the economy
generally.
We
face many risks associated with our plans to expand
internationally, which could harm our business, financial
condition, and operating results.
We anticipate that our efforts to expand internationally will
entail the marketing and advertising of our services and brand
and the development of localized websites. We do not have
substantial experience in selling our solutions in international
markets or in conforming to the local cultures, standards, or
policies necessary to successfully compete in those markets, and
we must invest significant resources in order to do so. We may
not succeed in these efforts or achieve our customer acquisition
or other goals. For some international markets, customer
preferences and buying behaviors may be different, and we may
use business or pricing models that are different from our
traditional subscription model to provide online backup and
related services to customers. Our revenue from new foreign
markets may not exceed the costs of establishing, marketing, and
maintaining our international offerings, and therefore may not
be profitable on a sustained basis, if at all.
In addition, conducting international operations subjects us to
new risks that we have not generally faced in the
U.S. These risks include:
|
|
|
|
|
localization of our solutions, including translation into
foreign languages and adaptation for local practices and
regulatory requirements;
|
|
|
|
lack of experience in other geographic markets;
|
|
|
|
strong local competitors;
|
|
|
|
cost and burden of complying with, lack of familiarity with, and
unexpected changes in foreign legal and regulatory requirements,
including consumer and data privacy laws;
|
|
|
|
difficulties in managing and staffing international operations;
|
|
|
|
fluctuations in currency exchange rates or restrictions on
foreign currency;
|
|
|
|
potentially adverse tax consequences, including the complexities
of transfer pricing, foreign value added or other tax systems,
double taxation and restrictions
and/or taxes
on the repatriation of earnings;
|
|
|
|
dependence on third parties, including channel partners with
whom we do not have extensive experience;
|
|
|
|
compliance with the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, economic
sanction laws and regulations, export controls, and other
U.S. laws and regulations regarding international business
operations;
|
|
|
|
increased financial accounting and reporting burdens and
complexities;
|
23
|
|
|
|
|
political, social, and economic instability abroad, terrorist
attacks, and security concerns in general; and
|
|
|
|
reduced or varied protection for intellectual property rights in
some countries.
|
Operating in international markets also requires significant
management attention and financial resources. The investment and
additional resources required to establish operations and manage
growth in other countries may not produce desired levels of
revenue or profitability.
Our software contains encryption technologies, certain types of
which are subject to U.S. and foreign export control
regulations and, in some foreign countries, restrictions on
importation
and/or use.
Any failure on our part to comply with encryption or other
applicable export control requirements could result in financial
penalties or other sanctions under the U.S. export
regulations, including restrictions on future export activities,
which could harm our business and operating results. Regulatory
restrictions could impair our access to technologies that we
seek for improving our solutions and may also limit or reduce
the demand for our solutions outside of the U.S.
We may
not be able to maintain control of our business in
China.
The government of the Peoples Republic of China, or PRC,
restricts foreign investment in internet and online advertising
businesses. Accordingly, we intend to operate our online backup
business in China through an affiliated entity in China owned by
an individual designated by us. The individual stockholder of
the entity will be a PRC citizen. We expect to enter into
contractual arrangements with our affiliated entity and its
individual stockholder that are intended to protect our
technologies and business. While we have not yet established
these contractual arrangements, we anticipate that we will loan
funds to the designated individual to enable the individual to
form the affiliated entity and obtain any necessary licenses,
including an Internet Content Provider, or ICP, license. We
expect that this loan would be secured by the capital stock of
the affiliated entity, and that the designated individual
stockholder would grant us the contractual right to exercise his
rights as the sole stockholder of the affiliated entity. We
cannot assure you, however, that we will be able to enforce
these contracts. We will have no equity ownership interest in
the affiliated entity and will rely on contractual arrangements
with the entity and the designated individual stockholder to
control and operate the entity. These contractual arrangements
may not be as effective in providing control over the affiliated
entity as direct ownership. For example, the entity could fail
to take actions required for, or beneficial to, our business or
fail to maintain our websites despite its contractual
obligations to do so. In addition, we cannot assure you that the
individual shareholder of the affiliated entity would always act
in our best interests. If the affiliated entity or its
individual stockholder fail to perform their obligations under
their respective agreements with us, we may need to engage in
litigation in China to enforce our rights, which may be
time-consuming and costly, divert management resources, or have
other adverse effects on our business, and we may not be
successful in enforcing our rights. In addition, since the
affiliated entity has not yet been formed, it has not begun the
process of seeking an ICP license, and we cannot assure you that
the affiliated entity will be able to be formed and obtain an
ICP license on a timely basis, if at all. Any delay or failure
in the affiliated entity obtaining an ICP license could delay or
prevent us from operating our online backup business in China,
and we would be unable to recover any costs we incur in
attempting to establish our business in China.
The laws and regulations governing our business or the
enforcement and performance of our proposed contractual
arrangements with our affiliated Chinese entity and the
designated individual stockholder are relatively new and may be
subject to change, and their official interpretation and
enforcement may involve substantial uncertainty. New laws and
regulations that affect our business may also be applied
retroactively. We cannot assure you that the PRC government
would agree that the operating arrangements comply with PRC
licensing, registration, or other regulatory requirements, with
existing policies, or with requirements or policies that may be
adopted in the future. If the PRC government determines that we
do not comply with applicable law, it could revoke our business
and operating licenses, require us to discontinue or restrict
our operations,
24
restrict our right to collect revenue, block our websites,
require us to restructure our operations, impose additional
conditions or requirements with which we may not be able to
comply, impose restrictions on our business operations or on our
customers, or take other regulatory or enforcement actions
against us that could be harmful to our business. In addition,
since the PRC historically has not protected intellectual
property to the same extent as the United States, by operating
in the PRC we may face an increased risk of infringement of our
intellectual property by third parties.
Risks
Related to Intellectual Property
Assertions
by a third party that our solutions infringe its intellectual
property, whether or not correct, could subject us to costly and
time-consuming litigation or expensive licenses. We are
currently a defendant in a lawsuit alleging patent
infringement.
There is frequent litigation in the software and technology
industries based on allegations of infringement or other
violations of intellectual property rights. Many companies are
devoting significant resources to obtaining patents that could
affect many aspects of our business. Third parties may claim
that our technologies or solutions infringe or otherwise violate
their patents or other intellectual property rights. As we face
increasing competition and become increasingly visible as a
publicly-traded company, or if we become more successful, the
possibility of new third party claims may increase.
We have licensed proprietary technologies from third parties
that we use in our technologies and business, and we cannot be
certain that the owners rights in their technologies will
not be challenged, invalidated, or circumvented. If we are
forced to defend ourselves against intellectual property
infringement claims, whether they have merit or are determined
in our favor, we may face costly litigation, diversion of
technical and management personnel, limitations on our ability
to use our current websites and technologies, and an inability
to market or provide our solutions. As a result of any such
claim, we may have to develop or acquire non-infringing
technologies pay damages, enter into royalty or licensing
agreements, cease providing certain services, adjust our
marketing and advertising activities, or take other actions to
resolve the claims. These actions, if required, may be costly or
unavailable on terms acceptable to us or at all.
Furthermore, we may acquire proprietary technologies from third
parties and may incorporate such technologies in our solutions.
In addition to the general risks described above associated with
intellectual property and other proprietary rights, we are
subject to the additional risk that the seller of such
technologies may not have appropriately created, maintained, or
enforced such rights in such technology.
In August 2010 Oasis Research, LLC, or Oasis Research, filed a
lawsuit against us and several of our competitors and other
online technology companies in the U.S. District Court for
the Eastern District of Texas, alleging that our online backup
storage services and other companies products or services
infringe certain of Oasis Researchs patents. Oasis
Research seeks an award for damages in an unspecified amount.
Oasis Research does not currently seek an injunction. We are not
able to assess with certainty the outcome of this litigation or
the amount or range of potential damages or future payments
associated with this litigation at this time. However, any
litigation is subject to inherent uncertainties, and there can
be no assurance that the expenses associated with defending this
lawsuit or its resolution will not have a material adverse
impact on our business, operations, financial condition, or cash
flows. A trial date has been preliminarily set for late 2012.
Our
success depends in large part on our ability to protect and
enforce our intellectual property rights. If we are not able to
adequately protect our intellectual property and proprietary
technologies to prevent use or appropriation by our competitors,
the value of our brand and other intangible assets may be
diminished, and our business may be adversely
affected.
Our future success and competitive position depend in large part
on our ability to protect our intellectual property and
proprietary technologies. We rely on a combination of trademark,
patent, copyright,
25
and trade secret laws, as well as confidentiality procedures and
contractual restrictions, to establish and protect our
proprietary rights, all of which provide only limited protection
and may not now or in the future provide us with a competitive
advantage. CARBONITE and the Carbonite logo are our registered
trademarks in the U.S. and in certain other countries. We
have filed trademark applications for additional marks in the
U.S. and other countries. We cannot assure you that any
future trademark registrations will be issued for pending or
future applications or that any registered trademarks will be
enforceable or provide adequate protection of our proprietary
rights. We have 13 patent applications pending, and are in
the process of filing additional patent applications. We cannot
assure you that any patents will issue from any such patent
applications, that patents that issue from such applications
will give us the protection that we seek, or that any such
patents will not be challenged, invalidated, or circumvented.
Any patents that may issue in the future from our pending or
future patent applications may not provide sufficiently broad
protection and may not be enforceable in actions against alleged
infringers.
There can be no assurance that the steps we take will be
adequate to protect our technologies and intellectual property,
that our trademark and patent applications will lead to
registered trademarks or issued patents, that others will not
develop or patent similar or superior technologies, products, or
services, or that our trademarks, patents, and other
intellectual property will not be challenged, invalidated, or
circumvented by others. Furthermore, effective trademark,
patent, copyright, and trade secret protection may not be
available in every country in which our services are available
or where we have employees or independent contractors. In
addition, the legal standards relating to the validity,
enforceability, and scope of protection of intellectual property
rights in internet-related industries are uncertain and still
evolving.
The steps we have taken and will take may not prevent
unauthorized use, reverse engineering, or misappropriation of
our technologies and we may not be able to detect any of the
foregoing. Others may independently develop technologies that
are competitive to ours or infringe our intellectual property.
Defending and enforcing our intellectual property rights may
result in litigation, which can be costly and divert management
attention and resources. Any such litigation may not be
successful even if such rights have been infringed, and an
adverse decision could limit the scope of such rights. If our
efforts to protect our technologies and intellectual property
are inadequate, the value of our brand and other intangible
assets may be diminished and competitors may be able to mimic
our solutions and methods of operations. Any of these events
could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition, and operating results.
Confidentiality
agreements with employees and others may not adequately prevent
disclosure of our trade secrets and proprietary information.
Failure to protect our proprietary information could make it
easier for third parties to compete with our solutions and harm
our business.
We have devoted substantial resources to the development of our
proprietary technologies and related processes. In order to
protect our proprietary technologies and processes, we rely in
part on trade secret laws and confidentiality agreements with
our employees, licensees, independent contractors, and other
advisors. These agreements may not effectively prevent
disclosure of confidential information and may not provide an
adequate remedy in the event of unauthorized disclosure of
confidential information. In addition, others may independently
discover our trade secrets, in which case we would not be able
to assert trade secret rights, or develop similar technologies
and processes. Further, laws in certain jurisdictions may afford
little or no trade secret protection, and any changes in, or
unexpected interpretations of, the intellectual property laws in
any country in which we operate may compromise our ability to
enforce our intellectual property rights. Costly and
time-consuming litigation could be necessary to enforce and
determine the scope of our proprietary rights, and failure or
inability to obtain or maintain trade secret protection or
otherwise protect our proprietary rights could adversely affect
our business.
26
Our
use of open source software could negatively affect
our ability to sell our solutions and subject us to possible
litigation.
A portion of the technologies licensed by us to our customers
incorporates so-called open source software, and we
may incorporate open source software in the future. Such open
source software is generally licensed by its authors or other
third parties under open source licenses. These licenses may
subject us to certain unfavorable conditions, including
requirements that we offer our solutions that incorporate the
open source software for no cost, that we make publicly
available source code for modifications or derivative works we
create based upon, incorporating, or using the open source
software,
and/or that
we license such modifications or derivative works under the
terms of the particular open source license. Additionally, if a
third party software provider has incorporated open source
software into software that we license from such provider, we
could be required to disclose any of our source code that
incorporates or is a modification of such licensed software. If
an author or other third party that distributes open source
software that we use or license were to allege that we had not
complied with the conditions of the applicable license, we could
be required to incur significant legal expenses defending
against such allegations and could be subject to significant
damages, enjoined from the sale of our solutions that contained
the open source software, and required to comply with the
foregoing conditions. Any of the foregoing could disrupt the
distribution and sale of our solutions and harm our business.
We
rely on third party software, including server software and
licenses from third parties to use patented intellectual
property, that is required to develop and provide our
solutions.
We rely on software licensed from third parties to develop and
offer our solutions, including server software from Microsoft
and other patented third-party technologies. In addition, we may
need to obtain future licenses from third parties to use
intellectual property associated with the development of our
solutions, which might not be available to us on acceptable
terms, or at all. Any loss of the right to use any software
required for the development and maintenance of our solutions
could result in delays in the provision of our solutions until
equivalent technology is either developed by us, or, if
available from others, is identified, obtained, and integrated,
which could harm our business. Any errors or defects in third
party software could result in errors or a failure of our
solutions, which could harm our business.
If we
are unable to protect our domain names, our reputation, brand,
customer base, and revenue, as well as our business and
operating results, could be adversely affected.
We have registered domain names for websites, or URLs, that we
use in our business, such as www.carbonite.com. If we are unable
to maintain our rights in these domain names, our competitors or
other third parties could capitalize on our brand recognition by
using these domain names for their own benefit. In addition,
although we own the Carbonite domain name under various global
top level domains such as .com and .net, as well as under
various country-specific domains, we might not be able to, or
may choose not to, acquire or maintain other country-specific
versions of the Carbonite domain name or other potentially
similar URLs. Domain names similar to ours have already been
registered in the U.S. and elsewhere, and our competitors
or other third parties could capitalize on our brand recognition
by using domain names similar to ours. The regulation of domain
names in the U.S. and elsewhere is generally conducted by
internet regulatory bodies and is subject to change. If we lose
the ability to use a domain name in a particular country, we may
be forced to either incur significant additional expenses to
market our solutions within that country, including the
development of a new brand and the creation of new promotional
materials, or elect not to sell our solutions in that country.
Either result could substantially harm our business and
operating results. Regulatory bodies could establish additional
top-level domains, appoint additional domain name registrars, or
modify the requirements for holding domain names. As a result,
we may not be able to acquire or maintain the domain names that
utilize the name Carbonite in all of the countries in which we
currently conduct or intend to conduct business. Further, the
relationship between regulations governing domain names and laws
protecting trademarks and similar proprietary rights varies
among jurisdictions and is unclear in some jurisdictions. We may
be unable to prevent third parties from acquiring and using
domain names that infringe, are similar to, or otherwise
decrease the value of, our brand or
27
our trademarks. Protecting and enforcing our rights in our
domain names and determining the rights of others may require
litigation, which could result in substantial costs, divert
management attention, and not be decided favorably to us.
Material
defects or errors in our software could harm our reputation,
result in significant costs to us, and impair our ability to
sell our solutions.
The software applications underlying our solutions are
inherently complex and may contain material defects or errors,
particularly when first introduced or when new versions or
enhancements are released. We have from time to time found
defects or errors in our solutions, and new defects or errors in
our existing solutions may be detected in the future by us or
our customers. The costs incurred in correcting such defects or
errors may be substantial and could harm our operating results.
In addition, we rely on hardware purchased or leased and
software licensed from third parties to offer our solutions. Any
defects in, or unavailability of, our or third party software or
hardware that cause interruptions to the availability of our
solutions could, among other things:
|
|
|
|
|
cause a reduction in revenue or delay in market acceptance of
our solutions;
|
|
|
|
require us to issue refunds to our customers or expose us to
claims for damages;
|
|
|
|
cause us to lose existing customers and make it more difficult
to attract new customers;
|
|
|
|
divert our development resources or require us to make extensive
changes to our solutions or software, which would increase our
expenses;
|
|
|
|
increase our technical support costs; and
|
|
|
|
harm our reputation and brand.
|
Risks
Related to this Offering and Ownership of our Common
Stock
If we
fail to maintain proper and effective internal controls, our
ability to produce accurate and timely financial statements
could be impaired, which could harm our operating results, our
ability to operate our business, and investors views of
us.
Ensuring that we have adequate internal financial and accounting
controls and procedures in place so that we can produce accurate
financial statements on a timely basis is a costly and
time-consuming effort that needs to be evaluated frequently. As
part of our process of documenting and testing our internal
control over financial reporting, we may identify areas for
further attention and improvement. We have begun recruiting
additional finance and accounting personnel with skill sets that
we will need as a public company. Implementing any appropriate
changes to our internal controls may distract our officers and
employees, entail substantial costs to modify our existing
processes, and take significant time to complete. These changes
may not, however, be effective in maintaining the adequacy of
our internal controls, and any failure to maintain that
adequacy, or consequent inability to produce accurate financial
statements on a timely basis, could increase our operating costs
and harm our business. In addition, investors perceptions
that our internal controls are inadequate or that we are unable
to produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis may
harm our stock price and make it more difficult for us to
effectively market and sell our solutions to new and existing
customers.
Our
failure to raise additional capital or generate the cash flows
necessary to expand our operations and invest in our business
could reduce our ability to compete successfully.
We have funded our operations and capital expenditures primarily
through prepayment of subscriptions and the sale of
approximately $68.8 million of stock since our inception.
Although we currently anticipate that our available funds,
including the expected net proceeds of this offering and our
available bank line of credit, will be sufficient to meet our
cash needs for at least the next 12 months, we may require
additional financing in the future. Our ability to obtain
financing will depend, among other things, on our
28
development efforts, business plans, operating performance and
condition of the capital markets at the time we seek financing.
If we need to raise additional funds, we may not be able to
obtain additional debt or equity financing on favorable terms,
if at all. If we raise additional equity financing, our
stockholders may experience significant dilution of their
ownership interests, and the per share value of our common stock
could decline. If we engage in debt financing, we may be
required to accept terms that restrict our ability to incur
additional indebtedness and force us to maintain specified
liquidity or other ratios. If we need additional capital and
cannot raise it on acceptable terms, we may not be able to,
among other things:
|
|
|
|
|
develop or enhance our solutions;
|
|
|
|
continue to expand our development, sales, and marketing
organizations;
|
|
|
|
acquire complementary technologies, products, or businesses;
|
|
|
|
expand our operations in the U.S. or internationally;
|
|
|
|
hire, train, and retain employees;
|
|
|
|
respond to competitive pressures or unanticipated working
capital requirements; or
|
|
|
|
continue our operations.
|
An
active, liquid, and orderly trading market for our common stock
may not develop, and you may not be able to resell your shares
at or above the initial public offering price.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for
shares of our common stock. Although we expect that shares of
our common stock will be approved for listing on the Nasdaq
Global Market, an active, liquid, and orderly trading market for
our shares may never develop or be sustained following this
offering. The initial public offering price of shares of our
common stock was determined through negotiations between us and
the underwriters. This initial public offering price may not be
indicative of the market price for shares of our common stock
after this offering. Investors may not be able to sell their
common stock at or above the initial public offering price or at
the time that they would like to sell.
Our
stock price may be volatile, and the market price of our common
stock after this offering may drop below the price you
pay.
The market price for shares of our common stock could be subject
to significant fluctuations after this offering, and it may
decline below the initial public offering price. Market prices
for securities of early stage companies have historically been
particularly volatile in response to various factors, some of
which are beyond our control. As a result of this volatility,
you may not be able to sell your common stock at or above the
initial public offering price. Some of the factors that may
cause the market price for shares of our common stock to
fluctuate include:
|
|
|
|
|
fluctuations in our quarterly financial results or the quarterly
financial results of companies perceived to be similar to us;
|
|
|
|
actual or anticipated fluctuations in our key operating metrics,
financial condition, and operating results;
|
|
|
|
loss of existing customers or inability to attract new customers;
|
|
|
|
actual or anticipated changes in our growth rate;
|
|
|
|
announcements of technological innovations or new offerings by
us or our competitors;
|
|
|
|
our announcement of actual results for a fiscal period that are
lower than projected or expected or our announcement of revenue
or earnings guidance that is lower than expected;
|
|
|
|
changes in estimates of our financial results or recommendations
by securities analysts;
|
29
|
|
|
|
|
failure of any of our solutions to achieve or maintain market
acceptance;
|
|
|
|
changes in market valuations of similar companies;
|
|
|
|
success of competitive products or services;
|
|
|
|
changes in our capital structure, such as future issuances of
securities or the incurrence of debt;
|
|
|
|
announcements by us or our competitors of significant products
or services, contracts, acquisitions, or strategic alliances;
|
|
|
|
regulatory developments in the U.S. or foreign countries;
|
|
|
|
actual or threatened litigation involving us or our industry;
|
|
|
|
additions or departures of key personnel;
|
|
|
|
general perception of the future of the online backup market or
our solutions;
|
|
|
|
share price and volume fluctuations attributable to inconsistent
trading volume levels of our shares;
|
|
|
|
sales of our shares of common stock by us or our
stockholders; and
|
|
|
|
changes in general economic, industry, and market conditions.
|
In addition, the stock market in general, and the market for
internet-related companies in particular, has experienced
extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been
unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of
those companies. These fluctuations may be even more pronounced
in the trading market for our stock shortly following this
offering. If the market price of shares of our common stock
after this offering does not exceed the initial public offering
price, you may not realize any return on your investment in us
and may lose some or all of your investment. Securities class
action litigation has often been instituted against companies
following periods of volatility in the overall market and in the
market price of a companys securities. This litigation, if
instituted against us, could result in very substantial costs,
divert our managements attention and resources, and harm
our business, operating results, and financial condition. In
addition, recent fluctuations in the financial and capital
markets have resulted in volatility in securities prices.
A
significant portion of our total outstanding shares may be sold
into the public market in the near future, which could cause the
market price of our common stock to drop significantly, even if
our business is doing well.
Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in
the public market could occur at any time after the expiration
of the
lock-up
agreements described in the Underwriting section of
this prospectus. These sales, or the market perception that the
holders of a large number of shares intend to sell shares, could
reduce the market price of our common stock. After this
offering, we will have 24,000,105 shares of common stock
outstanding based on the number of shares outstanding as of
June 30, 2011. This includes the 5,366,473 shares that
we are selling and the 883,527 shares that the selling
stockholders are selling in this offering, which may be resold
in the public market immediately. The remaining
17,750,105 shares, representing 74% of our outstanding
shares after this offering, are currently restricted as a result
of securities laws or
lock-up
agreements but will be able to be sold, subject to any
applicable volume limitations under
30
federal securities laws, in the near future as set forth below
(percentages calculated on the basis of shares outstanding prior
to this offering).
|
|
|
Number of Shares and
|
|
|
% of Total Outstanding
|
|
First Date Available for Sale into Public Market
|
|
516,497 shares, or 2.9%
|
|
On the date of this prospectus
|
17,233,608 shares, or 97.1%
|
|
180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to
extension in specified instances, due to lock-up agreements
between the holders of these shares and the underwriters;
however, the representatives of the underwriters can waive the
provisions of these lock-up agreements and allow these
stockholders to sell their shares at any time. See
UnderwritingNo Sales of Similar Securities.
|
After this offering, holders of an aggregate of
12,599,946 shares of our common stock and of
11,316 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of
outstanding warrants will have rights, subject to some
conditions, to require us to file registration statements
covering their shares or to include their shares in registration
statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders.
In addition, as of June 30, 2011, there were
2,037,410 shares subject to outstanding options that will
become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent
permitted by any applicable vesting requirements, the
lock-up
agreements, and Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act
of 1933, as amended. We also intend to register all shares of
common stock that we may issue under our equity incentive plans,
including 1,662,000 shares reserved for future issuance
under our equity incentive plans, including our 2011 Equity
Award Plan, which will be effective upon the closing of this
offering. Once we register and issue these shares, they can be
freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to the
lock-up
agreements.
Purchasers
in this offering will experience immediate and substantial
dilution in the book value of their investment.
The initial public offering price of our common stock will be
substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share
of our outstanding common stock immediately after this offering.
Therefore, if you purchase our common stock in this offering,
you will incur immediate dilution of $9.19 in net tangible book
value per share from the price you paid assuming we offer our
shares at $10.50, the mid-point of the range on the cover of
this prospectus. In addition, following this offering,
purchasers in this offering will have contributed 45% of the
total consideration paid by our stockholders to purchase shares
of common stock, but only own 26% of our outstanding common
stock. Moreover, we issued options and warrants in the past to
acquire common stock at prices significantly below the initial
public offering price. As of June 30, 2011,
2,048,726 shares of common stock were issuable upon
exercise of outstanding stock options and warrants with a
weighted average exercise price of $3.39 per share. To the
extent that these outstanding options and warrants are
ultimately exercised, you will incur further dilution. For a
further description of the dilution that you will experience
immediately after this offering, see the Dilution
section of this prospectus.
If
securities or industry analysts do not publish or cease
publishing research or reports about us, our business, or our
market, or if they change their recommendations regarding our
stock adversely, our stock price and trading volume could
decline.
The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by
the research and reports that industry or securities analysts
may publish about us, our business, our market, or our
competitors. Securities and industry analysts do not currently,
and may never, publish research on us. If no securities or
industry analysts commence coverage of our company, our stock
price and trading volume would likely be negatively impacted. If
any of the analysts who may cover us change their recommendation
regarding our stock adversely, or provide more favorable
relative recommendations about our competitors, our stock price
would likely decline. If any analyst who may cover us were to
cease coverage of our company or fail to regularly publish
reports on
31
us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in
turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.
Our
management will have broad discretion over the use of the
proceeds we receive in this offering and might not apply the
proceeds in ways that increase the value of your
investment.
Our management will have broad discretion to use our net
proceeds from this offering, and you will be relying on the
judgment of our management regarding the application of these
proceeds. Our management might not apply these proceeds in ways
that increase the value of your investment. We intend to use the
net proceeds to us from this offering primarily for general
corporate purposes, including working capital, sales and
marketing activities, general and administrative matters, and
capital expenditures. We may also use a portion of the net
proceeds to acquire, invest in, or obtain rights to
complementary technologies, solutions, or businesses. Until we
use the net proceeds to us from this offering, we plan to invest
them, and these investments may not yield a favorable rate of
return. If we do not invest or apply the net proceeds from this
offering in ways that enhance stockholder value, we may fail to
achieve expected financial results, which could cause our stock
price to decline. You will not have the opportunity to influence
our decisions on how we use our net proceeds from this offering.
Our
directors, executive officers, and principal stockholders will
continue to have substantial control over us after this offering
and could delay or prevent a change in corporate
control.
After this offering, our directors, executive officers, and
holders of more than 5% of our common stock prior to this
offering, together with their affiliates, will beneficially own,
in the aggregate, approximately 50.2% of our outstanding common
stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters option to
purchase additional shares of our common stock in this offering.
If any shares of common stock are purchased in this offering by
our directors, executive officers, or holders of more than 5% of
our common stock prior to this offering, or their affiliates,
including Menlo Ventures and Crosslink Capital, this percentage
would increase. As a result, these stockholders, acting
together, may have the ability to control the outcome of matters
submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the
election of directors and any merger, consolidation, or sale of
all or substantially all of our assets. In addition, these
stockholders, acting together, may have the ability to control
or influence the management and affairs of our company. These
holders acquired their shares for substantially less than the
shares being sold in this offering, and these holders may have
interests, with respect to their shares, that are different from
those of investors in this offering and the concentration of
voting power among these holders may have an adverse effect on
our stock price.
We do
not currently intend to pay dividends on our common stock and,
consequently, your ability to achieve a return on your
investment will depend on appreciation in the price of our
common stock.
We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common
stock and do not intend to do so for the foreseeable future. We
currently intend to invest our future earnings, if any, to fund
our growth and continuing operations. In addition, the
provisions of our revolving credit facility prohibit us from
paying cash dividends. See the section captioned Dividend
Policy. Therefore, you are not likely to receive any
dividends on your shares of common stock for the foreseeable
future and the success of an investment in shares of our common
stock will depend upon any future appreciation in their value.
Our common stock may not appreciate in value or even maintain
the price at which our stockholders have purchased their shares.
32
Anti-takeover
provisions contained in our certificate of incorporation and
bylaws, as well as provisions of Delaware law, could impair a
takeover attempt.
Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws that will be in
effect prior to the closing of this offering will contain
provisions that could have the effect of delaying or preventing
changes in control or changes in our management without the
consent of our board of directors. These provisions will include:
|
|
|
|
|
a classified board of directors with three-year staggered terms,
which may delay the ability of stockholders to change the
membership of a majority of our board of directors;
|
|
|
|
no cumulative voting in the election of directors, which limits
the ability of minority stockholders to elect director
candidates;
|
|
|
|
the exclusive right of our board of directors to elect a
director to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of the board
of directors or the resignation, death, or removal of a
director, which prevents stockholders from being able to fill
vacancies on our board of directors;
|
|
|
|
the ability of our board of directors to determine to issue
shares of preferred stock and to determine the price and other
terms of those shares, including preferences and voting rights,
without stockholder approval, which could be used to
significantly dilute the ownership of a hostile acquirer;
|
|
|
|
a prohibition on stockholder action by written consent, which
forces stockholder action to be taken at an annual or special
meeting of our stockholders;
|
|
|
|
the requirement that a special meeting of stockholders may be
called only by the chairman of the board of directors, the chief
executive officer, or the board of directors, which may delay
the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a
proposal or to take action, including the removal of directors;
|
|
|
|
limiting the liability of, and providing indemnification to, our
directors and officers;
|
|
|
|
controlling the procedures for the conduct and scheduling of
stockholder meetings;
|
|
|
|
providing the board of directors with the express power to
postpone previously scheduled annual meetings of stockholders
and to cancel previously scheduled special meetings of
stockholders;
|
|
|
|
providing that directors may be removed prior to the expiration
of their terms by stockholders only for cause; and
|
|
|
|
advance notice procedures that stockholders must comply with in
order to nominate candidates to our board of directors or to
propose matters to be acted upon at a stockholders
meeting, which may discourage or deter a potential acquiror from
conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the
acquirors own slate of directors or otherwise attempting
to obtain control of us.
|
These provisions, alone or together, could delay hostile
takeovers and changes in control of our company or changes in
our management.
As a Delaware corporation, we are also subject to provisions of
Delaware law, including Section 203 of the Delaware General
Corporation Law, which prevents some stockholders holding more
than 15% of our outstanding common stock from engaging in
certain business combinations without approval of the holders of
substantially all of our outstanding common stock. Any provision
of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or
bylaws or Delaware law that has the effect of delaying or
deterring a change in control could limit the opportunity for
our stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of our
common stock, and could also affect the price that some
investors are willing to pay for our common stock.
33
SPECIAL
NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This prospectus, including the sections entitled
Prospectus Summary, Risk Factors,
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations and Business,
includes forward-looking statements. The words
believe, may, will,
estimate, continue,
anticipate, intend, expect,
predict, potential, and similar
expressions, as well as the negatives thereof, as they relate to
us, our business, our management, and our industry, are intended
to identify forward-looking statements. In light of risks and
uncertainties discussed in this prospectus, the forward-looking
events and circumstances discussed in this prospectus may not
occur and actual results could differ materially from those
anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements. We
have based these forward-looking statements on our current
expectations and projections about future events and financial
trends affecting the financial condition of our business.
Forward-looking statements should not be read as a guarantee of
future performance or results, and will not necessarily be
accurate indications of the times at or by which such
performance or results will be achieved. Forward-looking
statements are based on information available at the time those
statements are made
and/or
managements good faith belief as of that time with respect
to future events, and are subject to risks and uncertainties
that could cause actual performance or results to differ
materially from those expressed in or suggested by the
forward-looking statements. Moreover, we operate in a very
competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks emerge
from time to time and it is not possible for our management to
predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors
on our business or the extent to which any factor, or
combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ
materially from those contained in any forward-looking
statements we may make. Important factors that could cause such
differences include, but are not limited to:
|
|
|
|
|
our ability to accurately forecast revenue and appropriately
plan our expenses and working capital requirements;
|
|
|
|
our ability to generate additional revenue;
|
|
|
|
our ability to retain existing customers and attract new
customers;
|
|
|
|
our ability to protect our customers stored files and
adequately address privacy concerns;
|
|
|
|
the impact of actual or threatened litigation, including
intellectual property infringement claims, involving us or our
industry;
|
|
|
|
the impact of increased competition in our business;
|
|
|
|
interruptions in service and any related impact on our
reputation;
|
|
|
|
our ability to maintain, protect, and enhance our brand; and
|
|
|
|
other risk factors included under Risk Factors in
this prospectus.
|
Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this
prospectus. We may not actually achieve the plans, intentions,
or expectations disclosed in our forward-looking statements, and
you should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking
statements. Actual results or events could differ materially
from the plans, intentions, and expectations disclosed in the
forward-looking statements we make. In addition, our
forward-looking statements do not reflect the potential impact
of any future acquisitions, mergers, dispositions, joint
ventures, or investments we may make.
You should read this prospectus and the documents that we have
filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this
prospectus is a part, completely and with the understanding that
our actual future results may be materially different from what
we expect. We do not assume any obligation to update any
34
forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new
information, future events, or otherwise, except as required by
law. If we update one or more forward-looking statements, no
inference should be drawn that we will make additional updates
with respect to those or other forward-looking statements.
Unless otherwise indicated, information contained in this
prospectus concerning our industry and the market in which we
operate, including our general expectations and market position,
market opportunity, and market size, is based on information
from various sources, on assumptions that we have made that are
based on those data, and on our knowledge of the markets for our
solutions. These data involve a number of assumptions and
limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to
such estimates. In addition, projections, assumptions, and
estimates of our future performance and the future performance
of the industry in which we operate, whether made by us or by
third parties, are necessarily subject to a high degree of
uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including
those described in Risk Factors and elsewhere in
this prospectus. These and other factors could cause results to
differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by
the independent parties and by us.
35
USE OF
PROCEEDS
We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of the
shares of common stock, based on an assumed initial public
offering price of $10.50 per share, the mid-point of the price
range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, will be
approximately $49.7 million, or approximately
$58.9 million if the underwriters overallotment
option is exercised in full, after deducting underwriting
discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses
payable by us. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of
shares of common stock by the selling stockholders.
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public
offering price of $10.50 per share of common stock, which is the
midpoint of the range listed on the cover page of this
prospectus, would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us
from this offering by approximately $5.0 million, assuming
the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover
page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting
underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering
expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of
one million shares in the number of shares of common stock
offered by us would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us
from this offering by approximately $9.8 million, assuming
the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and
after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and
estimated offering expenses payable by us.
We intend to use the net proceeds to us from this offering
primarily for general corporate purposes, including working
capital, sales and marketing activities, general and
administrative matters, and capital expenditures. We may also
use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire, invest in, or
obtain rights to complementary technologies, solutions, or
businesses. Our management will have broad discretion over the
uses of the net proceeds in this offering. Pending these uses,
we intend to invest the net proceeds from this offering in
short-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing securities such
as money market accounts, certificates of deposit, commercial
paper, and guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government.
DIVIDEND
POLICY
We have never declared or paid, and do not anticipate declaring
or paying, any cash dividends on our common stock. Any future
determination as to the declaration and payment of dividends, if
any, will be at the discretion of our board of directors and
will depend on then existing conditions, including our financial
condition, operating results, contractual restrictions
(including under our revolving credit facility), restrictions
under our preferred securities (to the extent outstanding),
capital requirements, business prospects, and other factors our
board of directors may deem relevant.
36
CAPITALIZATION
The following table shows our cash, short-term investments, and
capitalization as of June 30, 2011:
|
|
|
|
|
on an actual basis;
|
|
|
|
on a pro forma basis, giving effect to the conversion of all
outstanding preferred stock and warrants to purchase preferred
stock into an aggregate of 13,483,473 shares of common
stock and warrants to purchase 11,316 shares of common
stock, which will occur upon the completion of this offering, as
if such conversions had occurred on June 30, 2011; and
|
|
|
|
on a pro forma as adjusted basis, to reflect the pro forma
adjustments described above and the sale by us of
5,366,473 shares of common stock offered by this
prospectus, at an assumed initial public offering price of
$10.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth
on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting
underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering
expenses payable by us.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of June 30, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma,
|
|
|
|
Actual
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
as Adjusted (1)
|
|
|
|
(in thousands, except share and
|
|
|
|
per share data)
|
|
|
Cash and short-term investments
|
|
$
|
16,243
|
|
|
$
|
16,243
|
|
|
$
|
67,252
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock warrant liability
|
|
|
101
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.01 par value;
506,646 shares authorized and 502,874 shares issued and
outstanding, actual; no shares authorized and no shares issued
and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted
|
|
|
4,509
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Convertible preferred stock, $0.01 par value;
4,062,540 shares authorized and 3,991,617 shares
issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized and no
shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as
adjusted
|
|
|
64,326
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders equity (deficit):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, $0.01 par value; 21,539,370 shares authorized
and 5,150,159 shares issued, actual; 18,633,632 shares
issued, pro forma; 45,000,000 shares authorized and
24,000,105 shares issued, pro forma as adjusted
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
186
|
|
|
|
240
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
3,363
|
|
|
|
71,155
|
|
|
|
120,805
|
|
Accumulated deficit
|
|
|
(87,899
|
)
|
|
|
(86,890
|
)
|
|
|
(86,890
|
)
|
Treasury stock, at cost (2,009 shares)
|
|
|
(22
|
)
|
|
|
(22
|
)
|
|
|
(22
|
)
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity (deficit)
|
|
|
(84,501
|
)
|
|
|
(15,565
|
)
|
|
|
34,139
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total capitalization
|
|
$
|
678
|
|
|
$
|
678
|
|
|
$
|
101,391
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public
offering price of $10.50 per share of common stock, which is the
midpoint of the range listed on the cover page of this
prospectus, would increase (decrease) the amount of cash and
short-term investments, additional paid-in capital, total
stockholders equity (deficit), and total capitalization by
approximately $5.0 million, assuming the number of shares
offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this
prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting
discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses
payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of one
million shares in the number of shares of common stock offered
by us would |
37
|
|
|
|
|
increase (decrease) cash and short-term investments, additional
paid-in capital, total stockholders equity, (deficit), and
total capitalization by approximately $9.8 million,
assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the
same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions
and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The pro forma as
adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and
will be adjusted based on the actual public offering price and
other terms of this offering determined at the pricing of this
offering. |
The outstanding share information set forth above is as of
June 30, 2011 and excludes:
|
|
|
|
|
2,037,410 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise
of outstanding options at June 30, 2011 to purchase our
common stock granted pursuant to our 2005 Stock Incentive Plan
at a weighted average exercise price of $3.39 per share;
|
|
|
|
11,316 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of
outstanding warrants at an exercise price of $2.32 per
share;
|
|
|
|
266,268 additional shares of common stock reserved for issuance
under our 2005 Stock Incentive Plan as of June 30, 2011; and
|
|
|
|
1,662,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance
under our 2011 Equity Award Plan.
|
The pro forma and pro forma as adjusted share information as of
June 30, 2011 also gives effect to the adoption of our
amended and restated certificate prior to the completion of this
offering.
38
DILUTION
If you invest in our common stock, you will experience immediate
and substantial dilution in the pro forma as adjusted net
tangible book value per share of our shares of common stock
after this offering.
Dilution will result from the fact that the per share offering
price of our common stock is substantially in excess of the book
value per share attributable to the existing stockholders for
our currently outstanding shares of common stock.
The net tangible book value of our common stock as of
June 30, 2011 was approximately $(87.2) million, or
$(16.93) per share based on 5,150,159 shares of common stock
outstanding as of such date. Historical net tangible book value
per share represents our total tangible assets (total assets
less intangible assets) less total liabilities and redeemable
and convertible preferred stock, divided by the number of shares
of common stock issued and outstanding.
Our pro forma net tangible book value as of June 30, 2011
was approximately $(18.3) million, or $(0.98) per share.
Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the
amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities,
divided by the pro forma number of shares of common stock
outstanding as of June 30, 2011, after giving effect to the
conversion of all outstanding shares of our redeemable and
convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of
13,483,473 shares of our common stock, which will occur
upon the completion of this offering.
After giving effect to the sale of 5,366,473 shares of
common stock that we are offering, assuming an initial public
offering price of $10.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the
range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, and after
deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and
estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as
adjusted net tangible book value as of June 30, 2011 would
have been approximately $31.4 million, or approximately
$1.31 per share. This amount represents an immediate increase in
pro forma net tangible book value of $2.29 per share to our
existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in pro forma net
tangible book value of approximately $9.19 per share to new
investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering.
The following table illustrates this dilution:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assumed initial offering price per share of common stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$10.50
|
|
Net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2011
|
|
|
$(16.93
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Increase attributable to the conversion of the outstanding
shares of redeemable and convertible preferred stock as of
June 30, 2011
|
|
|
15.95
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of June 30,
2011
|
|
|
$(0.98
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Increase in pro forma net tangible book value attributable to
this offering
|
|
|
$2.29
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after
this offering
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$1.31
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dilution per share to new investors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$9.19
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public
offering price of $10.50 per share of common stock, which is the
midpoint of the range listed on the cover page of this
prospectus, would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted
net tangible book value per share by $0.21 and the dilution per
share to new investors by $0.79, in each case assuming the
number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page
of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the
estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated
offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase
(decrease) of one million shares in the number of shares of
common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) the pro
forma as adjusted net tangible book value by $0.34 per share and
the dilution to new investors by $(0.34) per share, assuming the
assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and
after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and
estimated expenses payable by us. If the underwriters exercise
their over-allotment option in full, the pro forma as adjusted
net tangible book value would be $1.63 per share, and the
39
dilution per share to new investors would be $8.87, assuming
the assumed public offering price remains the same, and after
deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated
expenses payable by us.
The following table summarizes, as of June 30, 2011, the
number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total
consideration paid or to be paid, and the average price per
share paid or to be paid, by existing stockholders and by the
new investors, at an assumed initial public offering price of
$10.50 per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the
cover page of this prospectus, before deducting estimated
underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses
payable by us. The following table is illustrative only and the
total consideration paid and the average price per share is
subject to adjustment based on the actual initial public
offering price per share and other terms of this offering
determined at the pricing of this offering.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares Purchased
|
|
|
Total Consideration
|
|
|
Average Price
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
per Share
|
|
|
Existing stockholders
|
|
|
18,633,632
|
|
|
|
78
|
%
|
|
|
69,419,379
|
|
|
|
55
|
%
|
|
$
|
3.73
|
|
New investors
|
|
|
5,366,473
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
56,347,967
|
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
10.50
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
24,000,105
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
125,767,346
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
5.24
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public
offering price of $10.50 per share would increase (decrease)
total consideration paid by new investors by $5.4 million,
assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the
cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and without
deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and
offering expenses payable by us.
The foregoing discussion and tables are based on
18,633,632 shares of common stock outstanding as of
June 30, 2011, after giving effect to the conversion of all
outstanding shares of our redeemable and convertible preferred
stock into common stock, which will occur upon the completion of
this offering, and exclude:
|
|
|
|
|
2,037,410 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise
of outstanding options at June 30, 2011 to purchase our
common stock granted pursuant to our 2005 Stock Incentive Plan
at a weighted average exercise price of $3.39 per share;
|
|
|
|
11,316 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of
outstanding warrants at an exercise price of $2.32 per share;
|
|
|
|
266,268 additional shares of common stock reserved for issuance
under our 2005 Stock Incentive Plan as of June 30, 2011; and
|
|
|
|
1,662,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance
under our 2011 Equity Award Plan.
|
Sales by the selling stockholders in this offering will cause
the number of shares held by existing stockholders to be reduced
to 17,750,105 shares, or 74% of the total number of shares
of our common stock outstanding after this offering, and will
increase the number of shares held by new investors to
6,250,000 shares, or 26% of the total number of shares of
our common stock outstanding after this offering. In addition,
if the underwriters overallotment option is exercised in
full, the number of shares held by the existing stockholders
after this offering would be 17,750,105 shares, or 71% of
the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after
this offering, and the number of shares held by new investors
would further increase to 7,187,500 shares or 29% of the
total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after
this offering. If any shares of common stock are purchased in
this offering by our existing stockholders, including Menlo
Ventures and Crosslink Capital, the number and percentage of
shares held by existing stockholders and new investors will
differ from those set forth above.
40
SELECTED
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA
You should read the following selected consolidated financial
and other data below in conjunction with Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations and the consolidated financial statements,
related notes, and other financial information included in this
prospectus. The selected consolidated financial and other data
in this section are not intended to replace the consolidated
financial statements and are qualified in their entirety by the
consolidated financial statements and related notes included
elsewhere in this prospectus.
The consolidated statements of operations data for the years
ended December 31, 2008, 2009, and 2010 and the
consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2009 and
2010 are derived from our audited consolidated financial
statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The
consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended
December 31, 2006 and 2007 and the consolidated balance
sheet data as of December 31, 2006, 2007, and 2008 are
derived from our audited consolidated financial statements not
included in this prospectus. The unaudited consolidated
statements of operations data for the six months ended
June 30, 2010 and 2011, and the unaudited consolidated
balance sheet data as of June 30, 2011, are derived from
our unaudited consolidated financial statements included
elsewhere in the prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited
information on the same basis as the audited consolidated
financial statements and have included, in our opinion, all
adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments,
that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of the
financial information set forth in those statements. Historical
results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be
expected in the future.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months Ended
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
(in thousands, except share and per share data)
|
|
|
Consolidated statements of operations data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
169
|
|
|
$
|
2,154
|
|
|
$
|
8,202
|
|
|
$
|
19,114
|
|
|
$
|
38,563
|
|
|
$
|
16,685
|
|
|
$
|
27,242
|
|
Cost of revenue
|
|
|
270
|
|
|
|
1,717
|
|
|
|
4,273
|
|
|
|
8,954
|
|
|
|
16,284
|
|
|
|
7,449
|
|
|
|
10,311
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
(101
|
)
|
|
|
437
|
|
|
|
3,929
|
|
|
|
10,160
|
|
|
|
22,279
|
|
|
|
9,236
|
|
|
|
16,931
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
1,445
|
|
|
|
3,042
|
|
|
|
4,663
|
|
|
|
6,210
|
|
|
|
10,868
|
|
|
|
4,973
|
|
|
|
7,710
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
530
|
|
|
|
1,414
|
|
|
|
2,389
|
|
|
|
2,485
|
|
|
|
4,209
|
|
|
|
2,033
|
|
|
|
2,878
|
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
|
1,160
|
|
|
|
7,369
|
|
|
|
14,729
|
|
|
|
21,067
|
|
|
|
33,098
|
|
|
|
16,464
|
|
|
|
16,358
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
3,135
|
|
|
|
11,825
|
|
|
|
21,781
|
|
|
|
29,762
|
|
|
|
48,175
|
|
|
|
23,470
|
|
|
|
26,946
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from operations
|
|
|
(3,236
|
)
|
|
|
(11,388
|
)
|
|
|
(17,852
|
)
|
|
|
(19,602
|
)
|
|
|
(25,896
|
)
|
|
|
(14,234
|
)
|
|
|
(10,015
|
)
|
Interest income, net
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
|
486
|
|
|
|
413
|
|
|
|
391
|
|
|
|
143
|
|
|
|
120
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
Other income (expense)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(14
|
)
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
(3,178
|
)
|
|
|
(10,902
|
)
|
|
|
(17,439
|
)
|
|
|
(19,225
|
)
|
|
|
(25,763
|
)
|
|
|
(14,113
|
)
|
|
|
(9,989
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
(64
|
)
|
|
|
(210
|
)
|
|
|
(210
|
)
|
|
|
(210
|
)
|
|
|
(210
|
)
|
|
|
(105
|
)
|
|
|
(105
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss attributable to common stockholders
|
|
$
|
(3,242
|
)
|
|
$
|
(11,112
|
)
|
|
$
|
(17,649
|
)
|
|
$
|
(19,435
|
)
|
|
$
|
(25,973
|
)
|
|
$
|
(14,218
|
)
|
|
$
|
(10,094
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss attributable to common stockholders per
sharebasic and diluted
|
|
$
|
(0.93
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2.97
|
)
|
|
$
|
(4.61
|
)
|
|
$
|
(4.78
|
)
|
|
$
|
(5.90
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3.26
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2.02
|
)
|
Weighted-average number of common shares used in computing net
loss per sharebasic and diluted
|
|
|
3,490,596
|
|
|
|
3,743,246
|
|
|
|
3,828,073
|
|
|
|
4,065,230
|
|
|
|
4,399,137
|
|
|
|
4,367,982
|
|
|
|
5,009,565
|
|
41
Stock-based compensation included in the consolidated statements
of operations data above was as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
Six Months Ended June 30,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Cost of revenue
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
15
|
|
|
$
|
16
|
|
|
$
|
35
|
|
|
$
|
45
|
|
|
$
|
30
|
|
|
$
|
87
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
88
|
|
|
|
171
|
|
|
|
92
|
|
|
|
195
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
|
78
|
|
|
|
89
|
|
|
|
188
|
|
|
|
227
|
|
|
|
130
|
|
|
|
111
|
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
|
78
|
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
|
79
|
|
|
|
99
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
159
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stock-based compensation
|
|
$
|
158
|
|
|
$
|
182
|
|
|
$
|
203
|
|
|
$
|
390
|
|
|
$
|
542
|
|
|
$
|
272
|
|
|
$
|
552
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
|
|
As of June 30,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Consolidated balance sheet data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
$
|
2,798
|
|
|
$
|
14,773
|
|
|
$
|
2,543
|
|
|
$
|
28,276
|
|
|
$
|
13,855
|
|
|
$
|
16,243
|
|
Working capital (deficit)
|
|
|
1,858
|
|
|
|
10,342
|
|
|
|
12,266
|
|
|
|
12,595
|
|
|
|
(12,381
|
)
|
|
|
(25,448
|
)
|
Total assets
|
|
|
3,893
|
|
|
|
18,501
|
|
|
|
30,701
|
|
|
|
46,433
|
|
|
|
40,941
|
|
|
|
42,370
|
|
Deferred revenue, including current portion
|
|
|
518
|
|
|
|
3,534
|
|
|
|
9,401
|
|
|
|
23,144
|
|
|
|
38,722
|
|
|
|
49,312
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
1,108
|
|
|
|
5,840
|
|
|
|
14,009
|
|
|
|
29,149
|
|
|
|
47,834
|
|
|
|
58,036
|
|
Preferred stock warrant liability
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
|
101
|
|
Redeemable and convertible stock
|
|
|
6,172
|
|
|
|
26,983
|
|
|
|
48,387
|
|
|
|
67,770
|
|
|
|
68,730
|
|
|
|
68,835
|
|
Total stockholders deficit
|
|
|
(3,388
|
)
|
|
|
(14,322
|
)
|
|
|
(31,696
|
)
|
|
|
(50,486
|
)
|
|
|
(75,623
|
)
|
|
|
(84,501
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
Six Months Ended June 30,
|
|
|
|
2006 (1)
|
|
|
2007 (1)
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
(in thousands, except percentage data)
|
|
|
Key metrics:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total customers (2)
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
95
|
|
|
|
281
|
|
|
|
590
|
|
|
|
951
|
|
|
|
782
|
|
|
|
1,114
|
|
Annual retention rate (3)
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
81
|
%
|
|
|
79
|
%
|
|
|
83
|
%
|
|
|
80
|
%
|
|
|
83
|
%
|
Renewal rate (4)
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
78
|
%
|
|
|
78
|
%
|
|
|
81
|
%
|
|
|
80
|
%
|
|
|
82
|
%
|
Bookings (5)
|
|
$
|
687
|
|
|
$
|
5,170
|
|
|
$
|
14,069
|
|
|
$
|
32,857
|
|
|
$
|
54,141
|
|
|
$
|
24,235
|
|
|
$
|
37,246
|
|
Free cash flow (6)
|
|
$
|
(2,946
|
)
|
|
$
|
(8,638
|
)
|
|
$
|
(12,409
|
)
|
|
$
|
(8,045
|
)
|
|
$
|
(12,204
|
)
|
|
$
|
(8,099
|
)
|
|
$
|
(6,369
|
)
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
We did not document total customers in 2006. We did not document
annual retention rate or renewal rate in 2006 or 2007. |
|
(2) |
|
We define total customers as the number of paid subscriptions
from consumers and SMBs at the end of the relevant period. |
|
(3) |
|
We define annual retention rate as the percentage of customers
on the last day of the prior year who remain customers on the
last day of the current year, or for quarterly presentations,
the percentage of customers on the last day of the comparable
quarter in the prior year who remain customers on the last day
of the current quarter. |
|
|
|
Our management uses annual retention rate to determine the
stability of our customer base and to evaluate the lifetime
value of our customer relationships. As customers annual
and multi-year subscriptions come up for renewal throughout the
calendar year based on the dates of their original
subscriptions, measuring |
42
|
|
|
|
|
retention on a trailing twelve month basis at the end of
each quarter provides our management with useful and timely
information about the stability of our customer base. |
|
|
|
In June 2010, we decided to cease distribution of our consumer
solutions through third-party distribution channels, and we
terminated most of our distribution agreements at that time.
During 2010, subscriptions purchased through third-party
distributors accounted for 8% of our revenue. Historically,
renewal rates for subscriptions purchased through third-party
distributors were lower than for direct sales. Excluding renewal
activity related to third-party distributor sales, our annual
retention rates for 2008, 2009, 2010 and the six months
ended June 30, 2010 and 2011 were 84%, 83%, 85%, 83% and
85%, respectively. |
|
(4) |
|
We define renewal rate for a period as the percentage of
customers who renew annual or multi-year subscriptions that
expire during the period presented. Renewal rate excludes
customers under our discontinued third-party distribution
agreements and prior SMB offering with subscriptions that remain
active until cancelled. Our management uses renewal rate to
monitor trends in customer renewal activity. |
|
(5) |
|
We define bookings as revenue recognized during the period plus
the change in total deferred revenue (excluding acquired
deferred revenue) during the same period. The following table
presents a reconciliation of bookings to revenue for the last
five fiscal years and the six months ended June 30, 2010
and June 30, 2011: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
Six Months Ended June 30,
|
|
|
2006
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
2010
|
|
2011
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
169
|
|
|
$
|
2,154
|
|
|
$
|
8,202
|
|
|
$
|
19,114
|
|
|
$
|
38,563
|
|
|
$
|
16,685
|
|
|
$
|
27,242
|
|
Plus change in deferred revenue
|
|
|
518
|
|
|
|
3,016
|
|
|
|
5,867
|
|
|
|
13,743
|
|
|
|
15,578
|
|
|
|
7,550
|
|
|
|
10,004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bookings
|
|
$
|
687
|
|
|
$
|
5,170
|
|
|
$
|
14,069
|
|
|
$
|
32,857
|
|
|
$
|
54,141
|
|
|
$
|
24,235
|
|
|
$
|
37,246
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Our management uses bookings as a proxy for cash receipts.
Bookings represents the aggregate dollar value of customer
subscriptions received by us during a period. We initially
record a subscription fee as deferred revenue and then recognize
it ratably, on a daily basis, over the life of the subscription
period.
|
|
|
|
|
Although bookings is frequently used by investors and securities
analysts in their evaluations of companies, bookings has
limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider
it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results
of operations as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations
are: |
|
|
|
bookings does not reflect our
receipt of payment from subscribers; and
|
|
|
|
other companies in our industry
may calculate bookings or similarly titled measures differently
than we do, limiting their usefulness as comparative measures.
|
|
|
|
Management compensates for the inherent limitations associated
with using the bookings measure through disclosure of such
limitations, presentation of our financial statements in
accordance with GAAP, and reconciliation of bookings to the most
directly comparable GAAP measure, revenue, as presented above. |
|
(6) |
|
We define free cash flow as net cash provided by (used in)
operating activities, less capital expenditures, and adjusted
for any extraordinary items. The following table presents a
reconciliation of free cash flow to net cash provided by (used
in) operating activities, the most comparable GAAP measure, for
the last five fiscal years and the six months ended
June 30, 2010 and 2011: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
Six Months Ended June 30,
|
|
|
2006
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
2010
|
|
2011
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
|
|
$
|
(2,031
|
)
|
|
$
|
(6,094
|
)
|
|
$
|
(7,705
|
)
|
|
$
|
(946
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,552
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3,723
|
)
|
|
$
|
821
|
|
Less capital expenditures
|
|
|
(915
|
)
|
|
|
(2,544
|
)
|
|
|
(4,704
|
)
|
|
|
(7,099
|
)
|
|
|
(10,652
|
)
|
|
|
(4,376
|
)
|
|
|
(7,190
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Free cash flow
|
|
$
|
(2,946
|
)
|
|
$
|
(8,638
|
)
|
|
$
|
(12,409
|
)
|
|
$
|
(8,045
|
)
|
|
$
|
(12,204
|
)
|
|
$
|
(8,099
|
)
|
|
$
|
(6,369
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
|
Our management uses free cash flow as a measure of our operating
performance; for planning purposes, including the preparation of
our annual operating budget; to allocate resources to enhance
the financial performance of our business; to evaluate the
effectiveness of our business strategies; to provide consistency
and comparability with past financial performance; to determine
capital requirements; to facilitate a comparison of our results
with those of other companies; and in communications with our
board of directors concerning our financial performance. We also
use free cash flow as a factor when determining
managements incentive compensation. |
|
|
|
Management believes that the use of free cash flow provides
consistency and comparability with our past financial
performance, facilitates period to period comparisons of
operations, and also facilitates comparisons with other peer
companies, many of which use similar non-GAAP financial measures
to supplement their GAAP results. |
|
|
|
Although free cash flow is frequently used by investors and
securities analysts in their evaluations of companies, free cash
flow has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not
consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our
results of operations as reported under GAAP. |
|
|
|
Some of these limitations are: |
|
|
|
|
|
free cash flow does not reflect our future requirements for
contractual commitments to vendors;
|
|
|
|
free cash flow does not reflect the non-cash component of
employee compensation or depreciation and amortization of
property and equipment; and
|
|
|
|
other companies in our industry may calculate free cash flow or
similarly titled measures differently than we do, limiting their
usefulness as comparative measures.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Management compensates for the inherent limitations associated
with using the free cash flow measure through disclosure of such
limitations, presentation of our financial statements in
accordance with GAAP, and reconciliation of free cash flow to
the most directly comparable GAAP measure, net cash provided by
(used in) operating activities as presented above. |
44
MANAGEMENTS
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
You should read the following discussion and analysis of our
financial condition and results of operations together with our
consolidated financial statements and the related notes and
other financial information included elsewhere in this
prospectus. Some of the information contained in this discussion
and analysis or set forth elsewhere in this prospectus,
including information with respect to our plans and strategy for
our business and related financing, includes forward-looking
statements that involve risks and uncertainties. You should
review the Risk Factors and Special Note
Regarding Forward-Looking Statements sections of this
prospectus for a discussion of important factors that could
cause actual results to differ materially from the results
described in or implied by the forward-looking statements
contained in the following discussion and analysis.
Overview
We are a leading provider of online backup solutions for
consumers and SMBs. We provide easy-to-use, affordable,
unlimited, and secure online backup solutions with anytime,
anywhere access to files stored on our servers, which we call
the Carbonite Personal Cloud. We believe that we are the best
known brand in the online backup market.
In 2005, we began development of our Carbonite backup solution
and raised our first capital from investors. We sold the first
subscription to our Carbonite backup solution in 2006. In 2010,
we introduced our SMB solution, opened our office in Beijing,
China, and expanded our management team to better focus on our
consumer and SMB markets. Over the last 18 months, we
introduced our free iPad, iPhone, BlackBerry, and Android apps.
We surpassed 100,000 subscribers in 2008, 500,000 subscribers in
2009, and 1,000,000 subscribers in early 2011. Today we have
subscribers in more than 100 countries, with 94% of our
subscribers based in the U.S.
We derive our revenue from subscription fees from consumers and
SMBs. We charge consumers a $59 flat fee for one year of
unlimited online backup, with discounts for multi-year
subscriptions. Our SMB solution allows for an unlimited number
of users, with tiered pricing based on the total amount of data
backed up. As of June 30, 2011, approximately 70% of
subscribers to our consumer service have one year subscriptions,
although the percentage of customers with multi-year
subscriptions has increased over time. We charge customers the
full subscription amount at the beginning of each subscription
period. We initially record a subscription fee as deferred
revenue and then recognize it ratably over the subscription
period. The annual or multi-year commitments of our customers
enhance managements visibility of our revenue and charging
customers at the beginning of the subscription period provides
working capital.
We are investing aggressively in customer acquisition because we
believe that the market for online backup is in the early stages
of development. Our largest expense is advertising for customer
acquisition, which is recorded as sales and marketing expense.
This is comprised of radio and television advertising, online
display advertising, print advertising, paid search, direct
marketing, and other expenses. In 2008, 2009, and 2010, our
total advertising expense was $7.6 million,
$10.8 million, and $23.6 million, respectively. We
generally spend more on advertising in the first and third
quarters of each year based on the seasonality of customer
purchasing patterns and fluctuations in advertising rates.
As we grow our business we continue to invest in additional
storage and infrastructure. Our capital expenditures in 2008,
2009, and 2010 were $4.7 million, $7.1 million, and
$10.7 million, respectively.
Our revenue has grown from $8.2 million in fiscal 2008 to
$38.6 million in fiscal 2010 and $27.2 million in the
six months ended June 30, 2011. At the same time, our total
operating costs have grown from $21.8 million in fiscal
2008 to $48.2 million in fiscal 2010 and $26.9 million
in the six months ended
45
June 30, 2011, principally as a result of our investment in
customer acquisition. We expect to continue to devote
substantial resources to customer acquisition, improving our
technologies, and expanding our solutions. In addition, we
expect to invest heavily in our operations to support
anticipated growth and public company reporting and compliance
obligations. We defer revenue over our customers
subscription periods but expense marketing costs as incurred. As
a result of these factors, we expect to continue to incur GAAP
operating losses on an annual basis for the foreseeable future.
Our
Business Model
We evaluate the profitability of a customer relationship over
its lifecycle because of the nature of our business model. As we
generally incur customer acquisition costs in advance of
subscriptions while recognizing revenue ratably over the terms
of the subscriptions, a customer relationship may not be
profitable at the beginning of the subscription period, even
though it may be profitable over the life of the customer
relationship. As we also generally incur capital equipment costs
in advance of subscriptions, a customer relationship may not
result in positive cash flow at the beginning of the
subscription period, even though it may result in positive cash
flow over the life of the customer relationship. While we offer
both annual and multi-year subscriptions to our customers, a
significant majority of them are currently on one year
subscription plans.
As a customer renews a subscription and enters each successive
year, the relative profitability of that customer increases
because we do not need to incur incremental acquisition costs
and we benefit from decreasing customer support and other
operating costs. For example, in 2008, 2009, 2010 and the six
months ended June 30, 2011, our average cost per
acquisition, or CPA, was $45.38, $41.06, $58.77, and $52.27,
respectively, per new consumer subscriber. CPA represents the
amount we spent on advertising and affiliate commissions in a
period divided by the number of new subscribers we obtained
during the same period, and varies depending on our level of
advertising during each period. Our advertising expenses in 2010
included testing new television advertising campaigns. We also
benefit from economies of scale related to our capital
equipment, hosting, and support expenditures. For example, from
the quarter ended March 31, 2008 through the quarter ended June
30, 2011, our cost to provide customer support fell from $3.01
to $1.98 per subscriber, and we expect that our support cost per
subscriber will continue to fall as our customer base grows. In
addition, customers who use our online backup service for longer
than one year generally require less customer support. For
example, during the six months ended June 30, 2011, of the
contacts with our customer service department by paid
subscribers, 50%, 29%, 19%, and 2% were from subscribers who had
been customers for less than one year, between one and two
years, between two and three years, and longer than three years,
respectively. Finally, from the quarter ended March 31,
2008 through the quarter ended June 30, 2011, our costs for
depreciation and hosting fell from $3.66 to $3.26 per
subscriber, as increased usage by customers has been offset by
falling equipment prices. For these reasons, the profitability
of a customer in each successive year is generally higher than
in the first year.
A similar profitability pattern exists for our multi-year
subscriptions. However, we typically generate positive cash flow
during the first year of a multi-year subscription as we charge
the subscription fee for the entire period at the beginning of
the subscription. As a result of our easy to use,
cost-efficient, and high quality solutions, we have consistently
had a high customer retention rate.
Key
Business Metrics
Our management regularly reviews a number of financial and
operating metrics, including the following key metrics, to
evaluate our business:
|
|
|
|
|
Total customers. We calculate total customers
as the number of paid subscriptions from consumers and SMBs at
the end of the relevant period. A consumer who has more than one
|
46
|
|
|
|
|
computer may have multiple subscriptions, each of which is
treated as a separate subscription. An SMB subscription may
cover multiple computers and users but is treated as a single
subscription.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Annual retention rate. We calculate annual
retention rate as the percentage of customers on the last day of
the prior year who remain customers on the last day of the
current year, or for quarterly presentations, the percentage of
customers on the last day of the comparable quarter in the prior
year who remain customers on the last day of the current
quarter. Our management uses these measures to determine the
stability of our customer base and to evaluate the lifetime
value of our customer relationships.
|
|
|
|
Renewal rate. We define renewal rate for a
period as the percentage of customers who renew annual or
multi-year subscriptions that expire during the period
presented. Renewal rate excludes customers under our
discontinued third-party distribution agreements and prior SMB
offering with subscriptions that remain active until cancelled.
Our management uses this measure to monitor trends in customer
renewal activity.
|
|
|
|
Bookings. We calculate bookings as revenue
recognized during a particular period plus the change in total
deferred revenue (excluding deferred revenue recorded in
connection with acquisitions) during the same period. Our
management uses this measure as a proxy for cash receipts.
Bookings represents the aggregate dollar value of customer
subscriptions received by us during a period. We initially
record a subscription fee as deferred revenue and then recognize
it ratably, on a daily basis, over the life of the subscription
period.
|
|
|
|
Free cash flow. We calculate free cash flow as
net cash provided by (used in) operating activities, less
purchases of property and equipment, and adjusted for any
extraordinary items. Our management uses this measure to
evaluate our operating results.
|
Subscription renewals may vary during the year based on the date
of our customers original subscriptions. As we recognize
subscription revenue ratably over the subscription period, this
generally has not resulted in a material seasonal impact on our
revenue, but may result in material monthly and quarterly
variances in one or more of the key business metrics described
above.
The following table presents our performance highlights for the
periods presented:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
Six Months Ended June 30,
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
2010
|
|
2011
|
|
|
(in thousands, except percentage data)
|
|
Total customers
|
|
|
281
|
|
|
|
590
|
|
|
|
951
|
|
|
|
782
|
|
|
|
1,114
|
|
Annual retention rate
|
|
|
81
|
%
|
|
|
79
|
%
|
|
|
83
|
%
|
|
|
80
|
%
|
|
|
83
|
%
|
Renewal rate
|
|
|
78
|
%
|
|
|
78
|
%
|
|
|
81
|
%
|
|
|
80
|
%
|
|
|
82
|
%
|
Bookings (1)
|
|
$
|
14,069
|
|
|
$
|
32,857
|
|
|
$
|
54,141
|
|
|
$
|
24,235
|
|
|
$
|
37,246
|
|
Free cash flow (2)
|
|
$
|
(12,409
|
)
|
|
$
|
(8,045
|
)
|
|
$
|
(12,204
|
)
|
|
$
|
(8,099
|
)
|
|
$
|
(6,369
|
)
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
For the definition of bookings and a reconciliation of bookings
to revenue, see footnote 5 to Selected Consolidated
Financial and Other Data. |
|
(2) |
|
For the definition of free cash flow and a reconciliation of
free cash flow to net cash provided by (used in) operations, see
footnote 6 to Selected Consolidated Financial and Other
Data. |
Our total customers and bookings have increased consistently
over the periods presented, and we are continuing to invest
substantially in customer acquisition in an effort to drive
future growth in total customers and bookings. While we expect
our total customers to continue to increase on an absolute
basis, we expect that our annual percentage increase in total
customers will decline as our customer base grows.
47
In June 2010, we decided to cease distribution of our consumer
solutions through third-party distribution channels, and we
terminated most of our distribution agreements at that time.
During 2010, subscriptions purchased through third-party
distributors accounted for 8% of our revenue. Historically,
renewal rates for subscriptions purchased through third-party
distributors were lower than for direct sales. Excluding renewal
activity related to third-party distributor sales, our annual
retention rates for 2008, 2009, 2010 and the six months ended
June 30, 2010 and 2011 were 84%, 83%, 85%, 83%, and 85%,
respectively.
Our free cash flow over the periods presented has improved due
to economies of scale and the impact of higher per customer
profitability associated with customers who continue beyond a
single year. However, the results of individual periods have
varied based on the timing of our expenses, particularly
customer acquisition costs, including radio and television
advertising. For example, from 2009 to 2010 we substantially
increased our advertising expenditures from $10.8 million
to $23.6 million, as we sought to grow our customer base
and tested new advertising. These increased expenditures were
offset in part by increased cash inflows due to a shift in
subscriber mix toward three year subscriptions resulting from
our April 2009 price increase for one and two year consumer
subscriptions and price decrease for a three year subscription.
We generally spend more on advertising in the first and third
quarters of each year based on the seasonality of customer
purchasing patterns and fluctuations in advertising rates, which
affects our free cash flow for interim periods presented.
Similarly, we generally spend more on capital equipment in the
first and third quarters of each year as we add capacity to
service new customers. We increased our capital expenditures
from $7.1 million in 2009 to $10.7 million in 2010 as
we added additional storage capacity and infrastructure to
service our growing customer base. Free cash flow improved by
$1.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011
compared to the six months ended June 30, 2010. The
improvement was driven by a $4.5 million increase in
operating cash flows primarily related to a $4.1 million
decrease in our net loss. This increase was partially offset by
a $2.8 million increase in capital expenditures as we added
additional storage capacity and infrastructure to service our
growing customer base.
Factors
Affecting Our Performance
The following represents a summary of certain trends and
uncertainties that could have a significant impact on our
financial condition and results of operations. This summary is
not intended to be a complete list of potential trends and
uncertainties that could impact our business in the long or
short term. The summary should be considered along with the
factors set forth under Risk Factors contained
elsewhere in this prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
We have not generally achieved positive cash flow from our
operations or reported net income, and we do not expect to be
profitable for the foreseeable future. We expect to continue
making significant expenditures to develop and expand our
business, including for advertising, customer acquisition,
technology infrastructure, storage capacity, product
development, and international expansion, in an effort to
increase and service our customer base. In 2011, we also expect
to incur increased expenses associated with the relocation of
one of our data centers to a new facility. We also may encounter
unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications, delays, and
other unknown events that could have an adverse effect on our
financial condition and operating results.
|
|
|
|
We generate substantially all of our revenue from the sale of
subscriptions to our online backup solutions. In order to grow,
we must continue to attract a large number of customers on a
cost-effective basis, many of whom have not previously used
online backup solutions, and to retain our existing customers.
If we are unable satisfy our existing customers or to
cost-effectively attract new customers, then our revenue could
decline, our advertising and marketing expenses could increase
substantially, and our operating results may suffer.
|
|
|
|
With the introduction of new technologies and market entrants,
we expect competition to intensify in the future. Some of our
competitors may make acquisitions or enter into strategic
relationships to offer a more comprehensive service than we do.
These combinations may make
|
48
|
|
|
|
|
it more difficult for us to compete effectively or affect the
pricing of our offerings. Increased competition could have an
adverse effect on our financial condition and operating results.
|
|
|
|
|
|
We have relied on a third-party customer support provider based
in India to handle most of our routine support cases. In 2011,
we intend to relocate our customer support function to a new
facility in Lewiston, Maine to be staffed by our employees. If
we experience operational difficulties or disruptions during
this transition period, our ability to respond to customer
support calls in a timely manner and the quality of our customer
support would be adversely affected or our transition costs may
be higher than we expected, which in turn could affect our
customer retention rates and operating results.
|
Key
Components of our Statements of Operations
Revenue
We derive our revenue from subscription fees from consumers and
SMBs. We typically charge a customers credit card the full
price of the subscription at the commencement of the
subscription period and at each renewal date, unless the
customer decides not to renew the subscription. We initially
record a customer subscription fee as deferred revenue and then
recognize it ratably, on a daily basis, over the life of the
subscription period.
Cost of
revenue
Cost of revenue consists primarily of costs associated with our
data center operations and customer support centers, including
wages and benefits for personnel, depreciation of equipment,
rent, utilities and broadband, equipment maintenance, software
license fees, and allocated overhead. The expenses related to
hosting our services and supporting our customers are related to
the number of customers and the complexity of our services and
hosting infrastructure. We expect these expenses to increase in
absolute dollars as we continue to increase our number of
customers. On a per subscriber basis, our costs have been
decreasing as we achieve economies of scale and purchase
equipment and services in larger quantities. There has also been
a long term downward trend in the cost of storage equipment and
broadband service, which we expect will continue in the future.
Gross
profit and gross margin
Gross profit is our revenue less our cost of revenue. Our gross
margins have historically expanded due to price increases for
our consumer solutions and from economies of scale. We expect
our gross margins to be relatively flat from 2010 to 2011 due to
expenses associated with the relocation of our support services
from India to the U.S.
Operating
expenses
Research and development. Research and
development expenses consist primarily of wages and benefits for
development personnel, consulting fees, rent, and depreciation.
We have focused our research and development efforts on both
improving ease of use and functionality of our existing services
and developing new offerings. The majority of our research and
development employees are located at our corporate headquarters
in the U.S., with another group at our offices in China. We
expect that research and development expenses will increase in
absolute dollars on an annual basis as we continue to enhance
and expand our services.
General and administrative. General and
administrative expenses consist primarily of wages and benefits
for management, finance, accounting, human resources, legal and
other administrative personnel, legal and accounting fees,
insurance, and other corporate expenses. We expect to continue
to add personnel and
49
enhance our internal information systems in connection with the
growth of our business. We expect our general and administrative
expenses to increase when we become a public company as we
expect our accounting, legal, and personnel-related expenses and
directors and officers insurance costs to increase as we
institute and monitor a more comprehensive compliance and board
governance function, maintain and review internal controls over
financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and prepare and distribute periodic reports,
as required by the rules and regulations of the Securities and
Exchange Commission. As a result, we expect that our general and
administrative expenses will continue to increase in absolute
dollars on an annual basis.
Sales and marketing. Sales and marketing
expenses consist primarily of advertising costs, wages and
benefits for sales and marketing personnel, creative expenses
for advertising programs, credit card fees, commissions paid to
third-party partners and affiliates, and the cost of providing
free trials. The largest component of sales and marketing
expense is advertising for customer acquisition, principally
radio, television, and print advertisements. Online search costs
consist primarily of
pay-per-click
payments to search engine operators. Advertising costs are
expensed as incurred. To date, marketing and advertising costs
have been incurred principally in the U.S., but we expect to
increase our marketing and advertising expenditures in other
countries. We expect that we will continue to commit significant
resources to our sales and marketing efforts to grow our
business and awareness of our brand and services. We expect that
sales and marketing expenses will continue to increase in
absolute dollars on an annual basis.
Critical
Accounting Policies
Our financial statements are prepared in accordance with
accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S., or GAAP.
The preparation of our financial statements and related
disclosures requires us to make estimates, assumptions, and
judgments that affect the reported amount of assets,
liabilities, revenue, costs and expenses, and related
disclosures. We base our estimates and assumptions on historical
experience and other factors that we believe to be reasonable
under the circumstances, but all such estimates and assumptions
are inherently uncertain and unpredictable. We evaluate our
estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. Actual results
may differ from those estimates and assumptions, and it is
possible that other professionals, applying their own judgment
to the same facts and circumstances, could develop and support
alternative estimates and assumptions that would result in
material changes to our operating results and financial
condition. Our most critical accounting policies are summarized
below. See Note 2 to our financial statements included
elsewhere in this prospectus for additional information about
these critical accounting policies, as well as a description of
our other significant accounting policies.
Revenue
recognition
We derive revenue from online backup subscription services.
These services are
stand-alone
independent service solutions, which are generally contracted
for a one- to three-year term. Subscription agreements include
access to use our solutions via the internet. We recognize
revenue in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards
Codification (ASC)
605-10,
Overall Revenue Recognition. Subscription revenue is
recognized ratably on a daily basis upon activation over the
subscription period, when persuasive evidence of an arrangement
with a customer exists, the subscription period has been
activated, the price is fixed or determinable, and collection is
reasonably assured. Deferred revenue represents payments
received from customers for subscription services prior to
recognizing the revenue related to those payments.
Goodwill
and Acquired Intangible
Assets.
We record goodwill when consideration paid in a purchase
acquisition exceeds the fair value of the net tangible assets
and the identified intangible assets acquired. Goodwill is not
amortized, but rather is tested for impairment annually or more
frequently if facts and circumstances warrant a review. We
perform our
50
assessment for impairment of goodwill on an annual basis and we
have determined that there is a single reporting unit for the
purpose of conducting this annual goodwill impairment
assessment. For purposes of assessing potential impairment, we
annually estimate the fair value of the reporting unit (based on
our market capitalization) and compare this amount to the
carrying value of the reporting unit (as reflected by our total
stockholders equity). If we determine that the carrying
value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an
impairment charge would be required. Our annual goodwill
impairment test is at November 30 of each year.
Income
taxes
We provide for income taxes under the liability method. Deferred
tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences
between financial reporting and tax bases of assets and
liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates in
effect when the differences are expected to reverse. Deferred
tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance to reflect the
uncertainty associated with their ultimate realization. We
account for uncertain tax positions recognized in our
consolidated financial statements by prescribing a
more-likely-than-not threshold for financial statement
recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected
to be taken in a tax return.
Due to a history of losses, we have provided a full valuation
allowance against our deferred tax assets as more fully
described in Note 9 of our consolidated financial
statements. The ability to utilize these losses, any future
losses, and any other tax credits or attributes may be
restricted or eliminated by changes in our ownership, including
potentially as a result of this offering, changes in legislation
and other rules affecting the ability to offset future taxable
income with losses from prior periods. Future determinations on
the need for a valuation allowance on our net deferred tax
assets will be made on a quarterly basis, and our assessment at
June 30, 2011 reflects a continued need for a full
valuation allowance.
Stock-based
compensation
Accounting guidance requires employee stock-based payments to be
accounted for under the fair value method. Under this method, we
are required to record compensation cost based on the fair value
estimated for stock-based awards granted over the requisite
service periods for the individual awards, which generally
equals the vesting periods. We use the straight-line
amortization method for recognizing stock-based compensation
expenses.
We estimate the fair value of stock options on the date of grant
using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which requires the
use of highly subjective estimates and assumptions.
Historically, as a private company, we lacked company-specific
historical and implied volatility information. Therefore, we
estimate our expected volatility from the historical volatility
of selected publicly-traded peer companies and expect to
continue to do so until we have adequate historical data
regarding the volatility of our traded stock price. The expected
life assumption is based on the simplified method for estimating
expected term as we do not have sufficient stock option exercise
experience to support a reasonable estimate of the expected
term. The
risk-free
interest rate is based on the implied yield currently available
on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with terms
approximately equal to the expected life of the stock option. We
use an expected dividend rate of zero as we currently have no
history or expectation of paying cash dividends on our capital
stock. In addition, we have estimated expected forfeitures of
stock options based on our historical forfeiture rate and used
these rates in developing a future forfeiture rate. If our
actual forfeiture rate varies from our historical rates and
estimates, additional adjustments to compensation expense may be
required in future periods. The assumptions for
51
volatility, expected life, risk-free interest rate, and expected
dividend yield for the year ended December 31, 2010 and the
six months ended June 30, 2011 are presented in the table
below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2011
|
|
Expected volatility
|
|
61% to 64%
|
|
53% to 62%
|
Expected life (in years)
|
|
6.1
|
|
6.1
|
Risk-free interest rate
|
|
1.45% to 3.04%
|
|
2.40%
|
Expected dividend yield
|
|
%
|
|
%
|
The following table summarizes stock options granted from
January 1, 2010 through June 30, 2011:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
Per Share
|
|
Per Share
|
|
Per Share
|
|
Aggregate
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
Exercise
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
Estimated
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
Underlying
|
|
Price
|
|
of Underlying
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
Fair Value
|
Option Grant Dates
|
|
Options Granted
|
|
of Options (1)
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
of Options (2)
|
|
of Options (2)
|
|
February 12, 2010
|
|
|
42,000
|
|
|
$
|
4.77
|
|
|
$
|
4.77
|
|
|
$
|
2.63
|
|
|
$
|
110,460
|
|
April 2, 2010
|
|
|
99,500
|
|
|
|
4.77
|
|
|
|
4.77
|
|
|
|
2.44
|
|
|
|
242,780
|
|
May 4, 2010
|
|
|
11,500
|
|
|
|
4.90
|
|
|
|
4.90
|
|
|
|
2.38
|
|
|
|
27,370
|
|
August 4, 2010
|
|
|
105,000
|
|
|
|
4.90
|
|
|
|
4.90
|
|
|
|
2.24
|
|
|
|
235,200
|
|
October 20, 2010
|
|
|
58,000
|
|
|
|
5.15
|
|
|
|
5.15
|
|
|
|
2.35
|
|
|
|
136,300
|
|
December 16, 2010
|
|
|
200,000
|
|
|
|
5.15
|
|
|
|
12.00
|
|
|
|
9.00
|
|
|
|
1,800,000
|
|
January 26, 2011
|
|
|
12,000
|
|
|
|
11.10
|
|
|
|
12.00
|
|
|
|
7.27
|
|
|
|
87,240
|
|
April 27, 2011
|
|
|
201,100
|
|
|
|
11.73
|
|
|
|
12.04
|
|
|
|
6.40
|
|
|
|
1,287,040
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The per share exercise price of options is determined by our
board of directors. |
|
(2) |
|
As described above, the estimated fair value of options was
estimated for the date of grant using the Black-Scholes
option-pricing model. |
The fair value of our common stock was determined on a quarterly
basis by our board of directors, with input from management,
taking into account our most recent valuations provided by
management from an independent third-party valuation specialist.
Our board of directors considered numerous objective and
subjective factors to determine its best estimate of the fair
value of our common stock, including, but not limited to, the
following factors: (i) recent issuances of preferred stock,
as well as the rights, preferences, and privileges of our
preferred stock relative to our common stock; (ii) our
performance and stage of development; (iii) contemporaneous
valuations of our common stock; (iv) the lack of
marketability of our common stock; (iv) secondary
transactions in our common stock; (v) the likelihood of
achieving a liquidity event for the shares of common stock
underlying these stock options, such as an initial public
offering or sale of our company, given prevailing market
conditions; and (vi) U.S. and global capital market
conditions.
Our valuation analysis has been conducted under a
probability-weighted expected return method as prescribed by the
AICPA Practice Aid. Under this methodology, the fair value of
our common stock is estimated based upon an analysis of future
values assuming various outcomes. The value is based on the
probability-weighted present value of expected future investment
returns considering each of the possible outcomes available to
us as well as the rights of each share class. The possible
outcomes considered are based upon an analysis of future
scenarios as described below:
|
|
|
|
|
completion of an initial public offering;
|
|
|
|
sale to a strategic acquirer;
|
52
|
|
|
|
|
continuation as a private company; and
|
|
|
|
the remote likelihood of dissolution (assumed 1% probability of
occurrence).
|
We determined our enterprise value by using a combination of the
discounted future cash flow method and the guideline public
company method. The discounted future cash flow method estimates
the present value of the future monetary benefits expected to
flow to the owners of a business by projecting the cash flows
that the business is expected to generate over a forecast period
and an estimate of the present value of cash flows beyond that
period, which is referred to as residual value. These cash flows
are converted to present value by means of discounting, using a
rate of return that accounts for the time value of money and the
appropriate degree of risks inherent in the business. Our
assumptions underlying the projected cash flows of our business
were consistent with the plans and estimates that we use to
manage our business. The risks associated with achieving our
forecasts were assessed in selecting the appropriate discount
rates. The guideline public company method considers multiples
of financial metrics based on both acquisitions and trading
multiples of a peer group of companies. The companies used for
comparison under the guideline public company method were
selected based on a number of factors, including but not limited
to, the similarity of their industry, growth rate, stage of
development, and financial risk. These multiples are then
applied to our financial metrics to derive an indication of our
enterprise value. The initial public offering scenario analyses
use the guideline public company method. The private company
scenario and sale scenario analyses use averages of the
discounted future cash flow method and the guideline public
company method. The present values calculated for our common
stock under each scenario were weighted based on
managements estimates of the probability of each scenario
occurring. We applied a discount for lack of marketability to
the resulting values to reflect the fact that there is no
established trading market for our stock. The resulting values
after applying a discount for lack of marketability represented
the estimated fair value of our common stock at the valuation
date.
Our valuation specialist determined the size of the discount for
lack of marketability by considering various studies and
calculations including the average discount for lack of
marketability applicable to shares of restricted stock issued by
publicly traded companies, a study comparing transactions in the
closely held stock of certain companies with the prices at which
those companies subsequently effected a successful public
offering, and the value of a put option compared to the value of
the common stock using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.
During December 2009 and January 2010, we issued
585,790 shares of our Series D convertible preferred
stock for $34.14 per share to a group of new and existing
investors for a total consideration of approximately
$20.0 million. Because the lead investor in this
transaction was unaffiliated with our company prior to this
investment, the board of directors determined that this
financing constituted an arms-length transaction.
Our board of directors established a valuation of our common
stock in February 2010. In addition to considering the
Series D convertible preferred stock financing described
above, the board of directors also considered a contemporaneous
valuation analysis prepared as of December 31, 2009. The
present values calculated for our common stock under each of the
possible outcomes were weighted based on managements
estimates of the probability of each scenario occurring (private
company 35%, sale event 32%, and initial public offering 32%).
We applied a discount for lack of marketability of 15%, after
considering a number of factors, including, but not limited to,
the probability and time to liquidity for an initial public
offering of our common stock. The resulting value representing
the estimated fair value of our common stock was determined to
be $4.77. Our board of directors granted options to purchase
42,000 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $4.77
per share on February 12, 2010. Our board of directors
further granted options to purchase 99,500 shares of common
stock with an exercise price of $4.77 per share on April 2,
2010.
Our board of directors established a valuation of our common
stock in late April 2010 considering a contemporaneous valuation
analysis prepared as of March 31, 2010. During the period
since our February 2010 valuation, we continued to execute our
plan toward a liquidity event and the overall market conditions
53
continued to improve over this period. The present values
calculated for our common stock under the possible outcomes were
weighted based on managements estimates of the probability
of each scenario occurring, which remained unchanged from the
February 2010 valuation. Further, we continued to demonstrate
our ability to meet our expected results thus reducing our risks
and discount rates. We applied a discount for lack of
marketability of 12.5%, after considering a number of factors,
including, but not limited to, the probability and time to
liquidity for an initial public offering of our common stock.
Based on these factors, the probability-weighted expected return
value after applying a discount for lack of marketability
resulted in an estimated fair value of our common stock of
$4.90. Our board of directors granted options to purchase 11,500
shares of common stock with an exercise price of $4.90 per share
on May 4, 2010.
Our board of directors concluded that there were no material
changes to our business operations and projected business cash
flows, the business market risk, and the probability of a
liquidation event since the April 2010 valuation through
August 4, 2010. In June 2010, we decided to stop pursuing
sales of our consumer solutions through third-party distribution
channels and terminated most of our existing contracts with such
distributors. Our board of directors determined that the common
stock value during that period remained unchanged at $4.90. The
board of directors granted options to purchase 105,000 shares of
common stock with an exercise price of $4.90 per share on
August 4, 2010.
Our board of directors established a valuation of our common
stock in October 2010 considering a contemporaneous valuation
analysis prepared as of September 30, 2010. The overall
market conditions continued to improve since our last valuation.
The present values calculated for our common stock under the
possible outcomes were weighted based on managements
estimates of the probability of each scenario occurring, which
remained unchanged from the April 2010 valuation. Furthermore,
there were no changes to the probability and expected timing to
a liquidity event, but we further reduced our discount rates due
to a further reduction in risk of executing our expected
results. We continued to apply a discount for lack of
marketability of 12.5% as in the April 2010 valuation as there
were no material changes to the factors considered in
determining the discount for lack of marketability. Based on
these factors, the probability-weighted expected return value
after applying a discount for lack of marketability resulted in
an estimated fair value of our common stock of $5.15. In July
2011, as described below, we reassessed the fair market value of
our common stock and revised the estimated fair value of our
common stock to $12.00 for options granted on December 16,
2010. Our board of directors granted options to purchase 58,000
and 200,000 shares of common stock with an exercise price of
$5.15 per share, on October 20, 2010 and December 16,
2010, respectively.
On January 12, 2011, certain current and former employees,
including our chief executive officer and certain other senior
management, sold an aggregate of 863,832 shares of common
stock to a non-affiliated investment group for $12.00 per share.
Upon the closing of this transaction, in January 2011, our board
of directors performed a valuation of our common stock. A number
of factors contributed to a significant increase in the value of
our common stock during December 2010 and early 2011, and were
considered by our board of directors as of the valuation date,
included the following:
|
|
|
|
|
improvements in market conditions, including a 36% average
increase in the valuation multiples of our guideline public
companies and initial public offerings by several companies in
similar industries;
|
|
|
|
our selection of the lead underwriters of our offering, which we
believed increased the probability of our completing an initial
public offering from 32% to 50%;
|
|
|
|
changes in our risk profile based on the increased likelihood of
our completing an initial public offering, which reduced our
weighted average cost of capital for valuation purposes from 34%
to 25%;
|
|
|
|
our improved strategic plan resulting from the addition of a
general manager for our small business group; and
|
|
|
|
favorable performance during the three months ended
December 31, 2010 compared to our performance during the
three months ended September 30, 2010.
|
54
We believed that these factors were significant in establishing
the price of our common stock in the January 2011 sale. After
considering such factors and applying a discount to the $12.00
per share sale price for lack of marketability of 7.5%, our
board of directors granted options to purchase 12,000 shares of
common stock with an exercise price of $11.10 per share on
January 26, 2011. In July 2011, as described below, we
reassessed the fair market value of our common stock and revised
the estimated fair value of our common stock to $12.00.
Our board of directors established a valuation of our common
stock in April 2011 considering a contemporaneous valuation
analysis prepared as of March 31, 2011. The present values
calculated for our common stock under the possible outcomes were
weighted based on managements estimates of the probability
of each scenario occurring (initial public offering 60%, sale
event 30%, and private company 9%), reflecting a higher
probability of an initial public offering scenario as we further
accelerated our offering timing and we were in the process of
preparing and drafting the registration statement of which this
prospectus is a part at the time of the valuation. We further
reduced our discount rates due to a further reduction in risk of
executing our expected results. We applied a discount for lack
of marketability of 7.5%, after considering a number of factors,
including, but not limited to, a further acceleration of the
timing of an initial public offering of our common stock. Based
on these factors, the probability-weighted expected return value
after applying a discount for lack of marketability resulted in
an estimated fair value of our common stock of $11.73. In July
2011, as described below, we reassessed the fair market value of
our common stock and revised the estimated fair value of our
common stock to $12.04. Our board of directors granted options
to purchase 201,100 shares of common stock with an exercise
price of $11.73 per share on April 2011.
In July 2011, in light of the January 2011 stock sale and our
planned initial public offering, we reassessed the fair market
value of our common stock for purposes of valuing all stock
options granted on December 16, 2010, January 26,
2011, and April 27, 2011, and we determined to apply $12.00
and $12.04 per share as the fair market value of our common
stock for purposes of valuing all stock options granted on
December 16, 2010 and January 26, 2011, and
April 27, 2011, respectively. This revision included
eliminating any discount to the $12.00 per share sale price for
lack of marketability. With respect to the options granted on
April 27, 2011, we also reduced the discount for lack of
marketability to 2.5% to reflect our progress toward an initial
public offering. The resulting changes to our stock-based
compensation expense were not material in any reported period.
On April 27, 2011, our board of directors authorized our
subsidiary in China to provide up to 60,000 incentive units to
its employees pursuant to our Chinese subsidiarys
Incentive Unit Plan. The units have a five year term and vest
upon the satisfaction of a service period criteria of up to four
years and a performance condition requirement of a qualifying
liquidity event (initial public offering or change of control).
Upon vesting, the recipients of units are entitled to a bonus
based on the difference between the fair value of our common
stock and the base value set forth in their respective incentive
units agreements. In April 2011, our subsidiary in China granted
33,000 units with base values ranging from $4.90 to $11.73
and a total grant date fair value of $0.3 million. We have
determined that as of June 30, 2011, the performance
condition is not probable of achievement and is outside of our
control, and accordingly, we have not recorded any compensation
expense for these incentive units. Upon the occurrence of a
qualifying liquidity event, we will record a liability equal to
the fair value of the vested incentive units and will re-measure
the liability for changes in the fair value at each reporting
period and record the unrecognized compensation expense over the
remaining service vesting period using an accelerated
attribution method. On July 12, 2011, our subsidiary in
China granted 5,000 units with terms identical to those
granted in April 2011, except with a base value equal to
the initial public offering price in this offering, unless the
offering is delayed past August 15, 2011, in which case the
board of directors may set a base value equal to a valuation of
our common stock to be established by the board of directors on
or about the date the base value is set.
Our board of directors granted options to purchase an aggregate
of 186,750 shares of common stock on July 12 and
July 25, 2011. The exercise price of 156,750 of these
options will be the initial public offering price in this
offering, unless the offering is delayed past August 15,
2011, in which case the board of directors may set an
55
exercise price equal to a valuation of our common stock to be
established by the board of directors on or about the date the
price is set. The exercise price of 30,000 of these options
granted to certain of our directors will be the initial public
offering price in this offering, and such options will vest only
if this offering is completed.
On July 28, 2011, we and our underwriters for this offering
determined a preliminary range for the initial public offering
price of $15.00 to $17.00 per share, the midpoint of which
represents a valuation increase of approximately 32.9% over the
fair value of our common stock as determined by our board of
directors in connection with the options we granted in April
2011. Our April 2011 common stock valuation considered the input
from a third-party valuation firm that used a probability
weighted analysis of discounted cash flows and comparable
company valuation multiples in accordance with the AICPA
Technical Practice Aid, Valuation of
Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as
Compensation, regarding private company valuations. Our
offering price range was determined in consultation with our
underwriters and reflects other factors including market
conditions for initial public offerings and multiples of future,
projected revenue and cash flow. Our private company valuation
relied partially on an analysis of market multiples of equity to
revenue for guideline public companies, which were then applied
to our revenue in the trailing twelve month period ended
March 31, 2011. In determining a price range for this
offering, our underwriters employed a similar analysis, but
relied on a comparison of projected revenue for the following
fiscal year, which reflected our anticipated growth in revenue.
The methodology for determining an offering range also does not
consider a discount for lack of marketability, a weighted
average cost of capital discount applied to our projected cash
flows, or the potential of liquidity outcomes other than an
initial public offering. In contrast, due to the nature and
characteristics of a private company, our April 2011 valuation
applied a 2.5% discount for lack of marketability, a 20%
weighted average cost of capital discount applied against our
future cash flows, and weighting the possible outcomes based on
managements estimates of the probability of each scenario
occurring (initial public offering 60%, sale event 30%, and
private company 9%). In our April 2011 valuation, the value per
share of our common stock under an initial public offering
scenario was estimated to be $13.13, whereas other outcomes,
such as sale of the Company or continued operation as a private
company, resulted in lower estimates of value, which were then
weighted based on managements estimate of probability in
determining the overall fair value per share. In addition, the
determination of an offering price range relied on analysis of
comparable public companies prepared by our underwriters that
differed from those included as our guideline companies in our
April 2011 private company valuation. Comparable public
companies included in the underwriters analysis included
less mature companies with higher revenue growth rates and
companies that recently completed public offerings. Lastly, the
determination of the price range of this offering included
updated analysis of internal operating progress and external
market conditions on a current basis and reflected our continued
execution against our business and operating plan in the months
since the April 2011 valuation.
On August 10, 2011, based on the foregoing factors and
certain market conditions for initial public offerings, we and
our underwriters for this offering revised the preliminary range
for the initial public offering price to $10.00 to $11.00 per
share, the midpoint of which represents a valuation decrease of
approximately 12.8% from the fair value of our common stock as
determined by our board of directors in connection with the
options we granted in April 2011.
While the assumptions used to calculate and account for
stock-based compensation awards represent our best estimates,
these estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the
application of judgment. As a result, if revisions are made to
our underlying assumptions and estimates, our stock-based
compensation expense could vary significantly from period to
period. The total estimated compensation cost related to
stock-based awards not yet recognized was approximately
$3.6 million as of June 30, 2011. The weighted-average
period over which this expense is expected to be recognized is
approximately 3.26 years. See Notes 2 and 8 to our
consolidated financial statements located in this prospectus for
further discussion of stock-based compensation.
As of June 30, 2011, the total intrinsic value of all
outstanding vested and unvested options was $14.5 million.
Total intrinsic value is calculated based on the number of
options outstanding at June 30, 2011 multiplied by the
difference between the average exercise price of the options and
the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of
this prospectus.
56
Results
of Operations
The following table sets forth, for the periods presented, data
from our consolidated statements of operations as a percentage
of revenue. The information contained in the table below should
be read in conjunction with financial statements and related
notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
Six Months Ended June 30,
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
2010
|
|
2011
|
|
Consolidated statements of operations data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
Cost of revenue
|
|
|
52.1
|
|
|
|
46.8
|
|
|
|
42.2
|
|
|
|
44.6
|
|
|
|
37.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross margin
|
|
|
47.9
|
|
|
|
53.2
|
|
|
|
57.8
|
|
|
|
55.4
|
|
|
|
62.1
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
56.9
|
|
|
|
32.5
|
|
|
|
28.2
|
|
|
|
29.8
|
|
|
|
28.3
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
29.1
|
|
|
|
13.0
|
|
|
|
10.9
|
|
|
|
12.2
|
|
|
|
10.6
|
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
|
179.6
|
|
|
|
110.2
|
|
|
|
85.8
|
|
|
|
98.7
|
|
|
|
60.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
265.6
|
|
|
|
155.7
|
|
|
|
124.9
|
|
|
|
140.7
|
|
|
|
98.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from operations
|
|
|
(217.7
|
)
|
|
|
(102.6
|
)
|
|
|
(67.2
|
)
|
|
|
(85.3
|
)
|
|
|
(36.8
|
)
|
Interest income, net
|
|
|
5.0
|
|
|
|
2.0
|
|
|
|
0.4
|
|
|
|
0.7
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
Other income (expense)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
(212.7
|
)%
|
|
|
(100.7
|
)%
|
|
|
(66.8
|
)%
|
|
|
(84.6
|
)%
|
|
|
(36.7
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comparison
of the Six Months Ended June 30, 2010 and 2011
Revenue
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months Ended
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
|
(in thousands, except percentage data)
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
16,685
|
|
|
$
|
27,242
|
|
|
|
63.3
|
%
|
Revenue increased $10.6 million primarily due to a 42.5%
increase in the number of total customers, driven in part by
increased advertising expenditures in prior periods, as well as
an overall increase in pricing of our consumer service in April
2011. In addition, we released our first SMB offering in
February 2010 and revenue from SMB customers was approximately
$2.2 million in the 2011 period compared to $0.1 million in
the 2010 period. In April 2011, we increased the price of one,
two, and three year consumer subscriptions by 8%, resulting in a
continued shift in subscriber mix toward three year
subscriptions. Each of these factors impacted revenue during
these periods.
Cost of
revenue, gross profit, and gross margin
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ended June 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
|
(in thousands, except percentage data)
|
|
|
Cost of revenue
|
|
$
|
7,449
|
|
|
$
|
10,311
|
|
|
|
38.4
|
%
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
9,236
|
|
|
|
16,931
|
|
|
|
83.3
|
%
|
Gross margin
|
|
|
55.4
|
%
|
|
|
62.1%
|
|
|
|
|
|
57
Cost of revenue increased $2.9 million as a result of an
increase in the number of total customers. This increase was
comprised primarily of $2.1 million in hosting costs,
including increasing our data storage capacity, and
$0.8 million in customer support costs, primarily
associated with the cost of new employees and providing
outsourced support in India. Gross profit increased primarily as
a result of increases in revenue and gross margin increased
primarily due to economies of scale.
Operating
expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months Ended June 30,
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2011
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
(in thousands, except percentage data)
|
|
Research and development
|
|
$
|
4,973
|
|
|
$
|
7,710
|
|
|
|
55.0
|
%
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
2,033
|
|
|
|
2,878
|
|
|
|
41.6
|
%
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
|
16,464
|
|
|
|
16,358
|
|
|
|
(0.6
|
)%
|
Research and development. Research and
development expenses increased $2.7 million primarily due
to additional hiring in the U.S. and China to enhance the
functionality of our solutions and to develop new offerings.
General and administrative. General and
administrative expenses increased $0.8 million due to an
increase in professional fees, including legal and accounting
fees.
Sales and marketing. Sales and marketing
expenses decreased $0.1 million primarily due to a decrease
of $1.1 million in testing new television advertising
campaigns. This decrease was offset in part by increases in
credit card processing fees of $0.4 million, customer
support costs for trial users of $0.4 million, and
$0.2 million of personnel related costs.
Comparison
of 2008, 2009, and 2010
Revenue
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008 to
|
|
2009 to
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
% Change
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
(in thousands, except percentage data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
8,202
|
|
|
$
|
19,114
|
|
|
$
|
38,563
|
|
|
|
133.0
|
%
|
|
|
101.8
|
%
|
Revenue increased by $10.9 million from 2008 to 2009 and by
$19.4 million from 2009 to 2010, due to 110.2% and 61.3%
increases in the number of total customers in 2009 and 2010,
respectively, as well as an overall increase in pricing of our
consumer service in April 2009 and our introduction of our SMB
offering in February 2010 at a higher price point than our
consumer service. In 2010, sales of our SMB solution generated
$1.1 million of revenue. In April 2009, we increased the
price of one and two year consumer subscriptions while
decreasing the price of a three year subscription, which
resulted in a shift in subscriber mix toward three year
subscriptions. During 2009 and 2010, we terminated channel
distribution agreements with computer manufacturers, which had
historically resulted in lower revenue per subscription than
direct sales. Each of these factors impacted revenue during
those periods.
58
Cost of
revenue and gross profit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008 to
|
|
2009 to
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
% Change
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
(in thousands, except percentage data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of revenue
|
|
$
|
4,273
|
|
|
$
|
8,954
|
|
|
$
|
16,284
|
|
|
|
109.5%
|
|
|
|
81.9%
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
3,929
|
|
|
|
10,160
|
|
|
|
22,279
|
|
|
|
158.6%
|
|
|
|
119.3%
|
|
Gross margin
|
|
|
47.9%
|
|
|
|
53.2%
|
|
|
|
57.8%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of revenue increased by $4.7 million from 2008 to 2009
and by $7.3 million from 2009 to 2010 as a result of an
increase in the number of total customers. The increase from
2008 to 2009 was comprised primarily of $2.4 million in
hosting costs, including increasing our data storage capacity,
and $2.0 million in customer support costs, primarily
associated with the cost of new employees and providing
outsourced support in India. The increase from 2009 to 2010 was
comprised primarily of $4.2 million in hosting costs,
including establishing a new data center, and $3.1 million
in customer support costs, primarily associated with the cost of
new employees and providing outsourced support in India. Gross
profit increased primarily as a result of increases in revenue
and gross margin increased primarily due to economies of scale.
Operating
expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008 to
|
|
|
2009 to
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
|
(in thousands, except percentage data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research and development
|
|
$
|
4,663
|
|
|
$
|
6,210
|
|
|
$
|
10,868
|
|
|
|
33.2%
|
|
|
|
75.0%
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
2,389
|
|
|
|
2,485
|
|
|
|
4,209
|
|
|
|
4.0%
|
|
|
|
69.4%
|
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
|
14,729
|
|
|
|
21,067
|
|
|
|
33,098
|
|
|
|
43.0%
|
|
|
|
57.1%
|
|
Research and development. Research and
development expenses increased by $1.5 million from 2008 to
2009 and by $4.7 million from 2009 to 2010, due to
additional hiring to enhance the functionality of our solutions
and to develop new offerings.
General and administrative. General and
administrative expenses increased by $0.1 million from 2008
to 2009 and by $1.7 million from 2009 to 2010. In both
years, we increased the number of general and administrative
employees to support our overall growth. The increase from 2008
to 2009 was comprised primarily of increases in
personnel-related costs. The increase from 2009 to 2010 was
comprised primarily of increases of $1.1 million in
professional fees, including legal and accounting fees, and
$0.5 million in personnel-related and recruiting costs.
Sales and marketing. Sales and marketing
expenses increased by $6.3 million from 2008 to 2009 and by
$12.0 million from 2009 to 2010. The increase from 2008 to
2009 was comprised primarily of increases of $3.2 million
in advertising and related expenses, $1.9 million in
outside commissions paid to computer manufacturers to preload
our software on their computers, $0.7 million in credit
card fees, and $0.4 million in costs related to free
trials. The increase from 2009 to 2010 was comprised primarily
of increases of $12.8 million in advertising expenses,
$0.6 million in other marketing expenses, and
$0.6 million in credit card fees, offset in part by
decreases of $1.9 million in outside commissions due to the
termination of channel distribution agreements with computer
manufacturers in 2009 and $0.3 million in costs related to
free trials.
59
Quarterly
Results of Operations
The following tables set forth selected quarterly statements of
operations data for the last ten quarters, as well as the
percentage of our revenue that each line item represents. The
information for each of these quarters has been prepared on the
same basis as the audited financial statements included
elsewhere in this prospectus and, in the opinion of management,
includes all adjustments, consisting solely of normal recurring
adjustments, necessary for the fair presentation of the results
of operations for these periods. This data should be read in
conjunction with the audited and unaudited financial statements
and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. These
quarterly operating results are not necessarily indicative of
our operating results for any future period.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
2011
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
March 31
|
|
June 30
|
|
September 30
|
|
December 31
|
|
March 31
|
|
June 30
|
|
September 30
|
|
December 31
|
|
March 31
|
|
June 30
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
Consolidated statements of operations data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
3,313
|
|
|
$
|
4,227
|
|
|
$
|
5,155
|
|
|
$
|
6,419
|
|
|
$
|
7,623
|
|
|
$
|
9,062
|
|
|
$
|
10,322
|
|
|
$
|
11,556
|
|
|
$
|
12,843
|
|
|
$
|
14,399
|
|
Cost of revenue
|
|
|
1,649
|
|
|
|
1,958
|
|
|
|
2,447
|
|
|
|
2,900
|
|
|
|
3,479
|
|
|
|
3,970
|
|
|
|
4,261
|
|
|
|
4,574
|
|
|
|
4,665
|
|
|
|
5,646
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
1,664
|
|
|
|
2,269
|
|
|
|
2,708
|
|
|
|
3,519
|
|
|
|
4,144
|
|
|
|
5,092
|
|
|
|
6,061
|
|
|
|
6,982
|
|
|
|
8,178
|
|
|
|
8,753
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
1,342
|
|
|
|
1,464
|
|
|
|
1,580
|
|
|
|
1,824
|
|
|
|
2,213
|
|
|
|
2,760
|
|
|
|
3,008
|
|
|
|
2,887
|
|
|
|
3,451
|
|
|
|
4,259
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
557
|
|
|
|
653
|
|
|
|
614
|
|
|
|
661
|
|
|
|
1,058
|
|
|
|
975
|
|
|
|
879
|
|
|
|
1,297
|
|
|
|
1,320
|
|
|
|
1,558
|
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
|
5,293
|
|
|
|
4,119
|
|
|
|
6,640
|
|
|
|
5,015
|
|
|
|
9,165
|
|
|
|
7,299
|
|
|
|
8,869
|
|
|
|
7,765
|
|
|
|
8,760
|
|
|
|
7,598
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
7,192
|
|
|
|
6,236
|
|
|
|
8,834
|
|
|
|
7,500
|
|
|
|
12,436
|
|
|
|
11,034
|
|
|
|
12,756
|
|
|
|
11,949
|
|
|
|
13,531
|
|
|
|
13,415
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from operations
|
|
|
(5,528
|
)
|
|
|
(3,967
|
)
|
|
|
(6,126
|
)
|
|
|
(3,981
|
)
|
|
|
(8,292
|
)
|
|
|
(5,942
|
)
|
|
|
(6,695
|
)
|
|
|
(4,967
|
)
|
|
|
(5,353
|
)
|
|
|
(4,662
|
)
|
Interest income (expense), net
|
|
|
141
|
|
|
|
131
|
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
|
73
|
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
(18
|
)
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
Other income (expense)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(14
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
$
|
(5,387
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3,836
|
)
|
|
$
|
(6,074
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3,928
|
)
|
|
$
|
(8,219
|
)
|
|
$
|
(5,894
|
)
|
|
$
|
(6,658
|
)
|
|
$
|
(4,992
|
)
|
|
$
|
(5,337
|
)
|
|
$
|
(4,652
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
2011
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
March 31
|
|
June 30
|
|
September 30
|
|
December 31
|
|
March 31
|
|
June 30
|
|
September 30
|
|
December 31
|
|
March 31
|
|
June 30
|
|
|
(% of revenue)
|
|
Consolidated statements of operations data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
Cost of revenue
|
|
|
49.8
|
|
|
|
46.3
|
|
|
|
47.5
|
|
|
|
45.2
|
|
|
|
45.6
|
|
|
|
43.8
|
|
|
|
41.3
|
|
|
|
39.6
|
|
|
|
36.3
|
|
|
|
39.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
50.2
|
|
|
|
53.7
|
|
|
|
52.5
|
|
|
|
54.8
|
|
|
|
54.4
|
|
|
|
56.2
|
|
|
|
58.7
|
|
|
|
60.4
|
|
|
|
63.7
|
|
|
|
60.8
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
40.5
|
|
|
|
34.6
|
|
|
|
30.6
|
|
|
|
28.4
|
|
|
|
29.0
|
|
|
|
30.5
|
|
|
|
29.1
|
|
|
|
25.0
|
|
|
|
26.9
|
|
|
|
29.6
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
16.8
|
|
|
|
15.4
|
|
|
|
11.9
|
|
|
|
10.3
|
|
|
|
13.9
|
|
|
|
10.8
|
|
|
|
8.5
|
|
|
|
11.2
|
|
|
|
10.3
|
|
|
|
10.8
|
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
|
159.8
|
|
|
|
97.4
|
|
|
|
128.8
|
|
|
|
78.1
|
|
|
|
120.2
|
|
|
|
80.5
|
|
|
|
85.9
|
|
|
|
67.2
|
|
|
|
68.2
|
|
|
|
52.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
217.1
|
|
|
|
147.5
|
|
|
|
171.4
|
|
|
|
116.8
|
|
|
|
163.1
|
|
|
|
121.8
|
|
|
|
123.6
|
|
|
|
103.4
|
|
|
|
105.4
|
|
|
|
93.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from operations
|
|
|
(166.9
|
)
|
|
|
(93.8
|
)
|
|
|
(118.8
|
)
|
|
|
(62.0
|
)
|
|
|
(108.8
|
)
|
|
|
(65.6
|
)
|
|
|
(64.9
|
)
|
|
|
(43.0
|
)
|
|
|
(41.7
|
)
|
|
|
(32.4
|
)
|
Interest income (expense), net
|
|
|
4.3
|
|
|
|
3.1
|
|
|
|
1.3
|
|
|
|
0.8
|
|
|
|
1.0
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
0.4
|
|
|
|
(0.2
|
)
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
Other income (expense)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
(162.6
|
)%
|
|
|
(90.7
|
)%
|
|
|
(117.8
|
)%
|
|
|
(61.2
|
)%
|
|
|
(107.8
|
)%
|
|
|
(65.0
|
)%
|
|
|
(64.5
|
)%
|
|
|
(43.2
|
)%
|
|
|
(41.6
|
)%
|
|
|
(32.3
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
2011
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
March 31
|
|
June 30
|
|
September 30
|
|
December 31
|
|
March 31
|
|
June 30
|
|
September 30
|
|
December 31
|
|
March 31
|
|
June 30
|
|
|
(in thousands, except percentage data)
|
|
Key metrics:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total customers (1)
|
|
|
345
|
|
|
|
411
|
|
|
|
499
|
|
|
|
590
|
|
|
|
698
|
|
|
|
782
|
|
|
|
869
|
|
|
|
951
|
|
|
|
1,043
|
|
|
|
1,114
|
|
Annual retention rate (2)
|
|
|
81
|
%
|
|
|
80
|
%
|
|
|
79
|
%
|
|
|
79
|
%
|
|
|
81
|
%
|
|
|
80
|
%
|
|
|
82
|
%
|
|
|
83
|
%
|
|
|
83
|
%
|
|
|
83
|
%
|
Renewal rate (3)
|
|
|
77
|
%
|
|
|
78
|
%
|
|
|
78
|
%
|
|
|
79
|
%
|
|
|
81
|
%
|
|
|
79
|
%
|
|
|
82
|
%
|
|
|
82
|
%
|
|
|
82
|
%
|
|
|
82
|
%
|
Bookings (4)
|
|
$
|
6,059
|
|
|
$
|
7,101
|
|
|
$
|
9,614
|
|
|
$
|
10,083
|
|
|
$
|
12,411
|
|
|
$
|
11,824
|
|
|
$
|
14,142
|
|
|
$
|
15,764
|
|
|
$
|
18,996
|
|
|
$
|
18,250
|
|
Free cash flow (5)
|
|
|
(2,816
|
)
|
|
|
(1,306
|
)
|
|
|
(4,027
|
)
|
|
|
104
|
|
|
|
(5,554
|
)
|
|
|
(2,545
|
)
|
|
|
(4,512
|
)
|
|
|
407
|
|
|
|
(3,325
|
)
|
|
|
(3,044
|
)
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
For the definition of total customers, see footnote 2 to our
Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data. |
|
(2) |
|
For the definition of annual retention rate, see footnote 3 to
our Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data. In
June 2010, we decided to cease distribution of our consumer
solutions through third-party distribution channels, and we
terminated most of our distribution agreements at that time.
During 2010, subscriptions purchased through third-party
distributors accounted for 8% of our revenue. Historically,
renewal rates for subscriptions purchased through third-party
distributors were lower than for direct sales. Excluding renewal
activity related to third-party distributor sales, our annual
retention rates for the last ten quarters were 84%, 84%, 83%,
83%, 84%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 85%, and 85%, respectively. |
|
(3) |
|
For the definition of renewal rate, see footnote 4 to our
Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data. |
|
(4) |
|
For the definition of bookings, see footnote 5 to our Selected
Consolidated Financial and Other Data. The following table
presents a reconciliation of bookings to revenue for the last
ten quarters. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
March 31
|
|
|
June 30
|
|
|
September 30
|
|
|
December 31
|
|
|
March 31
|
|
|
June 30
|
|
|
September 30
|
|
|
December 31
|
|
|
March 31
|
|
|
June 30
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
3,313
|
|
|
$
|
4,227
|
|
|
$
|
5,155
|
|
|
$
|
6,419
|
|
|
$
|
7,623
|
|
|
$
|
9,062
|
|
|
$
|
10,322
|
|
|
$
|
11,556
|
|
|
$
|
12,843
|
|
|
$
|
14,399
|
|
Plus change in deferred revenue
|
|
|
2,746
|
|
|
|
2,874
|
|
|
|
4,459
|
|
|
|
3,664
|
|
|
|
4,788
|
|
|
|
2,762
|
|
|
|
3,820
|
|
|
|
4,208
|
|
|
|
6,153
|
|
|
|
3,851
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bookings
|
|
$
|
6,059
|
|
|
$
|
7,101
|
|
|
$
|
9,614
|
|
|
$
|
10,083
|
|
|
$
|
12,411
|
|
|
$
|
11,824
|
|
|
$
|
14,142
|
|
|
$
|
15,764
|
|
|
$
|
18,996
|
|
|
$
|
18,250
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5) |
|
For the definition of free cash flow, see footnote 6 to our
Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data. The following
table presents a reconciliation of free cash flow to net cash
provided by (used in) operations, the most comparable GAAP
measure, for the last ten quarters: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
March 31
|
|
|
June 30
|
|
|
September 30
|
|
|
December 31
|
|
|
March 31
|
|
|
June 30
|
|
|
September 30
|
|
|
December 31
|
|
|
March 31
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Cash provided by (used in) operating activities
|
|
$
|
(1,186
|
)
|
|
$
|
(227
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,418
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,885
|
|
|
$
|
(2,729
|
)
|
|
$
|
(994
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,476
|
)
|
|
$
|
3,647
|
|
|
$
|
1,134
|
|
|
$
|
(313
|
)
|
Less capital expenditures
|
|
|
(1,630
|
)
|
|
|
(1,079
|
)
|
|
|
(2,609
|
)
|
|
|
(1,781
|
)
|
|
|
(2,825
|
)
|
|
|
(1,551
|
)
|
|
|
(3,036
|
)
|
|
|
(3,240
|
)
|
|
|
(4,459
|
)
|
|
|
(2,731
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Free cash flow
|
|
$
|
(2,816
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,306
|
)
|
|
$
|
(4,027
|
)
|
|
$
|
104
|
|
|
$
|
(5,554
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2,545
|
)
|
|
$
|
(4,512
|
)
|
|
$
|
407
|
|
|
$
|
(3,325
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3,044
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarterly
Trends
Our operating results fluctuate from quarter to quarter as a
result of a variety of factors. For example, operating expenses
increased in the quarters ended September 30, 2009,
March 31, 2010, and September 30, 2010 due primarily
to increased marketing and advertising expenditures, which is
driven by seasonality of customer purchasing patterns and
fluctuations in advertising rates.
61
Gross profit increased sequentially for all quarters presented,
due primarily to revenue growth. The increase in gross profit is
due to the increase in revenue and number of customers, which
allows us to obtain better leverage from our data centers and
customer support organization.
General and administrative expenses in the three months ended
March 31 and June 30, 2010 reflect increased legal expense
incurred in connection with the filing of patent applications
related to our technologies. The increase in general and
administrative expense in the three months ended
December 31, 2010, March 31, 2011, and June 30,
2011 reflect increases in personnel, legal, and accounting
expenses incurred in anticipation of becoming a public company.
Liquidity
and Capital Resources
As of June 30, 2011, we had cash of $16.2 million,
which primarily consisted of cash and
short-term
certificates of deposit. In May 2011, we entered into a
revolving credit facility which provides us the ability to
borrow up to $15 million. Since our inception in 2005 we
have funded our operations primarily through prepayment of
subscriptions and the sale of approximately $68.8 million
of preferred stock, all of which will be converted into shares
of our common stock upon the completion of this offering. Our
principal uses of cash are funding our operations and capital
expenditures. In June 2011, we used $2.0 million of cash to
acquire substantially all of the assets of Phanfare Inc., which
operates a service that enables users to create, maintain, and
share online photo and video albums.
Sources
of funds
We believe, based on our current operating plan, that our
existing cash and cash equivalents, borrowings available under
our revolving credit facility, and the estimated net proceeds of
this offering will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash
needs for at least the next 12 months.
From time to time, we may explore additional financing sources
to develop or enhance our services, to fund expansion, to
respond to competitive pressures, to acquire or to invest in
complementary products, businesses or technologies, or to lower
our cost of capital, which could include equity, equity-linked,
and debt financing. There can be no assurance that any
additional financing will be available to us on acceptable
terms, if at all. If we raise additional funds through the
issuance of equity or convertible debt or other equity-linked
securities, our existing stockholders could suffer significant
dilution, and any new equity securities we issue could have
rights, preferences and privileges superior to those of holders
of our common stock, including shares of common stock sold in
this offering.
In May 2011, we entered into a revolving credit facility
pursuant to which we may incur indebtedness up to
$15 million. Advances under the credit facility bear
interest on the outstanding daily balance, at an annual rate
equal to the lenders prime reference rate plus 1%. We have
pledged our accounts receivable, equipment, and shares of our
subsidiaries to the lender to secure our obligations under the
credit facility. We have also agreed not to grant a security
interest in or pledge our intellectual property to any third
party. The credit facility contains customary events of default,
conditions to borrowings and restrictive covenants, including
restrictions on our ability to dispose of assets, make
acquisitions, incur additional debt, incur liens, make
distributions to our stockholders, make investments, or enter
into certain types of related party transactions. The credit
facility also includes financial and other covenants including
covenants to maintain a minimum adjusted net worth and a minimum
number of total subscribers. To date, we have not drawn down on
our revolving credit facility. Any inability to meet our debt
service obligations could adversely affect our financial
position and liquidity.
62
Uses of
funds
We have increased our operating and capital expenditures in
connection with the growth in our operations and the increase in
our personnel, and we anticipate that we will continue to
increase such expenditures in the future. Our future capital
requirements may vary materially from those now planned and will
depend on many factors, including:
|
|
|
|
|
the levels of advertising and promotion required to acquire and
retain customers;
|
|
|
|
expansion of our data center infrastructure necessary to support
our growth;
|
|
|
|
growth of our operations in the U.S. and worldwide;
|
|
|
|
our development and introduction of new solutions; and
|
|
|
|
the expansion of our sales, customer support, research and
development, and marketing organizations.
|
Consistent with previous periods, future capital expenditures
will focus on acquiring additional data storage and hosting
capacity and general corporate infrastructure. We are not
currently party to any purchase contracts related to future
capital expenditures, other than short term purchase orders.
Cash
flows
The following table summarizes our cash flow data for 2008,
2009, and 2010, and for the six months ended June 30, 2010
and 2011.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months Ended
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
|
|
$
|
(7,705
|
)
|
|
$
|
(946
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,552
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3,723
|
)
|
|
$
|
821
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
|
|
|
(25,793
|
)
|
|
|
7,251
|
|
|
|
(13,913
|
)
|
|
|
(7,496
|
)
|
|
|
861
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by financing activities
|
|
|
21,267
|
|
|
|
19,428
|
|
|
|
1,041
|
|
|
|
905
|
|
|
|
703
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating
activities
Our cash flows from operating activities are significantly
influenced by the amount of our net loss, growth in subscription
sales and customer growth, changes in working capital accounts,
the timing of prepayments and payments to vendors, add-backs of
non-cash expense items such as depreciation, and the expense
associated with stock-based compensation.
In the six months ended June 30, 2011, cash provided by
operating activities was $0.8 million, which was primarily
driven by a $10.0 million increase in deferred revenue
associated with the increase in subscription sales and customer
growth. Net cash inflows from operating activities included
non-cash charges of $4.1 million, including
$3.5 million of depreciation and $0.6 million of stock
based compensation. These cash inflows were offset by a $1.4
million increase in other assets associated with the payment of
legal and accounting expenses associated with this offering, a
$0.8 million increase in prepaid expenses and other current
assets, a $0.1 million increase in accounts receivable, a
$1.1 million decrease in current liabilities, and our net
loss of $10.0 million.
63
In the six months ended June 30, 2010, we used
$3.7 million in operating activities, which was primarily
driven by our net loss of $14.1 million, a
$0.2 million increase in prepaid expenses and other current
assets, and a $0.7 million increase in accounts receivable.
These cash outflows were partially offset by a $7.6 million
increase in deferred revenue associated with the increase in
subscription sales and customer growth. Cash inflows from
operating activities included non-cash charges of
$2.5 million, including $2.2 million of depreciation
and $0.3 million of stock based compensation, and a
$1.2 million increase in current liabilities.
In 2010, we used $1.6 million in operating activities,
which was primarily driven by our net loss of
$25.8 million. These cash outflows were partially offset by
a $15.6 million increase in deferred revenue associated
with the increase in subscription sales and customer growth.
Cash inflows from operating activities included non-cash charges
of $5.6 million, including $5.1 million of
depreciation and $0.5 million of stock based compensation,
and a $3.0 million increase in current liabilities.
In 2009, we used $0.9 million in operating activities,
which was primarily driven by our net loss of $19.2 million
and a $0.3 million increase in accounts receivable. These
cash outflows were partially offset by a $13.7 million
increase in deferred revenue associated with the increase in
subscription sales and customer growth. Cash inflows included
non-cash charges of $3.4 million, including
$3.0 million of depreciation and $0.4 million of stock
based compensation, a $1.3 million increase in current
liabilities, and a $0.1 million decrease in prepaid
expenses.
In 2008, we used $7.7 million in operating activities,
which was primarily driven by our net loss of $17.4 million
and a $0.1 million increase in accounts receivable. These
cash outflows were partially offset by a $5.9 million
increase in deferred revenue associated with the increase in
subscription sales and customer growth. Cash inflows included
non-cash charges of $1.7 million, including
$1.5 million of depreciation and $0.2 million of stock
based compensation, and a $2.3 million increases in current
liabilities.
Investing
activities
In the six months ended June 30, 2011, cash provided by
investing activities was $0.9 million, consisting primarily
of proceeds from
short-term
investments of $10.0 million, partially offset by capital
expenditures of $7.2 million primarily for server equipment and
other data center infrastructure and the use of
$1.9 million of net cash in connection with the acquisition
of substantially all of the assets of Phanfare, Inc.
In the six months ended June 30, 2010, we used
$7.5 million in investing activities, consisting primarily
of $4.4 million for the purchase of equipment, in addition
to a net investment of $3.1 million in
short-term
investments.
In 2010, we used $13.9 million in investing activities,
consisting primarily of $10.7 million for the purchase of
equipment, in addition to a net investment of $3.3 million
in
short-term
investments.
In 2009, cash provided by investing activities was
$7.3 million, consisting primarily of net proceeds from
short-term investments of $14.4 million, offset by capital
expenditures of $7.1 million.
In 2008, we used $25.8 million in investing activities,
consisting primarily of net purchases of short-term investments
of $21.1 million and $4.7 million for the purchase of
equipment.
Financing
activities
Cash provided by financing activities in the six months ended
June 30, 2011 was $0.7 million, consisting primarily
of net proceeds from the exercise of stock options.
64
Cash provided by financing activities in the six months ended
June 30, 2010 was $0.9 million, consisting of net
proceeds of $0.7 million from the issuance of Series D
convertible preferred stock and $0.2 million from the
exercise of stock options.
Cash provided by financing activities in 2010 was
$1.0 million, consisting primarily of net proceeds of
$0.8 million from the issuance of shares of Series D
convertible preferred stock and $0.3 million from the
exercise of stock options.
Cash provided by financing activities in 2009 was
$19.4 million, consisting primarily of net proceeds of
$19.2 million from the issuance of shares of Series D
convertible preferred stock and $0.2 million from the
exercise of stock options.
Cash provided by financing activities in 2008 was
$21.3 million, consisting primarily of net proceeds of
$21.2 million from the issuance of shares of Series C
convertible preferred stock and $0.1 million from the
exercise of stock options.
Off-balance
sheet arrangements
As of December 31, 2010 and June 30, 2011, we did not
have any off-balance sheet arrangements.
Contractual
obligations
The following table summarizes our contractual obligations at
December 31, 2010 and the effect such obligations are
expected to have on our liquidity and cash flow in future
periods.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments Due by Period
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less Than
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
1 Year
|
|
|
1-3 Years
|
|
|
3-5 Years
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Operating lease obligations
|
|
|
$4,214
|
|
|
|
$1,329
|
|
|
|
$2,547
|
|
|
|
$338
|
|
Hosting facility obligations
|
|
|
1,228
|
|
|
|
1,228
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Broadband purchase commitments
|
|
|
1,408
|
|
|
|
775
|
|
|
|
633
|
|
|
|
|
|
Radio advertising
|
|
|
2,489
|
|
|
|
2,489
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
$9,339
|
|
|
|
$5,821
|
|
|
|
$3,180
|
|
|
|
$338
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The commitments under our operating leases shown above consist
primarily of lease payments for our Boston, Massachusetts
corporate headquarters, contractual obligations related to our
data centers, and lease payments for our office in China. In
addition to the commitments noted above, we also maintain a
hosting service agreement with a third-party data center vendor
that is subject to annual renewal.
In May 2011, we entered into a lease for a new customer support
facility in Lewiston, Maine that expires on or about
June 1, 2016. We may terminate this lease at any time after
May 31, 2013. The lease contains a renewal option for an
additional two years, and requires us to pay a proportion of
increases in operating expenses and real estate taxes after
January 1, 2013.
In June 2011, we entered into a turn-key datacenter lease with a
third-party data center vendor that expires on or about
August 31, 2015, subject to extension at our option.
In June 2011, we assumed the lease for a small office in
Princeton, New Jersey that expires on August 31, 2012.
65
Quantitative
and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
Interest
rate fluctuation risk
Our cash consists of interest bearing bank accounts. We did not
have long-term borrowings as of June 30, 2011. Interest
income is sensitive to changes in the general level of
U.S. interest rates. The primary objective of our
investment activities is to preserve principal while maximizing
income without significantly increasing risk. Our cash and
short-term investments are relatively insensitive to interest
rate changes. In future periods, we will continue to evaluate
our investment policy in order to ensure that we continue to
meet our overall objectives.
In the event that we borrow under our revolving credit facility,
which bears interest at the lenders prime rate plus 1%, we
would be exposed to interest rate fluctuations.
Recent
Accounting Pronouncements
In September 2009, the FASB ratified ASU
2009-13,
Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables, which
modifies the
objective-and-reliable-evidence-of-fair-value
threshold as it relates to assigning value to specific
deliverables in a multiple-element arrangement. This
authoritative guidance allows the use of an estimated selling
price for undelivered elements for purposes of separating
elements included in multiple-element arrangements and
allocating arrangement consideration when neither VSOE nor
acceptable third-party evidence of the selling price of the
undelivered element are available. Additionally, the FASB
ratified ASU
2009-14,
Certain Revenue Arrangements that Include Software
Elements, which provides that tangible products containing
software components and non-software components that function
together to deliver the products essential functionality
should be considered non-software deliverables, and therefore,
will no longer be within the scope of the revenue recognition
guidance. We adopted both FASB updates as of January 1,
2011. The adoption of these standards did not affect our
consolidated financial position and results of operations.
66
BUSINESS
Overview
We are a leading provider of online backup solutions for
consumers and SMBs. We provide easy-to-use, affordable,
unlimited, and secure online backup solutions with anytime,
anywhere access to files stored on our servers, which we call
the Carbonite Personal Cloud. We believe that we are the best
known brand in the online backup market.
We founded Carbonite on one simple idea: all computers need to
be backed up, and in this always-connected and highly-mobile
world, online backup is the ideal approach. Our set and
forget automated solution requires little effort and
protects our customers stored files even if their
computers are lost, stolen, or destroyed.
Our backup solutions work quietly in the background,
automatically and continuously uploading encrypted copies of our
customers files to the Carbonite Personal Cloud. Our
customers can browse and share their photos, videos, and
documents anytime, anywhere using a web browser or our free
iPad, iPhone, BlackBerry, and Android apps. We charge consumers
a $59 flat fee for one year of unlimited online backup. In 2010,
we introduced a version of our solution specifically designed
for SMBs, with features designed for multiple computers and
users, enabling SMBs to easily install and use Carbonite backup
without the help of a professional IT staff.
As of June 30, 2011, we had more than 1.1 million
consumer and SMB subscribers in over 100 countries. Since 2005
we have backed up over 100 billion files and have restored
over seven billion files that might otherwise have been
permanently lost. We currently back up more than
200 million files each day.
We have developed a highly predictable subscription revenue
model, with a consistently high customer retention rate and a
scalable infrastructure to support our growth. We generated
revenue of $38.6 million and $27.2 million in 2010 and
the six months ended June 30, 2011, respectively. We
continue to invest heavily in customer acquisition, principally
through advertising, and as a result we recorded net losses of
$25.8 million and $10.0 million in the same periods.
Our bookings have grown from $14.1 million in 2008 to
$54.1 million in 2010. For a reconciliation of bookings to
revenue for the last three years and the six months ended
June 30, 2010 and 2011, see footnote 7 to Summary
Consolidated Financial and Other Data.
Industry
Trends
We believe that a decade from now nearly every device that
creates or stores data, including desktop and laptop computers,
tablets, smartphones, and digital cameras, will be backed up
over the internet. Online backup is gaining increasing
acceptance as the best way to store copies of valuable data
off-premise, where they are safe from equipment failure, theft,
loss, viruses, and accidental deletion.
Several trends are helping to fuel the growth of the online
backup industry:
Your life is on your computer. Computers and
mobile devices have transformed the way people work,
communicate, and lead their daily personal and professional
lives. People store a plethora of information, from photos,
music, videos, and school work, to financial records,
correspondence, passwords, work files, and tax returns, on their
computers and mobile devices. These files could be permanently
destroyed due to equipment failure, theft, loss, viruses, and
accidental deletions. Often these files are accumulated over
time and are irreplaceable, making their loss devastating for
the owner.
The number of data-creating devices is growing
rapidly. Today, there are billions of computers
and other electronics devices worldwide. According to IDC, over
two billion devices, including 146 million desktops,
209 million notebooks, 38 million netbooks,
303 million smartphones, and 1.4 billion mobile phones,
were shipped in 2010 alone. These devices are becoming
increasingly powerful, with capabilities such
67
as camera, bluetooth, wi-fi,
3-D video,
and high definition, enabling users to create and consume high
quality multimedia content and leading to an exponential
increase in created and stored content.
Shift to laptop computers. The market shift to
laptops continues to accelerate. According to
IDC1, in
2010, 247 million notebooks and netbooks were shipped
worldwide compared to 146 million desktop computers. By
2014, notebook and netbook shipments are projected to be
439 million units compared to 154 million desktop
units, according to IDC. Laptop users need a backup solution
that works anywhere and that does not require external hardware.
Proliferation of broadband connections. Today,
fixed and mobile broadband connections are available nearly
everywherehomes, offices, hotels, airports, public spaces,
coffee shops, and other locations. Wireless 3G and 4G networks
provide mobile broadband throughout the developed world. Based
on data from the
OECD1,
the percentage of fixed broadband subscribers in the OECD
countries, which include U.S., Canada, Mexico, Australia, New
Zealand, Korea, Japan and many European countries, has grown
from approximately 2.9% in 2001 to over 24.2% in 2010, greatly
expanding the potential market for online backup. The OECD also
estimates that as of June 2010, there were over 700 million
fixed and mobile broadband subscribers in the OECD countries.
Smartphones and tablets drive demand for anytime, anywhere
access. The growing popularity of smartphones,
tablet computers, and other mobile devices is driving the demand
for instant access to information regardless of a users
location. According to IDC, smartphone and tablet shipments are
expected to grow by 49% and 170%, respectively, in 2011.
Plummeting storage and bandwidth costs. The
cost of providing online backup is highly dependent on the cost
of storage and bandwidth. The cost of a gigabyte of
capacity-optimized storage has fallen from approximately $5.35
in 2005 to approximately $1.23 in 2010, a decline of 77.0%,
according to IDC. IDC forecasts a further decline in these
storage costs at a rate of 25% to 30% annually to approximately
$0.36 in 2014. In 2005, the average wholesale cost of bandwidth
was approximately $75 per Mbps as compared to $5 per Mbps in
2010, according to an August 2010 study done by DrPeering
International. This study projects that the wholesale cost of
bandwidth will further decline to approximately $0.94 per Mbps
by 2014.
There are multiple alternatives currently available for backing
up data, such as external hard disk drives, flash memory drives,
CDs, DVDs, and tape backup drives. However, these traditional
alternatives are limited by drive capacity, cumbersome to scale,
prone to failure, not secure, and not accessible from a remote
location. Traditional hardware solutions for storing data have
the following limitations:
|
|
|
Limitation
|
|
Key Problems
|
|
Limited capacity
|
|
Users must select which files to back up
|
|
|
Cumbersome to add incremental capacity
|
Susceptible to failure
|
|
Unable to protect files in the event of
equipment failure, theft, loss, viruses, and accidental deletions
|
Overly complex
|
|
Time consuming and labor intensive to
manually manage backup
|
|
|
Confusing software and processes
|
Lack of mobile access
|
|
Do not provide anytime, anywhere access
from computers, smartphones, tablets, and other mobile devices
|
As a result of theses limitations, consumers and SMBs are
increasingly searching for simple, affordable solutions that
provide reliable and secure online backup and anytime, anywhere
access to their stored files. We believe that online backup
effectively addresses the limitations of traditional solutions
and will be the predominant backup solution in the future.
1 The
IDC information was derived from reports dated October and
December 2010 and March and April 2011. The OECD information was
accessed on April 30, 2011 at
www.oecd.org/sti/ict/broadband.
68
Our
Solution
We provide online backup solutions for consumers and SMBs. We
believe that our customers buy our solutions because they are
easy to use, affordable, and secure, and provide our customers
unlimited capacity and anytime, anywhere access to their stored
files. We make it easy for customers to restore their files and
we provide high quality customer support to those customers who
need assistance.
We believe that our solution provides the following benefits to
all of our customers:
Easy to install and use. We offer our
customers unlimited backup, eliminating the need to manually
pick and choose which files to back up. Installation requires
just an email address and password. Once installed, our
set and forget solution works continuously in the
background backing up new and changed files.
Easy to restore files. In the event of data
loss, our restore wizard guides customers through the process of
restoring their files. If customers accidentally delete or
overwrite files on their computers, they can quickly restore
them from any computer with an internet connection.
Anytime, anywhere access. We enable customers
to access stored files from the Carbonite Personal Cloud
anytime, anywhere using a web browser or one of our free iPad,
iPhone, BlackBerry, or Android apps. Customers can browse their
photos, play music and videos, and view documents, spreadsheets
and presentations. Unlike traditional remote desktop
applications, we allow our customers to access their stored
files even if their computers are turned off, lost, stolen, or
destroyed.
Affordability. We believe that we were one of
the first companies to offer consumers unlimited online backup
for a fixed price. Our consumer subscription costs $59 for one
year, with discounts for multi-year plans. Our SMB solution
allows for an unlimited number of users, with tiered pricing
based on the total amount of data backed up.
Security. We encrypt all of our
customers files before they are transmitted to our data
centers, guarding against unauthorized access to
backed-up
files and ensuring a high level of data security. In addition,
we employ
state-of-the-art
data center security measures intended to prevent intrusions.
Reliability. Our proprietary Carbonite
Communications System and Carbonite File System manage our
customers stored files and are designed to ensure high
levels of reliability and accessibility.
Our Key
Competitive Strengths
We believe that our key competitive strengths include the
following:
Brand awareness. We believe that we have among
the highest brand awareness in the online backup market.
According to our research surveys, our unaided brand awareness
is more than one and a half times that of our nearest
competitor. Over 78% of our consumer customers say that they
would recommend Carbonite to friends and family, according to
our customer surveys. We promote our brand through our
multi-channel marketing program, which over the past two years
has included advertising endorsements from 49 national radio
talk show personalities. Our television advertising features
unpaid testimonials by actual customers. We also have a broad
presence in television, online display advertising, print
advertising, paid and natural search, and a large affiliate
network.
Scale. We currently have over 1.1 million
subscribers in more than 100 countries. Since 2005, we have
backed up over 100 billion files, and we currently back up
more than 200 million files each day. We believe that our
large scale infrastructure, built over the last five years,
enables us to store additional files at lower incremental cost
than our smaller competitors. In addition, we are able to
purchase national advertising
69
at advantageous rates, access advertising opportunities that may
be unavailable to smaller businesses, and take advantage of
sophisticated analytical marketing systems.
Optimized backup architecture. Our entire
infrastructure is optimized for backup, which is a low
transaction speed, high volume, write mostly application. We
believe that our average storage costs per subscriber are lower
than those realized by typical general purpose data center
storage systems.
Comprehensive customer support. We believe
that our customer support is more comprehensive than that
offered by our primary competitors in the online backup market
and aids in our customer retention. We provide free telephone,
live chat, and email customer support in our basic subscription
fee.
Significant intellectual property
portfolio. We have a significant intellectual
property portfolio relating to our online backup solutions.
CARBONITE and the Carbonite logo are registered trademarks in
the U.S. and over 30 other countries. In addition, we have
13 pending patent applications that cover both our technical
infrastructure and our key usability and design concepts.
Our
Growth Strategy
We plan to continue to grow our core business. With over
200 million broadband subscriptions in the U.S., according
to the OECD, we believe that we have a large domestic
opportunity. In addition, we are pursuing several other ways to
enhance our revenue and growth:
Enhanced consumer offerings. We intend to
enhance our consumer offerings with a series of features, such
as external hard drive backup, tailored to appeal to market
segments that we do not serve today.
Broadened SMB offerings. We launched our SMB
offering in 2010. We intend to expand the feature set of our SMB
solutions with enhanced administrative controls to drive further
market adoption.
International expansion. We plan to launch our
SMB offering in China over the next year. We have also
translated Carbonite into French and expect to start marketing
in Europe in 2012.
U.S.-based
customer support. We have initiated steps to
expand our
U.S.-based
support operations, as we have determined that this provides
superior support to our customers and is more cost effective. We
intend to use our
U.S.-based
support organization to drive additional sales and offer premium
customer support services to our SMB customers.
Smartphone and tablet backup. We intend to
back up smartphones and tablets, providing a substantial new
growth opportunity for us.
Strategic investments and acquisitions. We
continually evaluate strategic investment and acquisition
opportunities to enhance the features of our solutions,
accelerate the growth of our customer base, extend our product
portfolio, increase our geographic presence, and take advantage
of new market opportunities.
Our
Offerings
We offer unlimited backup solutions to our customers with
anytime, anywhere access to their stored files. We charge
consumers a flat fee for one year of unlimited online backup
with discounts for multi-year
70
subscriptions. Pricing for our SMB solution is tiered based on
the total amount of data backed up. The following table sets
forth key features of our consumer and SMB offerings:
We use sophisticated encryption technology to ensure the privacy
of our customers stored files. We encrypt files using a
secure key before the files leave the customers computer
and transmit the encrypted files over the internet to one of our
secure data centers. Customers files remain encrypted on
our servers to guard against unauthorized access. We employ
outside security analysis firms, including anti-hacking
specialists, to review and test our defenses and internal
procedures.
Our
Proprietary Server Software
At the core of our offerings is our proprietary server software
designed specifically for online backup. The server software is
comprised of two major components: the Carbonite Communications
System (CCS) and the Carbonite File System (CFS). These
components work together to move and store vast amounts of
customer dataover 200 million files every day. CCS
moves customer data between our software installed on our
customers computers and CFS running on our storage
servers. CCS also balances loads across our server network. CFS
manages the write mostly database of stored files with the
flexibility to operate on a wide variety of readily available
third-party storage hardware.
We invest heavily in the development of our technologies. In
2008, 2009, 2010, and the six months ended June 30, 2011,
we spent $4.7 million, $6.2 million,
$10.9 million, and $7.7 million, respectively, on
research and development. Our proprietary technologies are
fundamental to our value proposition as they enable us to
deliver the following benefits:
Scalability. Data files arrive at our servers
at a rate of roughly 20 billion bits per second and we add
storage capacity at the rate of approximately one petabyte every
two weeks. CCS allows us to automatically balance processing and
storage capacity across our large and expanding server network.
CFS allows us to easily add storage capacity across multiple
physical locations by automatically integrating new storage
servers into our existing infrastructure.
Reliability. We designed CCS and CFS to
eliminate all single points of failure. The modular design of
these components uses well-defined protocols intended to ensure
that our customers stored files are
71
accurate and free from errors. CFS provides proprietary disk
error detection for errors that can occur over years of storage.
Our software also incorporates checks and balances to verify
data integrity.
Cost effectiveness. Storage cost is the
biggest component of our cost of revenue. CCS enables us to
dynamically load balance among servers to allow higher overall
utilization. CFS enables us to reduce storage costs by utilizing
almost every block of physical disk space to store our
customers files. We can choose the most cost-effective
hardware solutions for our data centers because CFS allows us to
operate in a heterogeneous hardware environment.
Marketing
and Sales
Our marketing efforts are focused on three primary goals:
building brand awareness, acquiring customers at a low cost, and
retaining existing customers. Our advertising reinforces our
brand image by emphasizing ease of use, affordability, security,
reliability, and anytime, anywhere access to stored files. We
use radio and television advertising, online display
advertising, print advertising, paid search, direct marketing,
and affiliate marketing. Our public relations efforts include
engaging the traditional press, new media, and social networks.
Consumer marketing. Most of our revenue is
from consumers who sign up for Carbonite backup on our website
in response to our direct marketing campaigns. Direct sales from
our websites accounted for 82% and 84% of our total revenue
during 2010 and the six months ended June 30, 2011,
respectively. Our marketing efforts are designed to attract
prospects to our website and enroll them as paying customers,
usually after a
15-day free
trial we offer to consumers. During 2010 and the six months
ended June 30, 2011, excluding potential subscribers
through third-party distributors, 68% and 69%, respectively, of
our free trial users purchased subscriptions, while
approximately 30% and 31%, respectively, of new consumers signed
up for a paid subscription without a free trial.
SMB marketing. Our SMB sales team responds to
inbound qualified SMB leads, communicates the benefits of our
solutions to the SMB market and assists our SMB customers to
enroll in free trial versions and purchase subscriptions to our
SMB offering.
Retention. Our customer retention efforts are
focused on establishing and maintaining long-term relationships
with our customers by delivering a compelling customer
experience and superior value, communicating regularly with
customers through email,
on-site
messaging, and other media, and creating positive interactions
with our customer support team. We monitor developing trends in
subscription durations, renewals, and customer satisfaction to
maximize our customer retention. We offer incentives to
customers to purchase multi-year subscriptions, which we believe
helps to increase our customer retention. As of
December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, and June 30, 2011,
15%, 17%, 24% and 28% of our customers had multi-year
subscriptions.
Customer
Support
Our customer support team provides assistance via telephone,
live chat, and email. Our customer support plays a key role in
pre-sale communications and trial conversions. The majority of
our post-sale customer support activity involves supporting
customers through data recovery. This interaction with our
customers is an opportunity to build loyalty and trust. Customer
support representatives have the ability to use remote desktop
technology to quickly solve our customers problems.
We include customer support in our basic subscription fee. This
includes access to support staff via telephone, live chat, and
email. We record and track all customer contacts to ensure that
cases are resolved quickly and completely. We also offer a
comprehensive online knowledgebase of frequently asked
questions, updated in real-time and available to customers at
their convenience.
72
We regularly poll our customers about their satisfaction levels,
as well as various aspects of our customer support, to guide
changes in our services and policies. We also survey people who
start a free trial and do not convert to a paid subscription,
and customers who do not renew their subscriptions, to help us
improve our offerings.
Intellectual
Property
We believe the strength of our brand and the functionality of
our software help differentiate us from our competitors. As
such, our success depends upon our ability to protect our
technologies and intellectual property, including our
proprietary server software, which allows us to move and store
vast amounts of customer data. To protect our intellectual
property, we rely on a combination of trademark, patent,
copyright, and trade secret laws, as well as confidentiality
procedures and contractual restrictions. CARBONITE and the
Carbonite logo are our registered trademarks in the
U.S. and over 30 other countries. We have also filed
trademark applications for additional marks in the U.S. and
other countries, including Back it up. Get it Back.
We have 13 patent applications pending, and are in the process
of filing additional patent applications. These applications
cover various aspects of our file storage software, our remote
access software, and our user interface, including the green
dots that notify users that their files have been successfully
backed up.
The steps we have taken may not adequately protect our
intellectual property or prevent unauthorized use of our
technologies. Others may independently develop technologies that
are competitive to ours or infringe our intellectual property.
In addition, costly and time consuming litigation may be
necessary to protect and enforce our intellectual property
rights.
If we become more successful, we believe that competitors will
be more likely to try to develop products and services that are
similar to ours, and that may infringe our proprietary rights.
It may also be more likely that competitors or other third
parties will claim that our solutions infringe their proprietary
rights.
Competition
We compete with both online backup providers and providers of
traditional hardware-based backup systems. The market for online
backup solutions is competitive and rapidly changing. We
directly compete with Prosoftnet, CrashPlan, Mozy (a division of
VMWare), Norton Online Backup (provided by Symantec), McAfee
Online Backup, SOS Online Backup, and others. Certain of our
features, including our remote access service, also compete with
current or potential services offered by Apple, Google,
Microsoft, Amazon, and others. Certain of our planned features,
including the ability to share data with third parties, will
also compete with current or potential services offered by
DropBox, Mozy, SugarSync, and others. With the introduction of
new technologies and market entrants, we expect competition to
intensify in the future. Many of our actual and potential
competitors enjoy competitive advantages over us, such as
greater name recognition, longer operating histories, more
varied services, and larger marketing budgets, as well as
greater financial, technical, and other resources. In addition,
many of our competitors have established marketing relationships
and access to larger customer bases, and have major distribution
agreements with computer manufacturers, internet service
providers, and resellers.
We believe that the key competitive factors in the consumer and
SMB backup industry include:
|
|
|
|
|
ease of installation and use;
|
|
|
|
affordability;
|
|
|
|
remote access;
|
|
|
|
storage capacity;
|
|
|
|
security of customers stored files;
|
73
|
|
|
|
|
rapid recovery of lost files;
|
|
|
|
reliability and redundancy;
|
|
|
|
automated file backup; and
|
|
|
|
reputation of the provider.
|
We believe that we compete favorably with respect to each of
these factors, by providing easy to use, affordable, unlimited,
secure online backup solutions with anytime, anywhere access to
stored files.
Some of our competitors have made or may make acquisitions or
enter into partnerships or other strategic relationships to
offer a more comprehensive service than we do. These
combinations may make it more difficult for us to compete
effectively, including on the basis of price, sales and
marketing programs, technology, or service functionality. We
expect these trends to continue as companies attempt to
strengthen or maintain their market positions.
Employees
As of June 30, 2011, we had 206 full-time employees
including 80 in operations and support, 27 in sales and
marketing, 82 in technology, and 17 in general and
administrative functions. None of our employees are covered by
collective bargaining agreements.
Facilities
Our principal executive offices are located in Boston,
Massachusetts, in a 23,865 square-foot facility, under a
lease expiring on June 30, 2014. We also have a small
office in Princeton, New Jersey and development office in
Beijing, China.
Our data centers are located in Massachusetts. Our data center
leases expire at various times between August 2013 and August
2015, and a separate data center hosting arrangement is
cancellable by us upon 120 days notice.
We are in the process of relocating our customer support to a
22,592 square foot facility in Lewiston, Maine under a lease
expiring on or about June 1, 2016.
Legal
Proceedings
In August 2010 Oasis Research, LLC, or Oasis Research, filed a
lawsuit against us and several of our competitors and other
online technology companies in the U.S. District Court for
the Eastern District of Texas, alleging that our online backup
storage services, and the other companies products or
services, infringe certain of Oasis Researchs patents.
Oasis Research seeks an award for damages in an unspecified
amount. Oasis Research does not currently seek an injunction. We
are not able to assess with certainty the outcome of this
litigation or the amount or range of potential damages or future
payments associated with this litigation at this time. However,
any litigation is subject to inherent uncertainties, and there
can be no assurance that the expenses associated with defending
this lawsuit or its resolution will not have a material adverse
impact on our business, operations, financial condition, or cash
flows. A trial date has been preliminarily set for late 2012.
In addition to the Oasis lawsuit, from time to time, we have
been and may become involved in legal proceedings arising in the
ordinary course of our business. Although the results of
litigation and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, we are
not presently involved in any other legal proceeding in which
the outcome, if determined adversely to us, would be expected to
have a material adverse effect on our business, operating
results, or financial condition. Regardless of the outcome,
litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of defense
and settlement costs, diversion of management resources, and
other factors.
74
MANAGEMENT
The following table provides information regarding our executive
officers, directors and key employees, including their ages, as
of June 30, 2011:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Age
|
|
Position(s)
|
|
David Friend
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
Chief Executive Officer, President, and Chairman of the Board
|
Jeffry Flowers
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
Chief Architect, Director
|
Andrew Keenan
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
Eric Golin
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
Chief Technology Officer
|
Swami Kumaresan
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
Senior Vice President and General Manager, Consumer Group
|
Peter Lamson
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
Senior Vice President and General Manager, Small Business Group
|
William Phelan
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
Vice President of Product
|
Richard Surace
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
Vice President of Customer Service
|
Thomas Murray
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
Vice President of Marketing
|
Danielle Sheer
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
General Counsel and Secretary
|
Gary Hromadko (1)
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
Director
|
Charles Kane (1)
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
Director
|
Todd Krasnow (1) (2)
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
Director (Lead Independent Director)
|
William G. Nelson (1) (3)
|
|
|
77
|
|
|
Director
|
Pravin Vazirani (2) (3)
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
Director
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Member of the audit committee |
|
(2) |
|
Member of the compensation committee |
|
(3) |
|
Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee |
David Friend has served as our chief executive officer
and as a member of our board of directors since he co-founded
our company with Mr. Flowers in February 2005.
Mr. Friend also served as our president from February 2005
to September 2007 and again since August 2010. Prior to starting
our company, Mr. Friend co-founded with Mr. Flowers
and served as chief executive officer and president of Sonexis,
Inc., a software company providing audio-conferencing services,
from March 1999 through March 2002 and served as a director of
Sonexis from March 1999 through August 2004. From June 1995
through December 1999, Mr. Friend co-founded with
Mr. Flowers and served as chief executive officer and as a
director of FaxNet Corporation, a supplier of messaging services
to the telecommunications industry. Prior to that time,
Mr. Friend co-founded Pilot Software, Inc., a software
company, with Mr. Flowers. Previously, Mr. Friend founded
Computer Pictures Corporation, a software company whose products
applied computer graphics to business data, and served as
president of ARP Instruments, Inc., an audio hardware
manufacturer. Mr. Friend served as a director of GEAC
Computer Corporation Ltd., a publicly-traded enterprise software
company, from October 2001 to October 2006, and currently serves
as a director of CyraCom International, Inc., Marketplace
Technologies, Inc. and DealDash Oy. Mr. Friend holds a B.S.
in Engineering from Yale University. We believe that
Mr. Friend is qualified to serve on our board of directors
based on his historic knowledge of our company as one of its
founders, the continuity he provides on our board of directors,
his strategic vision for our company and his background in
internet and software companies.
Jeffry Flowers has served as our chief architect since
April 2011, as a member of our board of directors since he
co-founded our company with Mr. Friend in February 2005,
and as our chief technology officer from February 2005 to March
2011. Mr. Flowers co-founded with Mr. Friend and
served as chief technical officer of Sonexis, Inc., a software
company providing audio-conferencing services, from March 1999
through March 2002 and served as a director of Sonexis from
March 1999 through August 2004. Prior to
75
that time, Mr. Flowers co-founded with Mr. Friend and
served as chief technology officer and as a director of FaxNet
Corporation, a supplier of messaging services to the
telecommunications industry, and co-founded Pilot Software,
Inc., a software company, with Mr. Friend. Mr. Flowers
served as VP of Development at ON Technology Corporation, a
publicly-traded software vendor, from June 1994 through February
1996. Mr. Flowers holds an M.S. and a B.S. in Information
and Computer Science from Georgia Institute of Technology. We
believe that Mr. Flowers is qualified to serve on our board
of directors based on his historic knowledge of our company as
one of its founders, the continuity he provides on our board of
directors, his strategic vision for our technology, and his
background in internet and software companies.
Andrew Keenan has served as our chief financial officer
since April 2007. Mr. Keenan served as chief financial
officer of Vovici Corp., a survey software company, from June
2006 to April 2007 and served as chief financial officer of
Silver Oak Partners, Inc., a procurement software and consulting
business, from April 2004 to March 2006. In these positions,
Mr. Keenan had responsibility for all finance and human
resource functions. Prior to that time, Mr. Keenan served
as corporate controller and in similar financial positions for
Synchronicity Software, Inc., Provant Inc., and Systemsoft
Corporation where he had responsibility for finance functions.
He also served as an auditor and certified public accountant
with Deloitte & Touche LLP for five years prior to those
positions. Mr. Keenan holds a B.S. in Accounting from
Bentley College.
Eric Golin has served as our chief technology officer
since April 2011. From September 2008 to April 2011, he served
as our senior director of server architecture. He served as
chief technology officer and vice president of engineering of
Eons, Inc., a social network web portal, from August 2007 to May
2008 and as a consultant to Eons from November 2006 to August
2007, where has was responsible for product development and
website operations. Prior to that, Dr. Golin served as
chief technology officer of Content Objects, Inc., a
peer-to-peer
file sharing software company from March 2005 to July 2006, with
responsibility for product strategy. Prior to that time,
Dr. Golin was founder and chief technology officer of Argo
Technology, Inc., a desktop search software company, from 2002
to 2005, where he led product development. From August 1994 to
May 2001, Dr. Golin served in a variety of capacities at
BroadVision, Inc., a publicly-traded developer and marketer of
eBusiness software applications, including as principal
architect, director of engineering, vice president of worldwide
professional services, and chief technology officer.
Dr. Golin holds a Ph.D., M.S., and B.S. in Computer Science
from Brown University.
Swami Kumaresan has served as our senior vice president
and general manager, consumer group, since December 2010. He
served as our vice president of marketing from December 2006 to
December 2010, our vice president of product marketing from May
2006 to November 2006, our director of product marketing from
November 2005 to May 2006, and as a marketing consultant to our
company from March 2005 until joining as a full-time employee in
November 2005. Prior to joining us, Mr. Kumaresan served as
a consultant with Fletcher Spaght, Inc., a market research and
strategy consulting firm, and as a financial analyst with
Jeffries & Co., an investment bank. Mr. Kumaresan
holds a B.S. in Electrical Engineering and Mathematics from Yale
University.
Peter Lamson has served as our senior vice president and
general manager, small business group, since January 2011. From
May 2010 to December 2010 he served as executive vice president
and chief revenue officer of IMN, Inc., an
e-communications
business. From October 2005 to November 2009, Mr. Lamson
served as senior vice president and general manager of
NameMedia, Inc., a seller of domain names, where he was
responsible for building NameMedias SMB practice. Prior to
that time, Mr. Lamson served as chief operating officer of
Monstermoving.com, Monster Worldwides SMB relocation
division, from June 2000 to May 2004. Mr. Lamson holds an
M.B.A. from the Harvard University Graduate School of Business
and a B.A. in History from Middlebury College.
William Phelan has served as our vice president of
product since July 2010. From April 2008 to June 2010,
Mr. Phelan was a group product manager at Intuit, Inc., a
business and financial management software company, where he was
responsible for the Intuit Partner Platform and QuickBase
product lines. Mr. Phelan served as a director of product
management for Unica Corporation, a company offering enterprise
marketing management software, from October 2004 to March 2008
and was a vice president for on demand market
76
automation solutions for Quaero Corporation (now part of CGS
Systems) from October 2003 to September 2004. Mr. Phelan
also co-founded and served as vice president of product of
Veridiem Inc., an on-demand marketing analytics service company,
from May 1998 to September 2003 and, prior to that, held a
product management position with Progress Software Corp.
Mr. Phelan holds a B.S. in Computer Science from Lehigh
University.
Richard Surace has served as our vice president of
customer service since December 2010. From October 2005 to
December 2010, he served as senior vice president of operations
of PlumChoice, Inc., an online computer support company, where
he was responsible for domestic and international customer
service operations. Prior to that, Mr. Surace served in
various positions at Accent Call Centers Services, TAC
Worldwide, Inc., and Contact Word/Service Zone USA.
Mr. Surace holds an M.B.A. from the University of Maryland
and a B.S. in Business and Communications from Ithaca College.
Thomas Murray has served as our vice president of
marketing since April 2011. From November 2010 to April 2011, he
served as senior vice president of marketing and product
management for TomTom, Inc., a portable navigation device
company, and from April 2007 to January 2010 he served as vice
president and senior vice president of marketing for TomTom,
Inc. Prior to that, Mr. Murray served as global business
director, shave care of Procter & Gamble Company, a
consumer products company, from January 2006 to April 2007,
where he was responsible for global business strategies and
marketing. Prior to that, he served as global marketing
director, antiperspirants and deodorants, of The Gillette
Company, a consumer products company, in 2005, where he was
responsible for strategic global marketing direction.
Mr. Murray holds a B.A. in English from Fairfield
University.
Danielle Sheer has served as our general counsel since
September 2009 and as our secretary since April 2011. From
August 2006 to September 2009, Ms. Sheer was a corporate
attorney in New York with the law firm of Willkie
Farr & Gallagher LLP, where she concentrated on
business and securities transactions. Ms. Sheer holds a
J.D. from Georgetown University Law Center and a B.A. in
Philosophy from George Washington University.
Each officer serves at the discretion of our board of directors
and holds office until his or her successor is duly elected and
qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal.
There are no family relationships among any of our directors or
executive officers.
Gary Hromadko has served on our board of directors since
December 2009. Mr. Hromadko joined Crosslink Capital, Inc.,
a venture capital firm, as a venture partner in June 2002,
focusing on investments in communication services and
infrastructure, and since November 2003 has also served as a
managing member of a limited liability company that is the
general partner of Octave Fund, an investment adviser. Prior to
that time, Mr. Hromadko was a partner with Merrill,
Pickard, Anderson & Eyre, an early stage technology
venture capital firm, and a research analyst with Robertson,
Stephens & Co., where he focused on the software
sector. Mr. Hromadko is also a director of Equinix, Inc., a
publicly-traded provider of carrier-neutral data centers and
interconnection services, and the audit, financing, nominating,
transaction, and real estate committees of Equinixs board.
Mr. Hromadko serves on the boards of directors of a number
of private companies. Mr. Hromadko is a Chartered Financial
Analyst, holds an M.A. in English and an M.B.A. from the
University of Virginia, and holds a B.A. in English from
Carleton College. We believe that Mr. Hromadko is qualified
to serve on our board of directors due to his experience with
the venture capital industry and a wide variety of internet and
technology companies, as well as the perspective he brings as an
affiliate of one of our major stockholders.
Charles Kane has served on our board of directors since
July 2011. Since November 2006, Mr. Kane has served as a
director of One Laptop Per Child, a non-profit organization that
provides computing and internet access for students in the
developing world, for which he also served as president and
chief operating officer from March 2008 to July 2009. From July
2007 to March 2008, Mr. Kane served as executive vice
president and chief administrative officer of Global BPO
Services Corp., a special purpose acquisition corporation, and
from August 2007 to March 2008, as chief financial officer of
Global BPO. Prior to that time, he served as chief financial
officer of RSA Security Inc., a provider of
e-security
solutions, from May
77
2006 to October 2006. From July 2003 to May 2006, Mr. Kane
served as chief financial officer of Aspen Technology, Inc., a
provider of supply chain management software and professional
services. Earlier in his career, Mr. Kane served as
president and chief executive officer of Corechange, Inc., an
enterprise software company, and as chief financial officer of
Informix Software, Inc., a provider of database management
systems. Mr. Kane also held financial positions with
Stratus Computer, Inc., Prime Computer Inc., and
Deloitte & Touche LLP. Since November 2006,
Mr. Kane has served as a member of the board of directors
and as chairman of audit committee of Progress Software Corp., a
publicly-traded provider of infrastructure software, and since
May 2010, he has served as a member of the board of directors
and as chairman of the audit committee of Demandware, Inc., a
provider of
e-commerce
solutions. He also served as member of the board of directors of
Borland Software Corp., a publicly-traded provider of open
application lifecycle management solutions, from August 2007 to
July 2009, Netezza Corporation, a publicly-traded data warehouse
appliance provider, from May 2005 to November 2010, and Applix
Inc., a publicly-traded provider of enterprise planning
software, from January 2002 to March 2007. Mr. Kane holds a
B.B.A. in accounting from the University of Notre Dame, an
M.B.A. in international finance from Babson College, and is
senior lecturer of international finance at the Massachusetts
Institute of Technology Sloan School of Management. We believe
that Mr. Kane is qualified to serve on our board of
directors due to his significant experience both in senior
financial roles and as a director of other publicly-traded
companies.
Todd Krasnow has served on our board of directors since
September 2005 and as our lead independent director since April
2011. Mr. Krasnow has served as the president of Cobbs
Capital, Inc., a private consulting company, since January 2005,
and as marketing domain expert with Highland Consumer Fund, a
venture capital firm, since June 2007. Previously,
Mr. Krasnow was the chairman of Zoots, Inc., a dry cleaning
company, from June 2003 to January 2008 and chief executive
officer of Zoots, Inc. from February 1998 to June 2003. He
served as the executive vice president of sales and marketing of
Staples, Inc. from May 1993 to January 1998 and in other sales
and marketing positions for Staples, Inc. from March 1986 to May
1993. Mr. Krasnow is a director of OnForce, Inc. and
IdeaPaint, Inc., and a member of the advisory board of Case Pick
Systems, Inc., C&S Wholesale Grocers, Inc., and Piedmont,
Ltd., which conducts business as Quraz, a Japanese storage
company. Mr. Krasnow holds an M.B.A. from the Harvard
University Graduate School of Business and an A.B. in Chemistry
from Cornell University. We believe that Mr. Krasnow is
qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his
operating and management experience, his expertise in sales and
marketing, and the continuity he provides on our board of
directors.
William G. Nelson has served on our board of directors
since September 2005. From September 1988 to March 2006,
Mr. Nelson served on the board of directors and was a
member of the audit committee of the board of directors of GEAC
Computer Corporation Limited, a publicly-traded enterprise
software company. He served as chairman of GEACs board of
directors from September 1996 to April 1999 and also served as
GEACs CEO and president from September 1996 to April 1999.
Previously he served as president of Pansophic Systems, Inc., a
publicly-traded system software company, CEO and president of
On-line Software, Inc., a publicly-traded system software
company, and president and CEO of Pilot Software, Inc.
Mr. Nelson serves as chairman of the board of directors of
Harris Data Service of Wisconsin, Inc., a computer software
company, and serves as a director and chairman of the audit
committee of Chata, Inc. He also served as a member of the board
of directors and chairman of the audit committee of HealthGate
Data Corp., a publicly-traded health data services company, from
October 2000 to December 2008. Mr. Nelson holds a Ph.D. in
Economics from Rice University, an M.B.A. in Finance and
Accounting from The Wharton School of the University of
Pennsylvania, and a B.A. in Chemistry from Swarthmore College.
We believe that Mr. Nelson is qualified to serve on our
board of directors due to his extensive background in and
experience with technology companies, his service on the boards
of directors of a range of public and private companies, the
continuity he provides on our board of directors, and his
background in accounting.
Pravin Vazirani has served on our board of directors
since April 2007. Since August 2005, Mr. Vazirani has been
a managing director of Menlo Ventures, a venture capital firm
focused on technology investments. Previously, Mr. Vazirani
served as an engineer for Pacific Communication Sciences, Inc.,
as a product manager for ADC Telecommunications and as an
engineer for Jet Propulsion Laboratory. Mr. Vazirani
78
is also a member of the board of directors of Bloomspot, Inc.,
Credant Technologies, Edgecast Networks Inc., NovaTorque, Inc.,
and Sepaton, Inc. Mr. Vazirani holds an M.B.A. from the
Harvard University Graduate School of Business and a B.S. and a
M.S. in Electrical Engineering from the Massachusetts Institute
of Technology. We believe that Mr. Vazirani is qualified to
serve on our board of directors due to his experience with the
venture capital industry and a wide variety of internet and
technology companies, as well as the perspective he brings as an
affiliate of one of our major stockholders.
Classified
Board
In accordance with our amended and restated certificate of
incorporation, immediately after this offering, our board of
directors will be divided into three classes with staggered
three-year terms. At each annual general meeting of
stockholders, the successors to directors whose terms then
expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and
qualification until the third annual meeting following election.
Our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
The Class I directors will be Messrs. Hromadko and
Vazirani and their terms will expire at the annual general
meeting of stockholders to be held in 2012;
|
|
|
|
The Class II directors will be Messrs. Kane and Nelson and
their terms will expire at the annual general meeting of
stockholders to be held in 2013; and
|
|
|
|
The Class III directors will be Messrs. Friend,
Flowers, and Krasnow and their terms will expire at the annual
general meeting of stockholders to be held in 2014.
|
Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the
number of directors will be distributed among the three classes
so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of
one-third of the directors.
The division of our board of directors into three classes with
staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our
management or a change in control.
Lead
Independent Director
Our corporate governance guidelines provide that one of our
independent directors should serve as a lead independent
director at any time when the chief executive officer serves as
the chairman of the board, or if the chairman of the board is
not otherwise independent. Because Mr. Friend is our
chairman, chief executive officer, and president, our board of
directors has appointed Mr. Krasnow to serve as our lead
independent director. As lead independent director,
Mr. Krasnow will preside over periodic meetings of our
independent directors, serve as a liaison between our chairman
and the independent directors, and perform such additional
duties as our board of directors may otherwise determine and
delegate.
Director
Independence
Under the listing requirements and rules of The Nasdaq Stock
Market, or Nasdaq, independent directors must comprise a
majority of a listed companys board of directors within
one year of the completion of this offering. Our board of
directors has undertaken a review of its composition, the
composition of its committees, and the independence of each
director. Based upon information requested from and provided by
each director concerning his or her background, employment and
affiliations, including family relationships, our board of
directors has determined that Messrs. Vazirani, Nelson,
Hromadko, Kane, and Krasnow, representing five of our seven
current directors, do not have a relationship that would
interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying
out the responsibilities of a director and that each of these
directors is independent as that term is defined
under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the
listing requirements and rules of Nasdaq. In making this
determination, our board of directors considered the current and
prior relationships that each non-employee director has with us
and all other facts and
79
circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in
determining their independence, including the beneficial
ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director.
There are no family relationships among any of our directors or
named executive officers.
Board
Committees
Our board of directors has established the following committees:
an audit committee, a compensation committee, and a nominating
and corporate governance committee. The composition and
responsibilities of each committee are described below. Members
serve on these committees until their resignation or until
otherwise determined by our board.
Audit
committee
Our audit committee oversees our corporate accounting and
financial reporting process, the audit of our financial
statements, and our internal control processes. Among other
matters, the audit committee evaluates the independent
auditors qualifications, independence, and performance;
determines the engagement, retention, and compensation of the
independent auditors; reviews and approves the scope of the
annual audit and the audit fee; discusses with management and
the independent auditors the results of the annual audit and the
review of our quarterly financial statements, including the
disclosures in our annual and quarterly reports filed with the
SEC; approves the retention of the independent auditors to
perform any proposed permissible non-audit services; reviews our
risk assessment and risk management processes; establishes
procedures for receiving, retaining and investigating complaints
received by us regarding accounting, internal accounting
controls, or audit matters; monitors the rotation of partners of
the independent auditors on the Carbonite engagement team as
required by law; reviews our critical accounting policies and
estimates; and will oversee our internal audit function, if one
is established. Additionally, the audit committee will, after
the completion of this offering, review and approve related
person transactions, and review and evaluate, on an annual
basis, the audit committee charter and the committees
performance.
The current members of our audit committee are
Messrs. Kane, Nelson, Krasnow, and Hromadko, with
Mr. Kane serving as the chair of the committee. All members
of our audit committee meet the requirements for financial
literacy under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC
and Nasdaq. Our board has determined that Mr. Kane is an
audit committee financial expert as defined under the applicable
rules of the SEC and has the requisite financial sophistication
as defined under the applicable rules and regulations of Nasdaq.
Messrs. Kane, Nelson, Krasnow, and Hromadko are independent
directors as defined under the applicable rules and regulations
of the SEC and Nasdaq. The audit committee operates under a
written charter that satisfies the applicable standards of the
SEC and Nasdaq.
Compensation
committee
Our compensation committee reviews and recommends policies
relating to compensation and benefits of our officers and
employees. The compensation committee annually reviews and
approves corporate goals and objectives relevant to compensation
of our chief executive officer and other executive officers,
evaluates the performance of these officers in light of those
goals and objectives, and sets the compensation of these
officers based on such evaluations. The compensation committee
also administers the issuance of stock options and other awards
under our equity compensation plans.
The current members of our compensation committee are
Messrs. Krasnow and Vazirani, with Mr. Krasnow serving
as the chair of the committee. All of the members of our
compensation committee are independent under the applicable
rules and regulations of the SEC, Nasdaq and Section 162(m)
of the Internal Revenue Code.
80
Nominating
and corporate governance committee
The nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible
for making recommendations regarding corporate governance,
identification, evaluation and nomination of candidates for
directorships, and the structure and composition of our board
and committees of our board of directors. In addition, the
nominating and corporate governance committee oversees our
corporate governance guidelines, approves our committee
charters, oversees compliance with our code of business conduct
and ethics, contributes to succession planning, reviews actual
and potential conflicts of interest of our directors and
officers other than related person transactions reviewed by the
audit committee, and oversees the board self-evaluation process.
Our nominating and corporate governance committee is also
responsible for making recommendations regarding non-employee
director compensation to the full board of directors.
The current members of our nominating and corporate governance
committee are Messrs. Vazirani and Nelson, with
Mr. Nelson serving as the chair of the committee. Potential
candidates will be discussed by the committee and proposed for
nomination by the entire board, with director nominees being
subject to the approval of the independent members of the board.
All of the members of our nominating and corporate governance
committee are independent under the applicable rules and
regulations of Nasdaq.
Compensation
committee interlocks and insider participation
None of the individuals who currently serve, or who served
during our last completed fiscal year, as members of our
compensation committee (a) are, or have at any time during
the past year or our last completed fiscal year been, officers
or employees of ours, (b) were formerly officers of ours,
or (c) have had any relationship requiring disclosure by us
under Item 404 of
Regulation S-K.
None of our executive officers currently serves, in the past
year has served, or during our last completed fiscal year served
as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee
(or other board committee performing equivalent functions) of
any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on
our board or compensation committee. Todd Krasnow and Pravin
Vazirani served as members of our compensation committee during
our last completed fiscal year.
Code of
Business Conduct and Ethics
We have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics that
applies to all of our employees, officers and directors,
including those officers responsible for financial reporting.
The code of business conduct and ethics will be available on our
website at www.carbonite.com. We expect that, to the extent
required by law, any amendments to the code, or any waivers of
its requirements, will be disclosed on our website.
Non-Employee
Director Compensation
We do not currently provide any cash compensation to our
non-employee directors and historically have had no established
policy regarding equity compensation to our non-employee
directors. Following the completion of this offering, we will
pay each of our non-employee directors a fee of $5,000 per board
meeting attended in person and $1,000 per board meeting attended
by means of remote communication, up to a maximum of $20,000 per
director per year. We will also pay the chairpersons of the
audit, compensation, and nominating and corporate governance
committees an annual fee of $10,000, $7,500, and $5,000,
respectively, and will pay each other member of the audit,
compensation, and nominating and corporate governance committees
an annual fee of $5,000, $3,750, and $2,500, respectively.
Additionally, we reimburse our non-employee directors for
reasonable travel and other expenses incurred in connection with
attending board of director and committee meetings. Our
directors who are also employees are compensated for their
service as employees and do not receive any additional
compensation for their service on our board.
In 2009, we sold 18,000 shares of restricted common stock
at a purchase price per share of $1.31 to each of
Messrs. Krasnow and Nelson in consideration for their
service as non-employee directors. These shares
81
vest in twelve equal quarterly installments commencing with the
date of grant and become fully vested immediately prior to and
in connection with a change of control of us or an initial
public offering of our stock.
In July 2011, we granted options to purchase 10,000 shares
of common stock to Mr. Krasnow in recognition of the
significant additional time Mr. Krasnow spent advising us
on strategic marketing issues. The shares subject to this stock
option grant will vest over three years in 12 equal
installments on each
three-month
anniversary of the grant date, and shall automatically vest in
full and become exercisable immediately prior to a change of
control. The exercise price of these options will be the initial
public offering price in this offering, unless the offering is
delayed past August 15, 2011, in which case the board of
directors may set an exercise price equal to a valuation of our
common stock to be established by the board of directors on or
about the date the price is set.
In July 2011, we granted options to purchase 7,500 shares
of common stock to each of Messrs. Krasnow, Nelson,
Vazirani, and Hromadko, consistent with our plan to grant
options to non-employee directors on an annual basis, beginning
in 2011, as a way to compensate and retain our non-employee
directors. The exercise price of these options will be the
initial public offering price in this offering. The shares
subject to these stock option grants will vest over three years
in 12 equal installments on each three-month anniversary of this
offering, and shall automatically vest in full and become
exercisable immediately prior to a change in control. However,
none of these options will vest unless this offering is
completed.
Beginning in July 2011, each newly appointed or elected
non-employee director shall receive an initial stock option
grant to purchase up to 16,000 shares of our common stock
when he or she joins our board of directors, with an exercise
price equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the
date of grant. In addition, each non-employee director who has
served as a director for at least 18 months will receive an
annual stock option grant to purchase up to 7,500 shares of
our common stock on the date of each annual meeting of
stockholders, with an exercise price equal to the fair market
value of our common stock on the date of grant. The shares
subject to the initial stock option grants and annual stock
option grants will vest over three years, in 12 equal
installments on each three-month anniversary of the grant date.
The shares subject to the initial stock option grants and annual
stock option grants shall automatically vest in full and become
exercisable immediately prior to a change in control. Members of
our board of directors who are employees of our company and who
subsequently terminate employment with us and remain members of
the board of directors shall not receive an initial stock option
grant, but, to the extent that they are otherwise eligible, such
persons shall receive, after termination of employment with us,
annual stock option grants as described above in this paragraph.
In July 2011, we granted an option to purchase
16,000 shares of common stock to Mr. Kane pursuant to
this policy upon his election to our board of directors. The
exercise price of these options will be the initial public
offering price in this offering, unless the offering is delayed
past August 15, 2011, in which case the board of directors
may set an exercise price equal to a valuation of our common
stock to be established by the board of directors on or about
the date the price is set.
82
EXECUTIVE
COMPENSATION
Compensation
Discussion and Analysis
This section discusses the principles underlying our policies
and decisions with respect to the compensation of our executive
officers who are named in the 2010 Summary Compensation
Table and the most important factors relevant to an
analysis of these policies and decisions. These named
executive officers for 2010 were David Friend, president
and chief executive officer; Jeffry Flowers, chief architect;
Andrew Keenan, chief financial officer; Swami Kumaresan, senior
vice president and general manager, consumer group; and Robert
Rubin, who resigned as our vice president of engineering in
April 2011, but continues as our employee.
The philosophy of how we will compensate our executive officers
in the future may not be the same as how they have been
compensated previously. We expect that our compensation
committee will continue to review, evaluate, and modify the
executive compensation framework as a result of our becoming a
publicly-traded company after this offering. Our compensation
program following this offering may, over time, vary
significantly from our historical practices.
Overview
We recognize that our ability to excel depends on the integrity,
knowledge, imagination, skill, diversity, and teamwork of our
employees. To this end, we strive to create an environment of
mutual respect, encouragement, and teamwork that rewards
commitment and performance and that is responsive to the needs
of our employees. The principles and objectives of our
compensation and benefits programs for our employees generally,
and for our named executive officers specifically, are to:
|
|
|
|
|
attract, engage and retain individuals of superior ability,
experience, and managerial talent, enabling us to be an employer
of choice in the highly-competitive and dynamic information
technology industry;
|
|
|
|
align compensation incentives with our corporate strategies,
business, and financial objectives and the long-term interests
of our stockholders;
|
|
|
|
motivate and reward executives whose knowledge, skills, and
performance ensure our continued success; and
|
|
|
|
ensure that total compensation is fair, reasonable, and
competitive.
|
Most of our compensation components simultaneously fulfill one
or more of these principles and objectives. These components
consist of (1) base salary, (2) performance bonuses,
(3) equity incentives, (4) perquisites and health and
welfare benefits, (5) 401(k) plan retirement savings
opportunities, and (6) post-termination benefits. We view
each component of executive compensation as related but
distinct, and we also review total compensation of our executive
officers to ensure that our overall compensation objectives are
met. Not all elements are provided to all named executive
officers. Instead, we determine the appropriate level for each
compensation component based in part on our understanding of the
market based on the experience of members of our board of
directors and, consistent with our recruiting and retention
goals, our view of internal equity and consistency, the length
of service of our executives, our overall performance, and other
considerations we deem relevant.
Our philosophy is to make a greater percentage of an executive
officers compensation tied to stockholder returns by
keeping cash compensation to a nominally competitive level while
providing the opportunity to be well-rewarded through equity if
we perform well over time. We believe that because the
achievement of our business and financial objectives will be
reflected in the value of our equity, our executive
83
officers will be incentivized to achieve these objectives when a
portion of their compensation is tied to the value of our
equity. To this end, we use stock options as a significant
component of compensation because we believe that this best ties
individual compensation to the creation of stockholder value.
While we offer competitive base salaries, we believe that
stock-based compensation is a significant motivator in
attracting employees to internet-related and other technology
companies. Except as described below, we have not adopted any
formal or informal policies or guidelines for allocating
compensation between long-term and currently paid out
compensation, between cash and non-cash compensation, or among
different forms of non-cash compensation.
Each of the primary elements of our executive compensation
program is discussed in more detail below. While we have
identified particular compensation objectives that each element
of executive compensation serves, our compensation programs are
designed to be flexible and complementary and to collectively
serve all of the executive compensation objectives described
above. Accordingly, whether or not specifically mentioned below,
we believe that each individual element, to some extent, serves
each of our objectives.
As we transition from being a privately-held company to a
publicly-traded company, we will evaluate our philosophy and
compensation programs as circumstances require and, at a
minimum, we will review executive compensation annually. As part
of this review process, we expect to apply our values and the
objectives outlined above, together with consideration for the
levels of compensation that we would be willing to pay to ensure
that our compensation remains competitive and that we are
meeting our retention objectives and the cost to us if we were
required to replace a key employee.
Compensation
determination process
Historically, our board of directors has not reviewed anonymous
private company compensation surveys in setting the compensation
of our named executive officers. Following the completion of
this offering, we anticipate that our compensation committee
will determine executive compensation, at least in part, by
reference to the compensation information for the executives of
a peer group of comparable companies, although no such peer
group has yet been determined. Additionally, our compensation
committee plans to engage a compensation consultant to provide
market data on a peer group of companies in the technology
sector on an annual basis, and we intend to review this
information and other information obtained by the members of our
compensation committee to help ensure that our compensation
program is competitive. We anticipate that our compensation
committee may make adjustments in executive compensation levels
in the future as a result of this more formal market comparison
process.
We strive to achieve an appropriate mix between equity incentive
awards and cash payments in order to meet our objectives. Any
apportionment goal is not applied rigidly and does not control
our compensation decisions, and our compensation committee does
not have any policies for allocating compensation between
long-term and short-term compensation or cash and non-cash
compensation. Our mix of compensation elements is designed to
reward recent results and motivate long-term performance through
a combination of cash and equity incentive awards. We believe
the most important indicator of whether our compensation
objectives are being met is our ability to motivate our named
executive officers to deliver superior performance and retain
them to continue their careers with us on a cost-effective basis.
The compensation levels of the named executive officers reflect,
to a significant degree, the varying roles and responsibilities
of such executives, as well as the length of time those
executives have served our company. As a result of our board of
directors assessment of our president and chief executive
officers roles and responsibilities within our company,
there is a significant compensation differential between his
compensation levels and those of our other named executive
officers.
84
Executive
Compensation Program Components
Base
salaries
In general, base salaries for our named executive officers are
initially established through arms-length negotiation at
the time the executive is hired, taking into account such
executives qualifications, experience, and prior salary.
Base salaries of our named executive officers are approved and
reviewed periodically by our president and chief executive
officer, and in the case of our president and chief executive
officers base salary, by our board of directors, and
adjustments to base salaries are based on the scope of an
executives responsibilities, individual contribution,
prior experience, and sustained performance. Decisions regarding
salary increases may take into account the executive
officers current salary, equity ownership, and the amounts
paid to an executive officers peers inside our company by
conducting an internal analysis, which compares the pay of each
executive officer to other members of the management team. In
making decisions regarding salary increases, we may also draw
upon the experience of members of our board of directors with
other companies. Base salaries are also reviewed in the case of
promotions or other significant changes in responsibility. No
formulaic base salary increases are provided to our named
executive officers. This strategy is consistent with our intent
of offering base salaries that are cost-effective while
remaining competitive.
The actual base salaries paid to all of our named executive
officers in 2010 are set forth in the 2010 Summary
Compensation Table. In March 2011, we increased the base
salaries of Messrs. Friend, Flowers, Keenan, and Kumaresan
to $300,000, $245,000, $225,000, and $240,000, respectively.
Annual
cash bonuses
In addition to base salaries, annual cash bonus opportunities
have been awarded to our named executive officers when our board
of directors or our president and chief executive officer has
determined that such an incentive is necessary to align our
corporate goals with the cash compensation payable to an
executive. Historically, such annual cash bonus opportunities
have been awarded to all of our named executive officers. In
2010, the target bonus amount for each of the named executive
officers was 30% of the individuals base salary, with 20%
of the bonus amount tied to individual performance as evaluated
by our board of directors, 40% of the bonus amount tied to our
overall level of bookings for the year as compared to budget,
and 40% of the bonus amount tied to our free cash flow for the
year as compared to budget. For the definitions of bookings and
free cash flow, and a reconciliation of bookings to revenue and
of free cash flow to net cash provided by (used in) operations
from our audited financial statements, see footnotes 5 and
6 to Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data.
The portion of the target bonus amounts with respect to bookings
and free cash flow would be earned by the executives if we
achieved the targets set forth in our budget. The executives
were entitled to receive partial bonus payments if we partially
achieved our budgeted bookings and free cash flow targets, and
bonuses in excess of the target bonus amounts if we achieved
greater than 100% of our budgeted bookings and free cash flow
targets.
85
The participants in the bonus plan were our named executive
officers and Mr. Phelan. The executives would earn partial
bonus payments based on achieving at least 80% of the bookings
target, and would earn an additional bonus for bookings in
excess of 100% of the target, as set forth in the following
table:
|
|
|
Percent of Bookings Target Achieved
|
|
Percent of Bookings-based Bonus Earned
|
|
Less than 80%
|
|
0%
|
80-84%
|
|
25%
|
85-89%
|
|
50%
|
90-94%
|
|
75%
|
95-99%
|
|
90%
|
100%
|
|
100%
|
101-109%
|
|
100%, plus 2% of bookings in excess of target would be added to
bonus pool and paid to bonus plan participants pro rata based on
their respective base salaries
|
109-114%
|
|
100%, plus 3% of bookings in excess of target would be added to
bonus pool and paid to bonus plan participants pro rata based on
their respective base salaries
|
Over 115%
|
|
100%, plus 4% of bookings in excess of target would be added to
bonus pool and paid to bonus plan participants pro rata based on
their respective base salaries
|
Our free cash flow target for 2010 assumed we would have
negative cash flow. The executives would earn partial bonus
payments if our negative free cash flow exceeded the free cash
flow target, as long as our negative free cash flow did not
exceed 120% of the free cash flow target, and would earn an
additional bonus if our negative free cash flow was less than
the free cash flow target, as set forth in the following table:
|
|
|
Percent of Negative Free Cash
|
|
Percent of Free Cash Flow-based
|
Flow Target Achieved
|
|
Bonus Earned
|
|
Over 120%
|
|
0%
|
116% to 120%
|
|
25%
|
111% to 115%
|
|
50%
|
106% to 110%
|
|
75%
|
101% to 105%
|
|
90%
|
100%
|
|
100%
|
Less than 100%
|
|
100%, plus 10% of amount by which negative free cash flow was
less than the free cash flow target would be added to bonus pool
and paid to bonus plan participants pro rata based on their
respective base salaries
|
The performance goals were established by our compensation
committee and approved by our board of directors at the
beginning of the year. At the time the performance goals were
set, our compensation committee believed that the measures were
challenging and aggressive. For example, if we had achieved the
level of bookings provided for in our budget, it would have
reflected a significant increase in bookings over the prior
years. Our compensation committee believed that the achievement
of the corporate performance measures at the target levels would
require extraordinary efforts, excellent leadership, and a clear
focus on our overall business plan and results for the year.
86
The actual bonuses paid to our named executive officers in 2010
are set forth in the 2010 Summary Compensation
Table. In 2010, the actual bonuses paid to each named
executive officer attributable to corporate performance were due
to our achieving 95.3% of our bookings target and negative free
cash flow which was 16.5% less than our free cash flow target.
For 2010, our board of directors adopted the recommendation of
our chief executive officer to pay each of our named executives
85% of his target bonus related to individual performance, based
on our chief executive officers assessment of the overall
performance of the management team and our business. Although
certain of our executive officers and our chief executive
officer informally discussed establishing individual management
objectives at the beginning of 2010, our board of directors did
not establish specific individual management objectives for each
of our executives for 2010. Our chief executive officer believed
that we would benefit from treating all of the team members
equally, and our board of directors agreed with this assessment.
While our chief executive officer generally considered the
overall performance of our business and executives during 2010,
his decision to recommend paying each of our executives 85% of
his target bonus related to individual performance was
discretionary. This recommendation reflected our chief executive
officers belief that our executives performed at a strong
level during 2010, but that we were not as successful as planned
in the distribution of our consumer solutions through
third-party channels. We have since discontinued most of those
third-party distribution agreements. All bonuses paid in 2010 to
our named executive officers were paid in cash. In 2009, some of
our named executive officers elected to receive a portion of
their annual bonus in the form of a vested option grant to
purchase shares of common stock. For 2011, our compensation
committee has reviewed and approved our executive officers
target bonus compensation, which is consistent with our 2010
bonus plan.
Equity
incentives
The goal of our equity-based incentive awards is to align the
interests of our named executive officers with the interests of
our stockholders. Because vesting is based on continued
employment, our equity-based incentives also encourage the
retention of our named executive officers through the vesting
period of the awards. In determining the size of the long-term
equity incentives to be awarded to our named executive officers,
we take into account a number of internal factors, such as the
relative job scope, the value of existing long-term incentive
awards, individual performance history, prior contributions to
us, and the size of prior grants. Although our board of
directors did not refer to any competitive market data during
2010, historically, our board of directors has drawn upon the
experience of its members in determining long-term equity
incentive awards. Based upon these factors, our board of
directors determines the size of the long-term equity incentives
at levels it considers appropriate to create a meaningful
opportunity for reward predicated on the creation of long-term
stockholder value. To date, we have only granted stock options
pursuant to our 2005 Stock Incentive Plan to our named executive
officers. Following the completion of this offering, we expect
our compensation committee to oversee our long-term equity
incentive program.
To reward and retain our named executive officers in a manner
that best aligns employees interests with
stockholders interests, we use stock options as the
primary incentive vehicles for long-term compensation. We
believe that stock options are an effective tool for meeting our
compensation goal of increasing long-term stockholder value by
tying the value of the stock options to our future performance.
Because employees are able to profit from stock options only if
our stock price increases relative to the option exercise price,
we believe that stock options provide meaningful incentives to
employees to achieve increases in the value of our stock over
time.
We use stock options to compensate our named executive officers
both in the form of initial grants in connection with the
commencement of employment and additional, or
refresher, grants. To date there has been no set
program for the award of refresher grants, and our board of
directors retains discretion to make stock option awards to
employees at any time, including in connection with the
promotion of an employee, to reward an employee, for retention
purposes, or for other circumstances recommended by management.
The exercise price of each stock option grant is the fair market
value of our common stock on the grant date. In the absence of a
public trading market, the board considered numerous objective
and subjective
87
factors to determine its best estimate of the fair market value
of our common stock as of the date of each option grant. Initial
stock option awards to our named executive officers typically
vest over a four-year period as follows: 25% of the shares
underlying the option vest on the first anniversary of the date
of the vesting commencement date, which is typically the date of
hire, and the remainder of the shares underlying the option vest
in equal quarterly installments over the remaining three years
thereafter. Refresher grants typically vest in equal quarterly
installments over four years from the vesting commencement date,
typically the date of grant. We believe that these vesting
schedules appropriately encourage long-term employment with us
while allowing our executives to realize compensation in line
with the value they have created for our stockholders. We do not
have any security ownership requirements for our named executive
officers.
Our board of directors typically provides for the acceleration
of vesting of stock options in the event of a change in control
of our company for options granted to employees at a level of
vice president or higher. In the event of a change in control,
if the individual is terminated without cause or is otherwise
constructively terminated prior to the first anniversary of the
change of control, the vesting of any unvested options is
accelerated in full immediately prior to such termination. With
respect to options granted to Mr. Keenan, vesting is
accelerated immediately in connection with a change in control
with respect to one half of the then-unvested options and the
vesting with respect to the balance of the unvested options is
accelerated in full if Mr. Keenan is terminated without
cause or is constructively terminated within one year after a
change in control. We believe that these acceleration
opportunities further align the interests of our executives with
those of our stockholders by providing our executives an
opportunity to benefit alongside our stockholders in a corporate
transaction.
In November 2009, our board of directors granted each of
Messrs. Friend, Flowers, Keenan, Kumaresan, and Rubin an
option to purchase shares of our common stock based upon the
standard vesting terms described above as well as an additional
option to purchase shares of our common stock that is subject to
vesting terms different from those described above. These option
grants were provided as a special incentive to our named
executive officers to encourage further long-term growth of our
company. The vesting of these additional options is in sixteen
quarterly installments commencing one year after the date of
grant and these options are subject to acceleration of vesting
in connection with a termination after a change of control. At
the same time each of Messrs. Keenan, Kumaresan, and Rubin
received additional fully-vested options to purchase shares of
common stock in lieu of a portion of their annual cash bonuses.
In 2010, our board of directors granted to Mr. Keenan an
option to purchase shares of our common stock based upon the
standard vesting terms described above, consistent with our
goals of rewarding and retaining executives through the use of
refresher grants of options. Our board also intended that the
number of shares subject to Mr. Keenans option would
provide Mr. Keenan with equity compensation consistent with
other employees at the vice president level. Our board of
directors did not grant options to other named executive
officers in 2010, as our board believed that the existing level
of equity compensation of those individuals was appropriate
during 2010.
As a privately-owned company, there has been no market for our
common stock. Accordingly, in 2010, we had no program, plan, or
practice pertaining to the timing of stock option grants to
executive officers coinciding with the release of material
non-public information. The compensation committee intends to
adopt a formal policy regarding the timing of grants in
connection with this offering.
Retirement
savings
All of our full-time employees in the U.S., including our named
executive officers, are eligible to participate in our 401(k)
plan. Pursuant to our 401(k) plan, employees may elect to reduce
their current compensation by up to the statutorily prescribed
annual limit, which was $16,500 in 2010, and to have the amount
of this reduction contributed to our 401(k) plan. We currently
do not match any employee contributions under our 401(k) plan.
88
Perquisites
From time-to-time, our board of directors has provided certain
of our named executive officers with perquisites that we believe
are reasonable. We do not view perquisites as a significant
element of our comprehensive compensation structure, but do
believe they can be useful in attracting, motivating, and
retaining executive talent. We believe that these additional
benefits may assist our executive officers in performing their
duties and provide time efficiencies for our executive officers
in appropriate circumstances, and we may consider providing
additional perquisites in the future. There are no material
perquisites to our named executive officers that we are
currently obligated to provide pursuant to written agreement. In
the future, we may provide additional perquisites to our
executive officers as an element of their overall compensation
structure. We do not expect these perquisites to be a
significant element of our compensation structure. All future
practices regarding perquisites will be approved and subject to
periodic review by our compensation committee.
Severance
In connection with severance agreements we entered into with
Messrs. Friend and Flowers, we have agreed to provide to
each of them severance benefits if his employment is terminated
by us without cause or if he is constructively terminated by us.
In such an event, each of Mr. Friend and Mr. Flowers
is entitled to continued payment of his base salary for twelve
months, an additional payment in an amount equal to twelve times
our contribution amount for the monthly health insurance premium
for him during the month immediately prior to termination, and
option vesting acceleration as described below. For a further
description of Mr. Friends and Mr. Flowers
severance agreements, see Severance Provisions
below.
As the result of arms-length negotiations in connection
with the offer letter we entered into with Mr. Keenan, we
have agreed to provide Mr. Keenan severance benefits if his
employment is terminated by us without cause or if he is
constructively terminated by us. In such an event,
Mr. Keenan is entitled to continued payment of his base
salary for six months, continued health, insurance, and
retirement benefits coverage for such time, and option vesting
acceleration as described below. Further, if, within one year
after a change of control, Mr. Keenan is terminated by us
without cause or if he is constructively terminated,
Mr. Keenan is entitled to continued payment of his base
salary for three additional months and an additional payment in
an amount equal to three times our contribution amount for the
monthly health insurance premium for him during the month
immediately prior to termination. For a further description of
Mr. Keenans offer letter, see Offer
Letter Agreements below.
As the result of arms-length negotiations in connection
with offer letters we entered into with Mr. Kumaresan, we
have agreed to provide him with severance benefits if his
employment is terminated by us without cause or if he is
constructively terminated by us. In such an event, he is
entitled to continued payment of his base salary for six months,
an additional payment in an amount equal to six times our
contribution amount for the monthly health insurance premium for
him during the month immediately prior to termination, and
option vesting acceleration as described below. For a further
description of these offer letters, see Offer Letter
Agreements below.
We have routinely granted and will continue to grant our named
executive officers stock options under our equity incentive
plans. For a description of the change in control provisions in
such equity incentive plans applicable to these stock options,
see Equity Incentives above. The estimated
value of these benefits, along with the benefits payable to
Messrs. Friend, Flowers, Keenan, Kumaresan, and Rubin upon
a termination of their employment, is set forth below in the
section entitled Potential Payments Upon Change in Control
and Upon Termination Following Change in Control.
89
Tax
considerations
Our board of directors has considered the potential effects of
Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code (the
Code) on the compensation paid to our executive
officers. Section 162(m) disallows a tax deduction for any
publicly-held corporation for individual compensation exceeding
$1.0 million in any taxable year for our president and
chief executive officer and each of the other named executive
officers (other than our chief financial officer), unless
compensation is performance-based. As we are not currently
publicly-traded, our board of directors has not previously taken
the deductibility limit imposed by Section 162(m) into
consideration in setting compensation. We expect that our
compensation committee will adopt a policy that, where
reasonably practicable, we will seek to qualify the variable
compensation paid to our executive officers for an exemption
from the deductibility limitations of Section 162(m). As
such, in approving the amount and form of compensation for our
executive officers in the future, our compensation committee
will consider all elements of the cost to us of providing such
compensation, including the potential impact of
Section 162(m). Section 162(m) provides an exception
from this deduction limitation for certain forms of
performance-based compensation, as well as for the
gain recognized by executive officers upon the exercise of
qualifying compensatory stock options. Our compensation
committee may, in its judgment, authorize compensation payments
that do not comply with the exemptions in Section 162(m)
when it believes that such payments are appropriate to attract
and retain executive talent.
Taxation
of parachute payments and deferred
compensation
We did not provide any executive officer, including any named
executive officer, with a
gross-up
or other reimbursement payment for any tax liability that he or
she might owe as a result of the application of
Sections 280G, 4999, or 409A of the Code during 2010, and
we have not agreed and are not otherwise obligated to provide
any named executive officer with such a
gross-up
or other reimbursement. Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code
provide that executive officers and directors who hold
significant equity interests and certain other service providers
may be subject to an excise tax if they receive payments or
benefits in connection with a change in control that exceeds
certain prescribed limits, and that we, or a successor, may
forfeit a deduction on the amounts subject to this additional
tax. Section 409A of the Code also imposes additional
significant taxes on the individual in the event that an
executive officer, director, or other service provider received
deferred compensation that does not meet the
requirements of Section 409A of the Code.
Accounting
treatment
Authoritative accounting guidance on stock compensation requires
companies to measure the compensation expense for all
stock-based payment awards made to employees and directors,
including stock options, based on the grant date fair
value of these awards. This calculation is performed for
accounting purposes and reported in the compensation tables
below, even though our executive officers may never realize any
value from their awards. Authoritative accounting guidance also
requires companies to recognize the compensation cost of their
stock-based compensation awards in their income statements over
the period that an executive officer is required to render
service in exchange for the option or other award.
90
2010
Summary Compensation Table
The following table provides information with respect to the
compensation earned in 2010 by our chief executive officer,
chief financial officer, and each of our three other most highly
compensated executive officers. We refer to these officers in
this prospectus as our named executive officers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Option
|
|
|
Incentive Plan
|
|
|
All Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Salary
|
|
|
Awards
|
|
|
Compensation
|
|
|
Compensation
|
|
|
Total
|
|
Name and Principal Position
|
|
Year
|
|
|
($)
|
|
|
($) (1)
|
|
|
($)
|
|
|
($)
|
|
|
($)
|
|
|
David Friend,
President, Chief Executive Officer, and Chairman of the Board
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
285,000
|
|
|
|
83,816
|
|
|
|
135,691
|
|
|
|
10,696
|
|
|
|
515,203
|
|
Jeffry Flowers,
Chief Architect
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
235,000
|
|
|
|
42,802
|
|
|
|
111,886
|
|
|
|
12,298
|
|
|
|
401,986
|
|
Andrew Keenan,
Chief Financial Officer
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
215,000
|
|
|
|
22,700
|
|
|
|
102,363
|
|
|
|
12,188
|
|
|
|
352,251
|
|
Swami Kumaresan,
Senior Vice President and General Manager, Consumer Group
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
190,000
|
|
|
|
36,855
|
|
|
|
90,461
|
|
|
|
4,605
|
|
|
|
321,921
|
|
Robert Rubin,
Former Vice President of Engineering (2)
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
200,000
|
|
|
|
39,952
|
|
|
|
95,222
|
|
|
|
12,133
|
|
|
|
347,307
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The amounts included in the Option Awards column
represent the compensation expense that was recognized by us in
the year ended December 31, 2010, determined in accordance
with ASC No. 718. The valuation assumptions used in
determining such amounts are described in Note 8 to our
consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. |
|
(2) |
|
Mr. Rubin resigned as our vice president of engineering in
April 2011, but continues as our employee. |
Grants of
Plan-Based Awards in 2010
The following table provides information regarding grants of
equity and non-equity plan-based awards made during the year
ended December 31, 2010 to each of our named executive
officers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All Other
|
|
|
|
Grant Date
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Option Awards:
|
|
Exercise or
|
|
Fair Value of
|
|
|
Grant
|
|
|
|
Number of Securities
|
|
Base Price of
|
|
Stock and
|
Name
|
|
Date
|
|
Target ($)(1)
|
|
Underlying Options (#)
|
|
Option Awards ($/SH)
|
|
Option Awards
|
|
David Friend
|
|
April 2010
|
|
|
85,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Jeffry Flowers
|
|
April 2010
|
|
|
70,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Andrew Keenan
|
|
April 2010
|
|
|
64,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15,000
|
|
|
|
$5.15
|
|
|
|
$12.00
|
|
Swami Kumaresan
|
|
April 2010
|
|
|
57,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Robert Rubin (2)
|
|
April 2010
|
|
|
60,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Target payments under our annual cash bonus opportunity for our
executive officers. |
|
(2) |
|
Mr. Rubin resigned as our vice president of engineering in
April 2011, but continues as our employee. |
91
Outstanding
Equity Awards at 2010 Fiscal Year-End
The following table shows grants of stock options outstanding on
December 31, 2010, the last day of our fiscal year, to each
of our named executive officers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Securities
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Underlying
|
|
Securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vesting
|
|
Unexercised
|
|
Underlying
|
|
Option
|
|
|
|
|
Type of
|
|
Date of
|
|
Commencement
|
|
Options (#)
|
|
Options (#)
|
|
Exercise
|
|
Expiration
|
Name
|
|
Award (1)
|
|
Grant
|
|
Date
|
|
Exercisable
|
|
Unexercisable
|
|
Price ($)
|
|
Date
|
|
David Friend
|
|
|
NQ (2
|
)
|
|
|
8/7/2008
|
|
|
|
8/7/2008
|
|
|
|
50,625
|
|
|
|
25,311
|
|
|
|
1.31
|
|
|
|
10/2/2018
|
|
|
|
|
ISO (2
|
)
|
|
|
8/7/2008
|
|
|
|
8/7/2008
|
|
|
|
115,428
|
|
|
|
163,215
|
|
|
|
1.31
|
|
|
|
10/2/2018
|
|
|
|
|
NQ (2
|
)
|
|
|
11/14/2009
|
|
|
|
11/14/2009
|
|
|
|
7,317
|
|
|
|
21,954
|
|
|
|
2.64
|
|
|
|
11/14/2019
|
|
|
|
|
ISO (2
|
)
|
|
|
11/14/2009
|
|
|
|
11/14/2009
|
|
|
|
2,432
|
|
|
|
7,297
|
|
|
|
2.64
|
|
|
|
11/14/2019
|
|
|
|
|
NQ (3
|
)
|
|
|
11/14/2009
|
|
|
|
11/14/2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,920
|
|
|
|
2.64
|
|
|
|
11/14/2019
|
|
|
|
|
ISO (3
|
)
|
|
|
11/14/2009
|
|
|
|
11/14/2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,080
|
|
|
|
2.64
|
|
|
|
11/14/2019
|
|
Jeffry Flowers
|
|
|
ISO (2
|
)
|
|
|
8/7/2008
|
|
|
|
8/7/2008
|
|
|
|
80,795
|
|
|
|
62,842
|
|
|
|
1.31
|
|
|
|
10/2/2018
|
|
|
|
|
ISO (2
|
)
|
|
|
11/14/2009
|
|
|
|
11/14/2009
|
|
|
|
9,750
|
|
|
|
29,250
|
|
|
|
2.64
|
|
|
|
11/14/2019
|
|
|
|
|
ISO (3
|
)
|
|
|
11/14/2009
|
|
|
|
11/14/2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21,000
|
|
|
|
2.64
|
|
|
|
11/14/2019
|
|
Andrew Keenan
|
|
|
ISO (4
|
)
|
|
|
4/11/2007
|
|
|
|
4/24/2007
|
|
|
|
72,187
|
|
|
|
10,313
|
|
|
|
0.66
|
|
|
|
4/11/2017
|
|
|
|
|
ISO (2
|
)
|
|
|
8/7/2008
|
|
|
|
8/7/2008
|
|
|
|
16,875
|
|
|
|
13,125
|
|
|
|
1.31
|
|
|
|
10/2/2018
|
|
|
|
|
ISO (2
|
)
|
|
|
6/25/2009
|
|
|
|
6/25/2009
|
|
|
|
2,812
|
|
|
|
4,688
|
|
|
|
1.31
|
|
|
|
6/25/2019
|
|
|
|
|
ISO (2
|
)
|
|
|
11/14/2009
|
|
|
|
11/14/2009
|
|
|
|
3,750
|
|
|
|
11,250
|
|
|
|
2.64
|
|
|
|
11/14/2019
|
|
|
|
|
ISO (3
|
)
|
|
|
11/14/2009
|
|
|
|
11/14/2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,500
|
|
|
|
2.64
|
|
|
|
11/14/2019
|
|
|
|
|
ISO (5
|
)
|
|
|
11/14/2009
|
|
|
|
11/14/2009
|
|
|
|
8,439
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.64
|
|
|
|
11/14/2019
|
|
|
|
|
ISO (2
|
)
|
|
|
12/16/2010
|
|
|
|
12/16/2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15,000
|
|
|
|
5.15
|
|
|
|
12/16/2020
|
|
Swami Kumaresan
|
|
|
ISO (4
|
)
|
|
|
5/24/2006
|
|
|
|
5/24/2006
|
|
|
|
1,069
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.33
|
|
|
|
5/24/2016
|
|
|
|
|
ISO (4
|
)
|
|
|
1/29/2007
|
|
|
|
1/29/2007
|
|
|
|
2,812
|
|
|
|
1,407
|
|
|
|
0.66
|
|
|
|
1/29/2017
|
|
|
|
|
ISO (2
|
)
|
|
|
2/14/2008
|
|
|
|
2/14/2008
|
|
|
|
7,031
|
|
|
|
11,719
|
|
|
|
1.26
|
|
|
|
2/14/2018
|
|
|
|
|
ISO (2
|
)
|
|
|
2/26/2009
|
|
|
|
2/26/2009
|
|
|
|
6,750
|
|
|
|
20,250
|
|
|
|
1.31
|
|
|
|
2/26/2019
|
|
|
|
|
ISO (2
|
)
|
|
|
11/14/2009
|
|
|
|
11/14/2009
|
|
|
|
9,375
|
|
|
|
28,125
|
|
|
|
2.64
|
|
|
|
11/14/2019
|
|
|
|
|
ISO (3
|
)
|
|
|
11/14/2009
|
|
|
|
11/14/2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,750
|
|
|
|
2.64
|
|
|
|
11/14/2019
|
|
|
|
|
ISO (5
|
)
|
|
|
11/14/2009
|
|
|
|
11/14/2009
|
|
|
|
11,601
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.64
|
|
|
|
11/14/2019
|
|
Robert Rubin (5)
|
|
|
ISO (4
|
)
|
|
|
2/14/2008
|
|
|
|
3/1/2008
|
|
|
|
28,125
|
|
|
|
28,125
|
|
|
|
1.26
|
|
|
|
2/14/2018
|
|
|
|
|
ISO (2
|
)
|
|
|
8/7/2008
|
|
|
|
8/7/2008
|
|
|
|
4,687
|
|
|
|
6,563
|
|
|
|
1.31
|
|
|
|
10/2/2018
|
|
|
|
|
ISO (2
|
)
|
|
|
6/25/2009
|
|
|
|
6/25/2009
|
|
|
|
4,689
|
|
|
|
9,375
|
|
|
|
1.31
|
|
|
|
6/25/2019
|
|
|
|
|
ISO (2
|
)
|
|
|
11/14/2009
|
|
|
|
11/14/2009
|
|
|
|
9,375
|
|
|
|
28,125
|
|
|
|
2.64
|
|
|
|
11/14/2019
|
|
|
|
|
ISO (3
|
)
|
|
|
11/14/2009
|
|
|
|
11/14/2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,750
|
|
|
|
2.64
|
|
|
|
11/14/2019
|
|
|
|
|
ISO (5
|
)
|
|
|
11/14/2009
|
|
|
|
11/14/2009
|
|
|
|
14,307
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.64
|
|
|
|
11/14/2019
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
ISO is an incentive stock option and NQ is a nonqualified stock
option. |
|
(2) |
|
These options vest in equal quarterly installments over four
years commencing on the date of grant until all shares are
vested. |
|
(3) |
|
These options vest in equal quarterly installments over four
years commencing on the 15th month anniversary of the date of
grant until all shares are vested. |
|
(4) |
|
These options vest 25% on the first anniversary of date of grant
and the balance in equal quarterly installments until all shares
are vested. |
|
(5) |
|
These options vested on date of grant. |
|
(6) |
|
Mr. Rubin resigned as our vice president of engineering in
April 2011, but continues as our employee. |
92
Option
Exercises and Stock Vested in 2010
The following table shows information regarding options that
were exercised during the year ended December 31, 2010 for
those of our named executives employed during 2010.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Option Awards
|
|
|
Number of Shares
|
|
Value Realized on
|
Name
|
|
Acquired on Exercise (#)
|
|
Exercise ($) (1)
|
|
David Friend
|
|
|
76,335
|
|
|
|
747,320
|
|
Jeffry Flowers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Andrew Keenan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Swami Kumaresan
|
|
|
16,822
|
|
|
|
44,217
|
|
Robert Rubin (2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The aggregate dollar amount realized upon the exercise of the
options represents the amount by which (x) the aggregate
market price of the shares of our common stock on the date of
exercise, exceeds (y) the aggregate exercise price of the
option. |
|
(2) |
|
Mr. Rubin resigned as our vice president of engineering in
April 2011, but continues as our employee. |
Severance
Provisions
In May 2011, we entered into a severance agreement with
Mr. Friend, setting forth the terms and conditions of his
severance. Pursuant to the severance agreement, Mr. Friend
is entitled to receive severance benefits if his employment is
terminated by us without cause at any time (unless such
termination is in connection with our reorganization as a result
of any adverse financial condition) or if he is constructively
terminated by us. In such an event, Mr. Friend is entitled
to continued payment of his base salary for 12 months and an
additional payment in an amount equal to 12 times our
contribution amount for the monthly health insurance premium for
him during the month immediately prior to termination. Pursuant
to his option agreements, upon a change of control,
Mr. Friend is also entitled to full vesting acceleration
with respect to his unvested options if he is terminated without
cause or if he is constructively terminated prior to the first
anniversary of the change of control.
In May 2011, we entered into a severance agreement with
Mr. Flowers, setting forth the terms and conditions of his
severance. Pursuant to the severance agreement, Mr. Flowers
is entitled to receive severance benefits if his employment is
terminated by us without cause at any time (unless such
termination is in connection with our reorganization as a result
of any adverse financial condition) or if he is constructively
terminated by us. In such an event, Mr. Flowers is entitled
to continued payment of his base salary for 12 months and an
additional payment in an amount equal to 12 times our
contribution amount for the monthly health insurance premium for
him during the month immediately prior to termination. Pursuant
to his option agreements, upon a change of control,
Mr. Flowers is also entitled to full vesting acceleration
with respect to his unvested options if he is terminated without
cause or if he is constructively terminated prior to the first
anniversary of the change of control.
Offer
Letter Agreements
In April 2007, we entered into an offer letter agreement with
Mr. Keenan, which was amended in May 2011, setting forth
the terms and conditions of his employment as our chief
financial officer. The offer letter agreement provides for an
annual base salary of $200,000, subject to increases and
modifications as determined by our board of directors and its
compensation committee. Mr. Keenans current base
salary is $225,000. Pursuant to the offer letter agreement, as
amended, Mr. Keenan is entitled to receive severance
benefits if his employment is terminated by us without cause at
any time (unless such termination is in connection with our
reorganization as a result of any adverse financial condition)
or if he is constructively
93
terminated by us. In such an event, Mr. Keenan is entitled
to continued payment of his base salary for six months and
continued health and other insurance and retirement benefits
coverage for such time. Further, if, prior to the first
anniversary of a change of control, Mr. Keenan is
terminated by us without cause or if he is constructively
terminated, Mr. Keenan is entitled to continued payment of
his base salary for three additional months and an additional
payment in an amount equal to three times our contribution
amount for the monthly health insurance premium for him during
the month immediately prior to termination. Mr. Keenan is
also entitled to vesting acceleration in connection with a
change of control respect to one-half of his unvested options
granted to him and, if Mr. Keenan is terminated without
cause or if he is constructively terminated prior to the first
anniversary of the change of control, the balance of any options
granted to him will vest in full.
In October 2005, we entered into an offer letter agreement with
Mr. Kumaresan, which was amended in September 2007 and
April 2011, setting forth the terms and conditions of his
employment. The offer letter agreement provides for an annual
base salary of $130,000, subject to increases and modifications
as determined by our board of directors and its compensation
committee. Mr. Kumaresans current base salary is
$240,000. Pursuant to the offer letter agreement, as amended,
Mr. Kumaresan is entitled to receive severance benefits if
his employment is terminated by us without cause at any time
(unless such termination is in connection with our
reorganization as a result of any adverse financial condition)
or if he is constructively terminated by us. In such an event,
Mr. Kumaresan is entitled to continued payment of his base
salary for six months and an additional payment in an amount
equal to six times our contribution amount for the monthly
health insurance premium for him during the month immediately
prior to termination. Upon a change of control,
Mr. Kumaresan is also entitled to full vesting acceleration
with respect to his unvested options if he is terminated without
cause or if he is constructively terminated prior to the first
anniversary of the change of control.
Potential
Payments Upon Termination, Upon Change in Control, and Upon
Termination Following Change in Control
Potential
payments upon termination without a change in control
The following table sets forth quantitative estimates of the
benefits that would have accrued to each of our named executive
officers if their employment had been terminated by us without
cause on December 31, 2010, as described above under
Severance Provisions and Offer
Letter Agreements.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Value of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Value of
|
|
Continued
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accelerated
|
|
Health Care
|
|
|
|
|
Salary
|
|
Equity Awards
|
|
Coverage
|
|
|
Name of Executive Officer
|
|
Continuation ($)
|
|
($)
|
|
Premiums ($)
|
|
Total ($)
|
|
David Friend (1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Jeffry Flowers (1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Andrew Keenan
|
|
|
107,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,094
|
|
|
|
113,594
|
|
Swami Kumaresan (1)
|
|
|
47,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,151
|
|
|
|
48,651
|
|
Robert Rubin (2)
|
|
|
50,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,033
|
|
|
|
53,033
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
In May 2011, we entered into severance agreements with
Messrs. Friend and Flowers, and in April 2011 we entered
into an amendment to an offer letter agreement with
Mr. Kumaresan, pursuant to which they will receive
additional potential payments upon termination without a change
in control, as described above under Severance
Provisions and Offer Letter Agreements. |
|
(2) |
|
Mr. Rubin resigned as our vice president of engineering in
April 2011, but continues as our employee. |
94
Potential
payments upon a change in control without termination
The following table sets forth quantitative estimates of the
benefits that would have accrued to each of our named executive
officers upon a change in control of our company on
December 31, 2010. Amounts below reflect potential payments
pursuant to stock options granted under our 2005 Stock Incentive
Plan.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Value of Accelerated Options if Not
|
Name of Executive Officer
|
|
Assumed or Substituted ($) (1)
|
|
David Friend
|
|
|
|
|
Jeffry Flowers
|
|
|
|
|
Andrew Keenan
|
|
|
264,966
|
|
Swami Kumaresan
|
|
|
|
|
Robert Rubin (2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Represents the aggregate amount by which the fair market value
of the common stock subject to unvested equity awards exceeded
the aggregate exercise price of the awards as of
December 31, 2010, using a per share fair market value
equal to $11.10. |
|
(2) |
|
Mr. Rubin resigned as our vice president of engineering in
April 2011, but continues as our employee. |
Potential
payments upon termination following a change in
control
The following table sets forth quantitative estimates of the
benefits that would have accrued to each of our named executive
officers pursuant to the severance agreements and offer letter
agreements described above under Severance
Provisions and Offer Letter Agreements
and pursuant to their option agreements if their employment had
been terminated by us without cause or if they experienced a
constructive termination within 12 months after a change in
control consummated on December 31, 2010.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Value of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Value of
|
|
Continued
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accelerated
|
|
Health Care
|
|
|
|
|
Salary
|
|
Equity Awards
|
|
Coverage
|
|
|
Name of Executive Officer
|
|
Continuation ($)
|
|
($) (1)
|
|
Premiums ($)
|
|
Total ($)
|
|
David Friend (2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,270,793
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,270,793
|
|
Jeffry Flowers (2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,040,338
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,040,338
|
|
Andrew Keenan (2)
|
|
|
107,500
|
|
|
|
529,932
|
|
|
|
6,094
|
|
|
|
643,526
|
|
Swami Kumaresan (2)
|
|
|
47,500
|
|
|
|
724,814
|
|
|
|
1,151
|
|
|
|
773,465
|
|
Robert Rubin (3)
|
|
|
50,000
|
|
|
|
829,346
|
|
|
|
3,033
|
|
|
|
882,379
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Represents the aggregate amount by which the fair market value
of the common stock subject to unvested equity awards exceeded
the aggregate exercise price of the awards as of
December 31, 2010, using a per share fair market value
equal to $11.10. |
|
(2) |
|
In April and May 2011, we entered into severance agreements with
Messrs. Friend and Flowers, and amendments to offer letter
agreements with Messrs. Keenan and Kumaresan, pursuant to
which they will receive additional potential payments upon
termination following a change in control, as described above
under Severance Provisions and
Offer Letter Agreements. |
|
(3) |
|
Mr. Rubin resigned as our vice president of engineering in
April 2011, but continues as our employee. |
Proprietary
Information and Inventions Agreements
Each of our named executive officers has entered into a standard
form agreement with respect to proprietary information and
inventions. Among other things, this agreement obligates each
named executive officer to refrain from disclosing any of our
proprietary information received during the course of employment
95
and, with some exceptions, to assign to us any inventions
conceived or developed during the course of employment.
Employee
Benefit and Stock Plans
2011
Equity Award Plan
In July 2011, our board of directors and our stockholders
adopted our 2011 Equity Award Plan, or the 2011 Plan, to be
effective after the completion of this offering. The principal
purpose of the 2011 Plan will be to attract, retain, and
motivate selected employees, consultants, and directors through
the granting of stock-based compensation awards and cash-based
performance bonus awards.
The principal features of the anticipated 2011 Plan are
summarized below. This summary is qualified in its entirety by
reference to the text of the 2011 Plan, which will be filed as
an exhibit to the registration statement of which this
prospectus is a part.
Share reserve. Under the 2011 Plan,
1,662,000 shares of our common stock will be initially
reserved for issuance pursuant to a variety of stock-based
compensation awards, including stock options, stock appreciation
rights, or SARs, restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit
awards, deferred stock rights, dividend equivalent awards,
performance share awards, performance stock unit awards, stock
payment awards, performance-based awards, and other stock-based
awards. The number of shares initially reserved for issuance or
transfer pursuant to awards under the 2011 Plan will be
increased on the first day of each calendar year beginning in
2012 and ending in 2021, equal to the least of
(A) 1,500,000 shares, (B) four percent (4%) of
the shares of common stock outstanding (on an as-converted
basis) on the last day of the immediately preceding calendar
year, and (C) such smaller number of shares of stock as
determined by our board of directors.
The following counting provisions will be in effect for the
share reserve under the 2011 Plan:
|
|
|
|
|
to the extent that an award terminates, expires, or lapses for
any reason, any shares subject to the award at such time will be
available for future grants under the 2011 Plan, provided that
no such shares may be issued pursuant to an incentive stock
option;
|
|
|
|
to the extent shares are tendered or withheld to satisfy the
grant, exercise price or tax withholding obligation with respect
to any award under the 2011 Plan, such tendered or withheld
shares will be available for future grants under the 2011 Plan,
provided that no such shares may be issued pursuant to an
incentive stock option;
|
|
|
|
the payment of dividend equivalent units in cash in conjunction
with any outstanding awards will not be counted against the
shares available for issuance under the 2011 Plan; and
|
|
|
|
to the extent permitted by applicable law or any exchange rule,
shares issued in assumption of, or in substitution for, any
outstanding awards of any entity acquired in any form of
combination by us or any of our subsidiaries will not be counted
against the shares available for issuance under the 2011 Plan.
|
Notwithstanding the above, no individual may be granted
stock-based awards under the 2011 Plan covering more than
1,250,000 shares in any calendar year. The maximum amount
of cash that may be paid to any individual during a calendar
year with respect to awards that are not based on the fair
market value of our common stock is $1,000,000.
Administration. The compensation committee of
our board of directors will administer the 2011 Plan unless our
board of directors assumes authority for administration or
delegates such authority to another committee of the board of
directors. The compensation committee must consist of at least
two members of our
96
board of directors, each of whom is intended to qualify as an
outside director, within the meaning of
Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, a
non-employee director for purposes of
Rule 16b-3
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the
Exchange Act, and an independent director within the
meaning of the rules of The Nasdaq Stock Market, or other
principal securities market on which shares of our common stock
are traded. Our compensation committee currently meets these
requirements. The 2011 Plan will provide that the compensation
committee may delegate its authority to grant awards to
employees other than executive officers and certain senior
executives of our company to one or more of our officers.
Subject to the terms and conditions of the 2011 Plan, the
administrator will have the authority to select the persons to
whom awards are to be made, to determine the number of shares to
be subject to awards and the terms and conditions of awards, and
to make all other determinations and to take all other actions
necessary or advisable for the administration of the 2011 Plan.
The administrator will also be authorized to adopt, amend, or
rescind rules relating to administration of the 2011 Plan. Our
board of directors may at any time remove the compensation
committee as the administrator and revest in itself the
authority to administer the 2011 Plan. The full board of
directors will administer the 2011 Plan with respect to awards
to non-employee directors.
Eligibility. Options, SARs, restricted stock,
and all other stock-based and cash-based awards under the 2011
Plan may be granted to individuals who are then our officers,
employees, directors, or consultants or are the officers,
employees, directors, or consultants of certain of our
subsidiaries. Such awards also may be granted to our directors.
Only executive officers and employees may be granted incentive
stock options, or ISOs.
Awards. The 2011 Plan will provide that the
administrator may grant or issue stock options, SARs, restricted
stock, restricted stock units, deferred stock, dividend
equivalent units, performance awards, stock payments, and other
stock-based and cash-based awards, or any combination thereof.
Each award will be set forth in a separate agreement with the
person receiving the award and will indicate the type, terms,
and conditions of the award.
|
|
|
|
|
Nonqualified stock options, or NQSOs, will provide for
the right to purchase shares of our common stock at a specified
price which may not be less than fair market value on the date
of grant, and usually will become exercisable (at the discretion
of the administrator) in one or more installments after the
grant date, subject to the participants continued
employment or service with us
and/or
subject to the satisfaction of corporate performance targets and
individual performance targets established by the administrator.
NQSOs may be granted for any term specified by the
administrator, but may not exceed ten years.
|
|
|
|
Incentive stock options will be designed in a manner
intended to comply with the provisions of Section 422 of
the Internal Revenue Code and will be subject to specified
restrictions contained in the Internal Revenue Code. Among such
restrictions, ISOs must have an exercise price of not less than
the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of
grant, may only be granted to employees, and must not be
exercisable after a period of ten years measured from the date
of grant. In the case of an ISO granted to an individual who
owns (or is deemed to own) at least 10% of the total combined
voting power of all classes of our capital stock, the 2011 Plan
will provide that the exercise price must be at least 110% of
the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of
grant and the ISO must not be exercisable after a period of five
years measured from the date of grant.
|
|
|
|
Restricted stock may be granted to any eligible
individual and made subject to such restrictions as may be
determined by the administrator. Restricted stock, typically,
may be forfeited for no consideration or repurchased by us at
the original purchase price if the conditions or restrictions on
vesting are not met. In general, restricted stock may not be
sold, or otherwise transferred, until restrictions are removed
or expire. Purchasers of restricted stock, unlike recipients of
|
97
|
|
|
|
|
options, will have voting rights and will have the right to
receive dividends, if any, prior to the time when the
restrictions lapse.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted stock units may be awarded to any eligible
individual, typically without payment of consideration, but
subject to vesting conditions based on continued employment or
service or on performance criteria established by the
administrator. Like restricted stock, restricted stock units may
not be sold, or otherwise transferred or hypothecated, until
vesting conditions are removed or expire. Unlike restricted
stock, stock underlying restricted stock units will not be
issued until the restricted stock units have vested, and
recipients of restricted stock units generally will have no
voting or dividend rights prior to the time when vesting
conditions are satisfied.
|
|
|
|
Deferred stock rights represent the right to receive
shares of our common stock on a future date. Deferred stock may
not be sold or otherwise hypothecated or transferred until
issued. Deferred stock will not be issued until the deferred
stock award has vested, and recipients of deferred stock
generally will have no voting or dividend rights prior to the
time when the vesting conditions are satisfied and the shares
are issued. Deferred stock awards generally will be forfeited,
and the underlying shares of deferred stock will not be issued,
if the applicable vesting conditions and other restrictions are
not met.
|
|
|
|
Stock appreciation rights may be granted in connection
with stock options or other awards, or separately. SARs granted
in connection with stock options or other awards typically will
provide for payments to the holder based upon increases in the
price of our common stock over a set exercise price. The
exercise price of any SAR granted under the 2011 Plan must be at
least 100% of the fair market value of a share of our common
stock on the date of grant. Except as required by
Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code with respect to
a SAR intended to qualify as performance-based compensation as
described in Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code,
there will be no restrictions specified in the 2011 Plan on the
exercise of SARs or the amount of gain realizable therefrom,
although restrictions may be imposed by the administrator in the
SAR agreements. SARs under the 2011 Plan will be settled in cash
or shares of our common stock, or in a combination of both, at
the election of the administrator.
|
|
|
|
Dividend equivalent units represent the value of the
dividends, if any, per share paid by us, calculated with
reference to the number of shares covered by awards held by the
participant for which the value is based on the full value of a
share of our common stock, rather than the increase in value of
a share of our common stock. Dividend equivalent units may be
settled in cash or shares and at such times as determined by the
compensation committee or board of directors, as applicable.
|
|
|
|
Performance awards may be granted by the administrator on
an individual or group basis. Generally, these awards will be
based upon specific performance targets and may be paid in cash
or in common stock or in a combination of both. Performance
awards may include phantom stock awards that provide
for payments based upon the value of our common stock.
Performance awards may also include bonuses that may be granted
by the administrator on an individual or group basis and which
may be payable in cash or in common stock or in a combination of
both.
|
|
|
|
Stock payments may be authorized by the administrator in
the form of common stock or an option or other right to purchase
common stock as part of a deferred compensation arrangement in
lieu of all or any part of compensation, including bonuses, that
would otherwise be payable in cash to the employee, consultant,
or non-employee director.
|
Change in control. In the event of a change in
control, the administrator may, in its sole discretion,
accelerate vesting of awards issued under the 2011 Plan such
that 100% of such award may become vested and exercisable or
payable, as applicable. Additionally, the administrator will
also have complete discretion to
98
structure one or more awards under the 2011 Plan to provide that
such awards will become vested and exercisable or payable on an
accelerated basis. The administrator may also make appropriate
adjustments to awards under the 2011 Plan and will be authorized
to provide for the acceleration, cash-out, termination,
assumption, substitution, or conversion of such awards in the
event of a change in control or certain other unusual or
nonrecurring events or transactions. Under the 2011 Plan, a
change in control will be generally defined as:
|
|
|
|
|
the transfer or exchange in a single or series of related
transactions by our stockholders of more than 50% of our voting
securities to a person or group;
|
|
|
|
a change in the composition of our board of directors over a
two-year period such that 50% or more of the members of the
board were elected through one or more contested elections;
|
|
|
|
a merger, consolidation, reorganization, or business combination
in which we are involved, directly or indirectly, other than a
merger, consolidation, reorganization, or business combination
which results in our outstanding voting securities immediately
before the transaction continuing to represent a majority of the
voting power of the acquiring companys outstanding voting
securities and after which no person or group beneficially owns
50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the
surviving entity immediately after the transaction;
|
|
|
|
the sale, exchange, or transfer of all or substantially all of
our assets; or
|
|
|
|
stockholder approval of our liquidation or dissolution.
|
Adjustments of awards. In the event of any
stock dividend, stock split, extraordinary cash dividend,
combination or exchange of shares, merger, consolidation,
spin-off, recapitalization, distribution of our assets to
stockholders, or any other corporate event affecting the number
of outstanding shares of our common stock or the share price of
our common stock that would require adjustments to the 2011 Plan
or any awards under the 2011 Plan in order to prevent the
dilution or enlargement of the potential benefits intended to be
made available thereunder, the administrator will make
appropriate, proportionate adjustments to:
|
|
|
|
|
the aggregate number and type of shares subject to the 2011 Plan;
|
|
|
|
the terms and conditions of outstanding awards (including,
without limitation, any applicable performance targets or
criteria with respect to such awards);
|
|
|
|
the grant or exercise price per share of, and the aggregate
number of shares subject to, any outstanding awards under the
2011 Plan; and
|
|
|
|
the performance goals pertaining to an award.
|
Amendment and termination. Our board of
directors or the compensation committee (with board approval)
may terminate, amend, or modify the 2011 Plan at any time and
from time-to-time. However, we must generally obtain stockholder
approval:
|
|
|
|
|
to increase the number of shares available under the 2011 Plan
(other than in connection with certain corporate events, as
described above);
|
|
|
|
to expand the group of participants under the 2011 Plan;
|
|
|
|
to diminish the protections afforded by the 2011 Plan with
regard to decreasing the exercise price for options or SARs or
otherwise materially change the vesting or performance
requirements of an award; or
|
|
|
|
to the extent required by applicable law, rule, or regulation
(including any applicable stock exchange rule).
|
99
Notwithstanding the foregoing, no option may be amended to
reduce the per share exercise price below the per share exercise
price of such option on the grant date and no options may be
granted in exchange for, or in connection with, the cancellation
or surrender of options having a higher per share exercise price
without receiving additional stockholder approval.
Expiration date. The 2011 Plan will expire on,
and no option or other award may be granted pursuant to the 2011
Plan after, ten years after the effective date of the 2011 Plan.
Any award that is outstanding on the expiration date of the 2011
Plan will remain in force according to the terms of the 2011
Plan and the applicable award agreement.
Securities laws and federal income taxes. The
2011 Plan will be designed to comply with certain securities and
federal tax laws, including as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Securities laws. The 2011 Plan is intended to
conform to all provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange
Act and any and all regulations and rules promulgated by the SEC
thereunder, including, without limitation,
Rule 16b-3.
The 2011 Plan will be administered, and options will be granted
and may be exercised, only in such a manner as to conform to
such laws, rules, and regulations.
|
|
|
|
Section 409A of the Internal Revenue
Code. Certain awards under the 2011 Plan may be
considered nonqualified deferred compensation for
purposes of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code,
which imposes certain additional requirements regarding the
payment of deferred compensation. Generally, if at any time
during a taxable year a nonqualified deferred compensation plan
fails to meet the requirements of Section 409A, or is not
operated in accordance with those requirements, all amounts
deferred under such plan and all other equity incentive plans
for the taxable year and all preceding taxable years, by any
participant with respect to whom the failure relates, are
includible in gross income for the taxable year to the extent
not subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture and not
previously included in gross income. If a deferred amount is
required to be included in income under Section 409A, the
amount also is subject to interest and an additional income tax.
The interest imposed is equal to the interest at the
underpayment rate plus one percentage point, imposed on the
underpayments that would have occurred had the compensation been
includible in income for the taxable year when first deferred,
or if later, when not subject to a substantial risk of
forfeiture. The additional federal income tax is equal to 20% of
the compensation required to be included in gross income. In
addition, certain states, including California, have laws
similar to Section 409A, which impose additional state
penalty taxes on such compensation.
|
|
|
|
Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue
Code. In general, under Section 162(m) of
the Internal Revenue Code, income tax deductions of
publicly-held corporations may be limited to the extent total
compensation (including, but not limited to, base salary, annual
bonus, and income attributable to stock option exercises and
other non-qualified benefits) for certain executive officers
exceeds $1,000,000 (less the amount of any excess
parachute payments as defined in Section 280G of the
Internal Revenue Code) in any taxable year of the corporation.
However, under Section 162(m), the deduction limit does not
apply to certain performance-based compensation
established by an independent compensation committee that is
adequately disclosed to, and approved by, stockholders. In
particular, stock options and SARs granted pursuant to the 2011
Plan will satisfy the performance-based compensation
exception if the awards are made by a qualifying compensation
committee, the 2011 Plan sets the maximum number of shares that
can be granted to any person within a specified period, and the
compensation is based solely on an increase in the stock price
after the grant date. Specifically, the option exercise price
must be equal to or greater than the fair market value of the
stock subject to the award on the grant date. Under a
Section 162(m) transition rule for compensation plans of
corporations which are privately-held and which become
publicly-held in an initial
|
100
|
|
|
|
|
public offering, the 2011 Plan will not be subject to
Section 162(m) until a specified transition date, which is
the earlier of:
|
|
|
|
|
|
the first material modification of the 2011 Plan;
|
|
|
|
the issuance of all of the shares of our common stock reserved
for issuance under the 2011 Plan;
|
|
|
|
the expiration of the 2011 Plan; or
|
|
|
|
the first meeting of our stockholders at which members of our
board of directors are to be elected that occurs after the close
of the third calendar year following the calendar year in which
our initial public offering occurs.
|
After the transition date, rights or awards granted under the
2011 Plan, other than options and SARs, will not qualify as
performance-based compensation for purposes of
Section 162(m) unless such rights or awards are granted or
vest upon pre-established objective performance goals, the
material terms of which are disclosed to and approved by our
stockholders. Thus, we expect that such other rights or awards
under the plan will not constitute performance-based
compensation for purposes of Section 162(m).
We will attempt to structure the 2011 Plan in such a manner
that, after the transition date the compensation attributable to
stock options, SARs, and other performance-based awards which
meet the other requirements of Section 162(m) will not be
subject to the $1,000,000 limitation. We have not, however,
requested a ruling from the IRS or an opinion of counsel
regarding this issue.
We intend to file with the SEC a registration statement on
Form S-8
covering the shares of our common stock issuable under the 2011
Plan.
Amended
and Restated 2005 Stock Incentive Plan
Our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved,
the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan in September 2005. The 2005 Stock
Incentive Plan has been amended from time to time to increase
the number of shares available for issuance and was amended and
restated in its entirety in July 2011. An aggregate of
3,601,551 shares of our common stock is reserved for
issuance under the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan. The 2005 Stock
Incentive Plan provides for the grant of ISOs, NQSOs and
restricted stock. As of June 30, 2011, options to purchase
2,035,347 shares of our common stock at a weighted average
exercise price per share of $3.39 remained outstanding under the
2005 Stock Incentive Plan. As of June 30, 2011,
266,268 shares of our common stock remained available for
future issuance pursuant to awards granted under the 2005 Stock
Incentive Plan. As of the closing of the offering, no further
awards may be granted under the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan.
Our board of directors, or a committee thereof appointed by our
board of directors, has the authority to administer the 2005
Stock Incentive Plan and the awards granted under it. Following
the completion of this offering, no further awards will be
granted under the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan; all outstanding
awards will continue to be governed by their existing terms.
Stock options. The 2005 Stock Incentive Plan
provides for the grant of ISOs under the federal tax laws or
NQSOs. ISOs may be granted only to employees. NQSOs and
restricted stock may be granted to employees, directors, or
consultants. The exercise price of ISOs granted to employees who
at the time of grant own stock representing more than 10% of the
voting power of all classes of our common stock may not be less
than 110% of the fair market value of our common stock on the
date of grant, and the exercise price of ISOs granted to any
other employees may not be less than 100% of the fair market
value of our common stock on the date of grant. The exercise
price of NQSOs to employees, directors, or consultants who at
the time of grant own stock representing more than 10% of the
voting power of all classes of our common stock
101
may not be less than 110% of the fair market value of our common
stock on the date of grant, and the exercise price of NQSOs to
all other employees, directors or consultants may not be less
than 85% of the fair market value of our common stock on the
date of grant. Shares subject to options under the 2005 Stock
Incentive Plan generally vest in a series of installments over
an optionees period of service. Except with respect to
options granted to officers, non-employee directors, advisory
board members, and consultants, a grant of an option to purchase
shares shall become exercisable 25% per year over the four-year
period commencing on the date of grant, subject to acceleration
in the discretion of the board of directors.
In general, the maximum term of options granted is ten years.
The maximum term of ISOs granted to an optionee who owns stock
representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of
our common stock is five years. If an optionees service
relationship with us terminates other than by death or
disability, the optionee may exercise the vested portion of any
option in such period of time as specified in the
optionees option agreement, but in no event will such
period be more than three months following the termination of
service. If an optionees service relationship with us
terminates by disability, the optionee may exercise the vested
portion of any option in such period of time as specified in the
optionees option agreement, but in no event will such
period be more than 12 months following the termination of
service. If an optionees service relationship with us
terminates as a result of the optionees death, the
optionees designee may exercise the vested portion of any
option in such period of time as specified in the
optionees option agreement, but in no event will such
period be more then 12 months following the optionees
death. Shares of common stock representing any unvested portion
of the option on the date of termination shall immediately cease
to be issuable and shall become available for issuance under the
2005 Stock Incentive Plan. If, after termination, the optionee
does not exercise the option within the time period specified,
the option shall terminate and the shares of common stock
covered by such option will become available for issuance under
the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan.
Restricted stock. Under the 2005 Stock
Incentive Plan, restricted stock may be granted or sold to
employees, directors, or consultants, and made subject to such
restrictions as may be determined by the administrator and set
forth in a restricted stock agreement. The purchase price of
restricted stock offered under the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan
shall not be less than 85% of the fair market value of such
shares, or in the case of purchase by an individual who owns
more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes
of outstanding stock of our company, or any of our subsidiaries,
the purchase price shall be at least 100% of the fair market
value. Purchasers of restricted stock, unlike recipients of
options, will have voting rights and will have the right to
receive dividends, if any, prior to the time when the
restrictions lapse.
Corporate transactions. In the event of a
sale, transfer, or other disposition of all or substantially all
of our assets, or the consummation of certain mergers or
consolidations of our company with or into another entity or any
other corporate reorganization, the administrator of the 2005
Stock Incentive Plan may, at the time of grant, provide for one
or more of the following actions to the extent set forth in the
restricted stock agreement: (a) provide that any option
shall immediately vest, in whole or in part, if such option is
not assumed or substituted for by the surviving corporation or
its parent and the surviving corporation; or (b) provide
that the repurchase right of any restricted stock or option that
is not assigned to the entity, or its parent or subsidiary, that
employs the holder immediately after such corporate transaction
shall lapse, in whole or in part, and all such shares shall
become vested.
We intend to file with the SEC a registration statement on
Form S-8
covering the shares of our common stock issuable under the 2005
Stock Incentive Plan.
401(k)
Plan
Currently, all of our employees over the age of 18 are eligible
to participate in our 401(k) Plan. Under the 401(k) Plan,
eligible employees may elect to reduce their current
compensation by up to the lesser of 100% of their base salary
and cash compensation or the prescribed annual limit and
contribute these amounts to the 401(k) Plan. The annual limit in
2010 was $16,500. We may make matching or other contributions to
the 401(k) Plan on behalf of eligible employees, but have not
done so to date. The 401(k) Plan is intended to qualify under
Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code so that
contributions by employees to the 401(k) Plan,
102
and income earned on the 401(k) Plan contributions, are not
taxable to employees until withdrawn from the 401(k) Plan. The
trustees under the 401(k) Plan, at the direction of each
participant, invest the 401(k) Plan employee salary deferrals in
selected investment options.
Limitation
on Liability and Indemnification Matters
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and
amended and restated bylaws, each to be effective upon the
completion of this offering, will provide that we will indemnify
our directors and officers, and may indemnify our employees and
other agents, to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware
General Corporation Law, which prohibits our amended and
restated certificate of incorporation from limiting the
liability of our directors for the following:
|
|
|
|
|
any breach of the directors duty of loyalty to us or to
our stockholders;
|
|
|
|
acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional
misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
|
|
|
|
unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or
redemptions; and
|
|
|
|
any transaction from which the director derived an improper
personal benefit.
|
If Delaware law is amended to authorize corporate action further
eliminating or limiting the personal liability of a director,
then the liability of our directors will be eliminated or
limited to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, as so
amended. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation
does not eliminate a directors duty of care and, in
appropriate circumstances, equitable remedies, such as
injunctive or other forms of non-monetary relief, remain
available under Delaware law. This provision also does not
affect a directors responsibilities under any other laws,
such as the federal securities laws or other state or federal
laws. Under our amended and restated bylaws, we will also be
empowered to purchase insurance on behalf of any person whom we
are required or permitted to indemnify.
In addition to the indemnification required in our amended and
restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated
bylaws, we have entered into indemnification agreements with
each of our directors, officers, and some employees before the
completion of this offering. These agreements provide for the
indemnification of such directors, officers, and employees for
certain expenses and liabilities incurred in connection with any
action, suit, proceeding, or alternative dispute resolution
mechanism, or hearing, inquiry, or investigation that may lead
to the foregoing, to which they are a party, or are threatened
to be made a party, by reason of the fact that they are or were
a director, officer, employee, agent, or fiduciary of our
company, or any of our subsidiaries, by reason of any action or
inaction by them while serving as an officer, director,
employee, agent, or fiduciary, or by reason of the fact that
they were serving at our request as a director, officer,
employee, agent, or fiduciary of another entity. In the case of
an action or proceeding by or in the right of our company or any
of our subsidiaries, no indemnification will be provided for any
claim where a court determines that the indemnified party is
prohibited from receiving indemnification. We believe that the
provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws
described above and these indemnification agreements are
necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors
and officers. We also maintain directors and
officers liability insurance.
The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in
our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and
amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from
bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their
fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of
derivative litigation against directors and officers, even
though an action, if successful, might benefit us and our
stockholders. A stockholders investment may be harmed to
the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards
against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification
provisions.
103
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the
Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers, and
controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or
otherwise, we have been advised that, in the opinion of the SEC,
such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in
the Securities Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable.
There is no pending litigation or proceeding naming any of our
directors or officers as to which indemnification is being
sought, nor are we aware of any pending or threatened litigation
that may result in claims for indemnification by any director or
officer.
Rule 10b5-1
Plans
Our directors and executive officers may adopt written plans,
known as
Rule 10b5-1
plans, in which they may contract with a broker to buy or sell
shares of our common stock on a periodic basis. Under a
Rule 10b5-1
plan, a broker executes trades pursuant to parameters
established by the director or officer when entering into the
plan, without further direction from the director or officer.
The director or officer may amend or terminate the plan in some
circumstances. Our directors and executive officers may also buy
or sell additional shares outside of a
Rule 10b5-1
plan when they are not in possession of material, nonpublic
information.
104
CERTAIN
RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
We describe below transactions and series of similar
transactions, during our last three fiscal years, to which we
were a participant or will be a participant, in which:
|
|
|
|
|
the amounts involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000; and
|
|
|
|
any of our directors, executive officers, holders of more than
5% of our common stock, or any member of their immediate
families had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.
|
Compensation arrangements with our named executive officers and
directors are described elsewhere in this prospectus.
Investors
Rights Agreement
We are party to an investors rights agreement which
provides that holders of our convertible preferred stock,
including certain holders of 5% of our capital stock and
entities affiliated with certain of our directors, have certain
registration rights, including the right to demand that we file
a registration statement or request that the shares of common
stock issuable upon conversion of their shares of convertible
preferred stock be covered by a registration statement that we
are otherwise filing. For a more detailed description of these
registration rights, see Description of Capital
StockRegistration Rights. The investors rights
agreement also contains certain other rights, such as a right of
first refusal and preemptive rights, that will cease to be
effective upon completion of this offering.
Series D
Preferred Stock Financing
In December 2009 and January 2010, we sold an aggregate of
585,790 shares of our Series D Preferred Stock at a
purchase price of approximately $34.14 per share and for an
aggregate purchase price of approximately $20.0 million.
Each share of our Series D Preferred Stock will convert
into three shares of our common stock upon completion of this
offering. The purchasers of our Series D Preferred Stock
are entitled to specified registration rights. These
registration rights are described under Description of
Capital StockRegistration Rights. The following
table summarizes the Series D Preferred Stock purchased by
certain current holders of our outstanding capital stock in
connection with the transaction described in this section. The
terms of these purchases were the same as those made available
to unaffiliated purchasers. For additional information, see
Description of Capital StockRegistration
Rights and Principal and Selling Stockholders.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage
|
|
|
|
|
Aggregate
|
|
of
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase
|
|
Total Shares
|
Name
|
|
Series D Shares
|
|
Price
|
|
Issued
|
|
Crosslink (1)
|
|
|
351,494
|
|
|
$
|
12,000,005
|
|
|
|
60.0%
|
|
Menlo (2)
|
|
|
125,928
|
|
|
$
|
4,299,182
|
|
|
|
21.5%
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Includes shares owned by Crosslink Ventures V, L.P.,
Crosslink Ventures V Unit Trust, Crosslink Bayview V,
L.L.C., Crosslink Crossover Fund V, L.P. (together, the
Crosslink Funds), and Octave Fund. Gary Hromadko,
one of our directors, is a managing member of a limited
liability company that is the general partner of Octave Fund.
Neither the Crosslink Funds nor the Octave Fund had previously
invested in our capital stock prior to the transaction described
in this section. Collectively, the Crosslink Funds and the
Octave Fund owned more than 5% of our capital stock immediately
after the transaction described in this section. |
|
|
|
(2) |
|
Includes shares owned by Menlo Ventures X, L.P., Menlo
Entrepreneurs Fund X, L.P., and MMEF X, L.P. (together, the
Menlo Funds). Pravin Vazirani, one of our directors,
is a managing member of MV Management X, L.L.C., the general
partner of each of the limited partnerships. The Menlo Funds had |
105
|
|
|
|
|
previously purchased Series B,
Series B-2,
and Series C Preferred Stock in our company and owned more
than 5% of our capital stock at the time of and immediately
after the transaction described in this section. |
Series C
Preferred Stock Financing
In August 2008, we sold an aggregate of 1,162,579 shares of
our Series C Preferred Stock at a purchase price of
approximately $18.23 per share and for an aggregate purchase
price of approximately $21.2 million. Each share of our
Series C Preferred Stock will convert into three shares of
our common stock upon completion of this offering. The
purchasers of our Series C Preferred Stock are entitled to
specified registration rights. These registration rights are
described under Description of Capital
StockRegistration Rights. The following table
summarizes the Series C Preferred Stock purchased by
certain current holders of our outstanding capital stock in
connection with the transaction described in this section. The
terms of these purchases were the same as those made to
available to unaffiliated purchasers. For additional
information, see Description of Capital
StockRegistration Rights and Principal and
Selling Stockholders.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage
|
|
|
|
|
Aggregate
|
|
of
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase
|
|
Total Shares
|
Name
|
|
Series C Shares
|
|
Price
|
|
Issued
|
|
Menlo (1)
|
|
|
370,069
|
|
|
|
$6,746,358
|
|
|
|
31.8
|
%
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Includes shares owned by Menlo Ventures X, L.P., Menlo
Entrepreneurs Fund X, L.P., and MMEF X, L.P. Pravin
Vazirani, one of our directors, is a managing member of MV
Management X, L.L.C., the general partner of each of these
limited partnerships. The Menlo Funds had previously purchased
Series B and
Series B-2
Preferred Stock in our company and owned more than 5% of our
capital at the time of and immediately after the transaction
described in this section. |
Common
Stock Transaction
In January 2011, certain of our current and former employees,
including Messrs. Friend, Flowers, Kumaresan, and Rubin,
sold an aggregate of 863,832 shares of our common stock to
Institutional Venture Partners XIII, L.P. for $12.00 per share.
In connection with this transaction, we waived our right of
first refusal to purchase these shares of common stock from
these individuals. We also entered into an agreement so that
Institutional Venture Partners XIII, L.P. became a party to our
voting agreement and our right of first refusal and co-sale
agreement. Both of these agreements, by their terms, terminate
immediately prior to the consummation of this offering.
Other
Transactions
Todd Krasnow, one of our directors, previously provided business
development consulting services to us from October 2006 until
June 2008. During 2006, 2007, and 2008, we owed Mr. Krasnow
approximately $5,500, $10,785 and $1,900, respectively, which we
paid by issuing shares of common stock to Mr. Krasnow
representing equivalent value based on the then-current fair
market value for our common stock as determined in good faith by
our board of directors at the time each invoice was rendered to
us by Mr. Krasnow. Mr. Krasnow ceased providing such
consulting services in June 2008 and we do not expect to make
any further payments related to such services. Mr. Krasnow
continues to serve as a member of our board of directors and
will be entitled to compensation in connection with such service
to the extent described elsewhere in this prospectus.
Participation
in this Offering
Entities affiliated with Menlo Ventures and entities affiliated
with Crosslink Capital have expressed an interest in purchasing
up to 800,000 and 1,200,000 shares, respectively, of our common
stock being offered
106
in this offering for investment purposes. As of June 30,
2011, Menlo Ventures and Crosslink Capital beneficially owned
31.6% and 5.7%, respectively, of our common shares prior to this
offering. Mr. Vazirani is a managing member of MV
Management X, L.L.C., an affiliate of Menlo Ventures, and
Mr. Hromadko is an affiliate of Crosslink Capital. Such
purchases, if any, would be made at the public offering price.
Compensation
Arrangements, Stock Option Grants, and Indemnification for
Executive Officers and Directors
We have entered into severance agreements with Mr. Friend
and Mr. Flowers that, among other things, provide for
certain severance and change of control benefits. For a
description of these agreements, see Executive
CompensationCompensation Discussion and
AnalysisSeverance Provisions.
We have entered into an offer letter agreement with
Mr. Keenan that, among other things, provides for certain
severance and change of control benefits. For a description of
this agreement, see Executive CompensationOffer
Letter Agreements.
We have entered into an amendment to the offer letter agreement
with Mr. Kumaresan to provide for the acceleration of
option vesting in connection with a change of control. For a
description of this agreement and the amendment thereto, see
Executive CompensationOffer Letter Agreements.
We have granted stock options to certain of our executive
officers and directors. For a description of these options, see
ManagementNon-Employee Director Compensation,
Executive CompensationGrants of Plan-Based Awards in
2010, andOutstanding Equity Awards at 2010 Fiscal
Year-End.
We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our
directors and officers and with some of our employees. See
Executive CompensationLimitation on Liability and
Indemnification Matters.
Other than as described above under this section Certain
Relationships and Related Transactions, since
January 1, 2008, we have not entered into or participated
in any transactions, nor are there any currently proposed
transactions, between us or involving us and a related person
where the amount involved exceeds, or would exceed, $120,000,
and in which any related person had or will have a direct or
indirect material interest. We believe that the terms of the
transactions described above were comparable to terms we could
have obtained in arms-length dealings with unrelated third
parties.
Policies
and Procedures for Related Person Transactions
Prior to this offering, all related person transactions were
reviewed and approved by a disinterested majority of our board
of directors. All of the transactions described above were
entered into after presentation to, consideration of, and
approval by our board of directors.
Our board of directors has adopted a written related person
transaction policy, effective upon the completion of this
offering, which sets forth the policies and procedures for the
review and approval or ratification of related person
transactions. This policy will be administered by our audit
committee and covers any transaction, arrangement, or
relationship, or any series of similar transactions,
arrangements, or relationships, in which we were or are to be a
participant, the amount involved exceeds $50,000 and a related
person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.
While the policy covers related person transactions in which the
amount involved exceeds $50,000, the policy states that related
person transactions in which the amount involved exceeds
$120,000 are required to be disclosed in applicable filings as
required by the Securities Act, Exchange Act, and related rules.
Our board of directors set the $50,000 threshold for approval of
related person transactions in the policy at an amount lower
than that which is required to be disclosed under the Securities
Act, Exchange Act, and related rules because we believe that it
is appropriate for our audit committee to review transactions or
potential transactions in which the amount involved exceeds
$50,000, as opposed to $120,000. Pursuant to this policy, our
audit committee will (i) review the relevant facts
107
and circumstances of each related person transaction, including
if the transaction is on terms comparable to those that could be
obtained in arms-length dealings with an unrelated third
party and the extent of the related partys interest in the
transaction, and (ii) take into account the conflicts of
interest and corporate opportunity provisions of our code of
business conduct and ethics. Management will present to our
audit committee each proposed related person transaction,
including all relevant facts and circumstances relating thereto,
and will update the audit committee as to any material changes
to any related person transaction. All related person
transactions may only be consummated if our audit committee has
approved or ratified such transaction in accordance with the
guidelines set forth in the policy. Certain types of
transactions have been pre-approved by our audit committee under
the policy. These pre-approved transactions include:
(i) certain compensation arrangements;
(ii) transactions in the ordinary course of business where
the related partys interest arises only (a) from his
or her position as a director of another entity that is party to
the transaction, (b) from an equity interest of less than
5% in another entity that is party to the transaction, or
(c) from a limited partnership interest of less than 5%,
subject to certain limitations; and (iii) transactions in
the ordinary course of business where the interest of the
related party arises solely from the ownership of a class of
equity securities in our company where all holders of such class
of equity securities will receive the same benefit on a pro rata
basis. No director may participate in the approval of a related
person transaction for which he or she is a related party.
108
PRINCIPAL
AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
The following table sets forth, as of June 30, 2011,
information regarding beneficial ownership of our capital stock
by:
|
|
|
|
|
each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to
beneficially own more than 5% of our voting securities;
|
|
|
|
each of our named executive officers;
|
|
|
|
each of our directors;
|
|
|
|
all of our executive officers and directors as a group; and
|
|
|
|
each of the selling stockholders.
|
Beneficial ownership is determined according to the rules of the
SEC and generally means that a person has beneficial ownership
of a security if he, she or it possesses sole or shared voting
or investment power of that security, including options and
warrants that are currently exercisable or exercisable within
60 days. Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we
believe, based on the information furnished to us, that the
persons named in the table below have sole voting and investment
power with respect to all shares of common stock shown that they
beneficially own, subject to community property laws where
applicable. The information does not necessarily indicate
beneficial ownership for any other purpose.
Common stock subject to stock options and warrants currently
exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of June 30,
2011, are deemed to be outstanding for computing the percentage
ownership of the person holding these options and warrants and
the percentage ownership of any group of which the holder is a
member but are not deemed outstanding for computing the
percentage of any other person.
We have based our calculation of the percentage of beneficial
ownership prior to this offering on 18,633,632 shares of
common stock outstanding on June 30, 2011 (as adjusted to
reflect at that date the conversion of all shares of our
preferred stock into 13,483,473 shares of common stock). We
have based our calculation of the percentage of beneficial
ownership after this offering on 24,000,105 shares of our
common stock outstanding immediately after the completion of
this offering (assuming no exercise of the underwriters
overallotment option).
Unless otherwise noted below, the address for each of the
stockholders in the table below is
c/o Carbonite,
Inc., 177 Huntington Avenue, Boston, Massachusetts, 02115.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
|
|
Beneficially
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beneficially
|
|
|
|
|
Owned
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
Owned
|
|
|
|
|
Prior to the
|
|
|
|
Being
|
|
After the
|
|
|
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner
|
|
Offering (1)
|
|
%
|
|
Offered
|
|
Offering
|
|
%
|
|
5% Stockholders:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Menlo Ventures (2)
|
|
|
5,893,935
|
|
|
|
31.6
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,893,935
|
|
|
|
24.6
|
|
Performance Direct Investments II, L.P. (3)
|
|
|
1,083,828
|
|
|
|
5.8
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,083,828
|
|
|
|
4.5
|
|
Entities affiliated with Crosslink Capital (4)
|
|
|
1,054,482
|
|
|
|
5.7
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,054,482
|
|
|
|
4.4
|
|
First Plaza Group Trust (5)
|
|
|
1,001,646
|
|
|
|
5.4
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,001,646
|
|
|
|
4.2
|
|
109
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
|
|
Beneficially
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beneficially
|
|
|
|
|
Owned
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
Owned
|
|
|
|
|
Prior to the
|
|
|
|
Being
|
|
After the
|
|
|
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner
|
|
Offering (1)
|
|
%
|
|
Offered
|
|
Offering
|
|
%
|
|
Named Executive Officers and Directors:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
David Friend (6)
|
|
|
1,838,649
|
|
|
|
9.9
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,838,649
|
|
|
|
7.7
|
|
Jeffry Flowers (7)
|
|
|
1,548,316
|
|
|
|
8.3
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,548,316
|
|
|
|
6.4
|
|
Andrew Keenan (8)
|
|
|
127,032
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
127,032
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Swami Kumaresan (9)
|
|
|
157,662
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
157,662
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Robert Rubin (10)
|
|
|
112,672
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
112,672
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Gary Hromadko (4)
|
|
|
1,054,482
|
|
|
|
5.7
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,054,482
|
|
|
|
4.4
|
|
Charles Kane
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Todd Krasnow (11)
|
|
|
207,771
|
|
|
|
1.1
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
207,771
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
William G. Nelson
|
|
|
1,275,491
|
|
|
|
6.8
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,275,491
|
|
|
|
5.3
|
|
Pravin Vazirani (2)
|
|
|
5,893,935
|
|
|
|
31.6
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,893,935
|
|
|
|
24.6
|
|
Executive Officers and Directors as a Group (15 persons)
(2), (4), (6), (7), (8), (9), and (11)
|
|
|
12,143,555
|
|
|
|
64.6
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,143,555
|
|
|
|
50.2
|
|
Other Selling Stockholders:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Enrico Ancona
|
|
|
34,239
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
23,819
|
|
|
|
10,420
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
Stephen Andress
|
|
|
37,668
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
34,245
|
|
|
|
3,423
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
Peter Besen
|
|
|
13,785
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
3,500
|
|
|
|
10,285
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
James E. Bryant
|
|
|
17,121
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
17,121
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
Philip M. Byrne
|
|
|
17,439
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
7,439
|
|
|
|
10,000
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
CommonAngels Co-Investment Fund II, LLC (12)
|
|
|
200,475
|
|
|
|
1.07
|
%
|
|
|
193,626
|
|
|
|
6,849
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
Arthur L. Goldstein
|
|
|
27,996
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
26,286
|
|
|
|
1,710
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
Richard Karash
|
|
|
25,590
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
11,000
|
|
|
|
14,590
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
Jarvis P. Kellogg
|
|
|
43,545
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
8,400
|
|
|
|
35,145
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
James Kendall
|
|
|
37,668
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
20,000
|
|
|
|
17,668
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
Lauer-Williams Family Trust (13)
|
|
|
31,356
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
3,000
|
|
|
|
28,356
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
Stephen R. Levy
|
|
|
26,130
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
24,420
|
|
|
|
1,710
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
James A. Manzi, Jr.
|
|
|
17,994
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
8,655
|
|
|
|
9,339
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
Michael Perlmutter
|
|
|
46,590
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
17,121
|
|
|
|
29,469
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
P.D. Birch Nominee Trust No. 1 dtd 9/10/02 (14)
|
|
|
29,238
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
21,315
|
|
|
|
7,923
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
Edward B. Roberts Trust2003 (15)
|
|
|
23,025
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
21,315
|
|
|
|
1,710
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
Nancy H. Roberts Trust2003 (16)
|
|
|
23,025
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
21,315
|
|
|
|
1,710
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
James Rosen
|
|
|
47,607
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
47,607
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
Gabriel Schmergel
|
|
|
21,315
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
21,315
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
Sharptown Limited (17)
|
|
|
76,014
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
50,000
|
|
|
|
26,014
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
Don Shulsinger
|
|
|
11,697
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
2,500
|
|
|
|
9,197
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
Translink Capital Partners I, L.P. (18)
|
|
|
527,604
|
|
|
|
2.83
|
%
|
|
|
105,521
|
|
|
|
422,083
|
|
|
|
|
|
Waterline Capital LLC (19)
|
|
|
128,958
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
122,109
|
|
|
|
6,849
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
Steven F. Woit
|
|
|
76,308
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
71,898
|
|
|
|
4,410
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Represents beneficial ownership of less than one percent (1%) of
our outstanding common stock. |
110
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Shares shown in the table above include shares held in the
beneficial owners name or jointly with others, or in the
name of a bank, nominee or trustee for the beneficial
owners account. |
|
|
|
(2) |
|
Consists of 5,744,570 shares held by Menlo Ventures X,
L.P., 48,830 shares held by Menlo Entrepreneurs
Fund X, L.P., and 100,535 shares held by MMEF X, L.P.
MV Management X, L.L.C. is the general partner of each of the
Menlo Funds, and the managing members of the general partner are
H. DuBose Montgomery, John W. Jarve, Douglas C. Carlisle, Sonja
H. Perkins, Mark A. Siegel, Pravin A. Vazirani, and Shawn T.
Carolan. These individuals may be deemed to have shared voting
and investment power over the shares held by the Menlo Funds.
The address for Menlo Ventures is 3000 Sand Hill Road, Building
4, Suite 100, Menlo Park, CA 94025. Entities affiliated
with Menlo Ventures have expressed an interest in purchasing up
to 800,000 shares of our common stock being offered in this
offering for investment purposes. Such purchases, if any, would
be made at the public offering price. If any shares of common
stock are purchased by Menlo Ventures, the number of shares
beneficially owned and the percentage of common stock
beneficially owned after the offering will differ from that set
forth in the table above. If entities affiliated with Menlo
Ventures purchased the entire 800,000 shares in which they
have expressed an interest, the percentage of common stock
beneficially owned after the offering by Menlo Ventures would be
27.9%. |
|
|
|
(3) |
|
Performance Direct Investments II, L.P. is managed by
Performance Direct Investors II GP, LLC, which is
managed by Performance Equity Management, LLC, a non-member
manager which is in turn managed by a committee of managing
directors currently consisting of Charles Froland, John S.
Clark, Jeffrey Barman, Marcia Haydel, S. Lawrence Rusoff,
Jeffrey A. Reals and Frank Brenninkmeyer. These individuals may
be deemed to have shared voting and investment power over the
shares held by Performance Direct Investments II, L.P. The
address for Performance Direct is c/o Performance Equity
Management, LLC, 2 Pickwick Plaza, Suite 310,
Greenwich, CT 06830. |
|
|
|
(4) |
|
Consists of 425,769 shares held by Crosslink
Ventures V, L.P., 52,443 shares held by Offshore
Crosslink Ventures V Unit Trust, 16,077 shares held by
Crosslink Bayview V, L.L.C., and 494,289 shares held
by Crosslink Crossover Fund V, L.P. It also includes
65,904 shares held by Octave Fund. Crosslink Ventures V
Holdings, L.L.C. is the general partner of Crosslink
Ventures V, L.P. and Crossover Fund V Management, L.L.C. is
the general partner of Crosslink Crossover Fund V, L.P.
Gary Hromadko, one of our directors, is a managing member
of a limited liability company that is the general partner of
Octave Fund and may be deemed to have sole voting and investment
power over the shares held by Octave Fund. The address for
Crosslink Capital is Two Embarcadero Center, Suite 2200,
San Francisco, CA 94111. Entities affiliated with Crosslink
Capital have expressed an interest in purchasing up to 1,200,000
shares of our common stock being offered in this offering for
investment purposes. Such purchases, if any, would be made at
the public offering price. If any shares of common stock are
purchased by Crosslink Capital, the number of shares
beneficially owned and the percentage of common stock
beneficially owned after the offering will differ from that set
forth in the table above. If entities affiliated with Crosslink
Capital purchased the entire 1,200,000 shares in which they
have expressed an interest, the percentage of common stock
beneficially owned after the offering by Crosslink Capital would
be 9.4%. |
|
|
|
(5) |
|
Consists of 702,030 shares held by J.P. Morgan Chase
Bank, National Association, as trustee for First Plaza Group
Trust FBO pool PMI-127 (beneficially owned by General
Motors Hourly-Rate Employees Pension Plan), 143,820 shares
held by J.P. Morgan Chase Bank, National Association, as
trustee for First Plaza Group Trust FBO pool PMI-128
(beneficially owned by Delphi Hourly-Rate Employees Pension
Plan), 123,882 shares held by J.P. Morgan Chase Bank,
National Association, as trustee for First Plaza Group
Trust FBO pool PMI-129 (beneficially owned by General
Motors Retirement Program for Salaried Employees), and
31,914 shares held by J.P. Morgan Chase Bank, National
Association, as trustee for First Plaza Group Trust FBO
pool PMI-130 (beneficially owned by Delphi Retirement Program
for Salaried Employees). General Motors Investment Management
Corporation, in its capacity as named fiduciary for investment
purposes for the foregoing defined benefit plans (and their
successors) that invest through the First Plaza Group Trust,
considers the approval of certain private equity investments and
their disposition by means of the Private Equity Investment
Approval Committee of General Motors Investment Management
Corporation. The Private Equity Investment Approval Committee
currently consists of the following members: Walter Borst, Edgar
Sullivan, John Stevens, and Michael Connors. As members of |
111
|
|
|
|
|
the Private Equity Investment Approval Committee, these
individuals may be deemed to have shared voting and investment
power over the shares held by First Plaza Group Trust. Pursuant
to a Subadvisory Agreement, Performance Equity Management, LLC
has been delegated non-discretionary management of the assets of
First Plaza Group Trust invested in such shares. The address for
First Plaza Group is
c/o Performance
Equity Management, LLC, 2 Pickwick Plaza, Suite 310,
Greenwich, CT 06830. |
|
(6) |
|
Includes 101,849 shares held by the David Friend 2009
Qualified Annuity Trust II, 106,806 shares held by the
David Friend 2009 Qualified Annuity Trust III,
500,000 shares held by the David Friend 2010 Qualified
Annuity Trust I, 100,000 shares held by the David Friend
2011 Qualified Annuity Trust I, 3,000 shares held by
Jasper Friend, 3,000 shares held by Zachery Friend,
3,000 shares held by Zoe Friend, 3,000 shares held by
Lilian Friend, 101,849 shares held by the Margaret F.A.
Shepherd 2009 Qualified Annuity Trust, 106,806 shares held
by the Margaret F.A. Shepherd 2009 Qualified Annuity
Trust II, and 24,000 shares held by the
Friend-Shepherd Family 2009 Irrevocable Trust. Also includes
30,681 shares subject to options held by Mr. Friend
that are exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2011. |
|
(7) |
|
Includes 127,426 shares held by the Jeffry Flowers 2009
Grantor Retained Annuity Trust No. 1,
138,526 shares held by the Jeffry Flowers 2009 Grantor
Retained Annuity Trust No. 2, 127,426 shares held
by the Laurie Flowers 2009 Grantor Retained Annuity
Trust No. 1, 138,526 shares held by the Laurie
Flowers 2009 Grantor Retained Annuity Trust No. 2,
50,000 shares held by the Laurie Flowers 2010 Grantor
Retained Annuity Trust, and 50,000 shares held by the
Jeffry Flowers 2010 Grantor Retained Annuity Trust. Also
includes 52,391 shares subject to options held by
Mr. Flowers that are exercisable within 60 days of
June 30, 2011. |
|
(8) |
|
Includes 22,969 shares subject to options that are
exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2011. |
|
(9) |
|
Includes 21,309 shares held by Jessica McIsaac and
1,375 shares subject to options held by Ms. McIsaac
that are exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2011.
Also includes 46,710 shares subject to options held by
Mr. Kumaresan that are exercisable within 60 days of
June 30, 2011. |
|
(10) |
|
Includes 93,292 shares subject to options that are
exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2011.
Mr. Rubin resigned as our vice president of engineering in
April 2011, but continues as our employee. |
|
(11) |
|
Includes 5,000 shares held by the Rachel L. Krasnow Trust,
5,000 shares held by the Charles S. Krasnow Trust and
5,000 shares held by the Eric J. Krasnow Trust. |
|
(12) |
|
CommonAngels Co-Investment Fund II, LLC is managed by an
investment committee consisting of Chris Sheehan, James
Geshwiler, Maia Heymann, Peter Bleyleben, Jonathan Green, Mike
Dornbrook, Jack Derby, and Andy Macey. These individuals may be
deemed to have shared voting and investment power over the
shares held by CommonAngels Co-Investment Fund II, LLC. |
|
(13) |
|
Michael Williams and Jeanne Lauer-Williams serve as Trustees of
The Lauer-Williams Family Trust. These individuals may be deemed
to have shared voting and investment power over the shares held
by the Lauer-Williams Family Trust. |
|
(14) |
|
Paul D. Birch serves as Trustee of the P.D. Birch Nominee
Trust No. 1 dtd 9/10/02. Mr. Birch may be deemed
to have sole voting and investment power over the shares held by
the P.D. Birch Nominee Trust No. 1 dtd 9/10/02. |
|
(15) |
|
Edward B. Roberts and Nancy H. Roberts serve as Trustees of the
Edward B. Roberts Trust2003. These individuals may be
deemed to have shared voting and investment power over the
shares held by the Edward B. Roberts Trust2003. |
|
(16) |
|
Edward B. Roberts and Nancy H. Roberts serve as Trustees of the
Nancy H. Roberts Trust2003. These individuals may be
deemed to have shared voting and investment power over the
shares held by the Nancy H. Roberts Trust2003. |
112
|
|
|
(17) |
|
Sharptown Limited is managed by a board of directors consisting
of Simon Paul Alan Brewer, Wendy Joy Burnett, Charles Malet de
Carteret, Christopher John Bunt, and David Smaller. These
individuals may be deemed to have shared voting and investment
power over the shares held by Sharptown Limited. |
|
(18) |
|
Translink Capital I, L.P. is managed by Translink
Management I, LLC as its General Partner. Jay Eum is
managing member of Translink Management I, LLC.
Mr. Eum may be deemed to have sole voting and investment
power over the shares held by Translink Capital I, L.P. |
|
(19) |
|
Alexander M. Levine is managing member of Waterline Capital LLC.
Mr. Levine may be deemed to have sole voting and investment
power over the shares held by Waterline Capital LLC. |
113
DESCRIPTION
OF CAPITAL STOCK
General
Upon the completion of this offering, our amended and restated
certificate of incorporation will authorize us to issue up to
45,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per
share, and 6,000,000 shares of preferred stock,
$0.01 par value per share. The following information
reflects the filing of our amended and restated certificate of
incorporation and the conversion of all outstanding shares of
our preferred stock into shares of common stock immediately
prior to the completion of this offering.
As of June 30, 2011, there were outstanding:
|
|
|
|
|
18,633,632 shares of common stock held by approximately 135
stockholders;
|
|
|
|
2,037,410 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of
outstanding stock options at a weighted average exercise price
of $3.39 per share; and
|
|
|
|
11,316 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of
outstanding stock warrants at an exercise price of $2.32 per
share.
|
The following description of our capital stock and provisions of
our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and
amended and restated bylaws are summaries and are qualified by
reference to the amended and restated certificate of
incorporation and the amended and restated bylaws that will be
in effect upon completion of this offering. Copies of these
documents have been filed with the SEC as exhibits to our
registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part.
The descriptions of the common stock and preferred stock reflect
changes to our capital structure that will occur upon the
closing of this offering.
Common
Stock
Dividend
rights
Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then
outstanding preferred stock, holders of our common stock are
entitled to receive such dividends, if any, as may be declared
from time-to-time by our board of directors out of legally
available funds.
Voting
rights
Each holder of our common stock is entitled to one vote for each
share on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders,
including the election of directors. Our stockholders do not
have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors.
Accordingly, holders of a majority of the voting shares are able
to elect all of the directors.
Liquidation
In the event of our liquidation, dissolution, or winding up,
holders of our common stock will be entitled to the net assets
legally available for distribution to stockholders after the
payment of all of our debts and other liabilities and the
satisfaction of any liquidation preference granted to the
holders of any then outstanding shares of preferred stock.
Rights
and preferences
Holders of our common stock have no preemptive, conversion,
subscription or other rights, and there are no redemption or
sinking fund provisions applicable to our common stock. The
rights, preferences, and
114
privileges of the holders of our common stock are subject to and
may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of
shares of any series of our preferred stock that we may
designate in the future.
Preferred
Stock
Upon the completion of this offering, our board of directors
will have the authority, without further action by our
stockholders, to issue up to 6,000,000 shares of preferred
stock in one or more series and to fix the rights, preferences,
privileges, and restrictions thereof. These rights, preferences,
and privileges could include dividend rights, conversion rights,
voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences,
sinking fund terms, and the number of shares constituting any
series or the designation of such series, any or all of which
may be greater than the rights of our common stock. The issuance
of our preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power
of holders of our common stock and the likelihood that such
holders will receive dividend payments and payments upon
liquidation. In addition, the issuance of preferred stock could
have the effect of delaying, deferring, or preventing a change
of control of our company or other corporate action. Upon
completion of this offering, no shares of preferred stock will
be outstanding, and we have no present plan to issue any shares
of preferred stock.
Registration
Rights
We have granted the registration rights described below pursuant
to an investors rights agreement with the holders of
shares of our convertible preferred stock which will be
converted into shares of common stock upon the completion of
this offering.
Demand
registration rights
After the completion of this offering, the holders of
12,599,946 shares of our common stock and
11,316 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of
outstanding warrants will be entitled to certain demand
registration rights. At any time beginning on the earlier of
September 14, 2012 or six months after the consummation of
this offering, the holders of at least 35% of these shares can,
on not more than two occasions, request that we register all or
a portion of their shares. Such request for registration must
cover at least that number of shares with an anticipated
aggregate offering price, net of underwriting discounts and
commissions, exceeding $10 million. Additionally, we will
not be required to effect a demand registration during the
period beginning 60 days prior to the filing and
180 days following the effectiveness of a registration
statement relating to a public offering of our securities
(subject to extension in certain circumstances).
Piggyback
registration rights
After the completion of this offering, in the event that we
propose to register any of our securities under the Securities
Act, either for our own account or for the account of other
security holders, the holders of 12,599,946 shares of our
common stock and 11,316 shares of common stock issuable
upon the exercise of outstanding warrants will be entitled to
certain piggyback registration rights allowing the
holder to include their shares in such registration, subject to
certain marketing and other limitations. As a result, whenever
we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities
Act, other than with respect to a registration related to
employee benefit plans, debt securities or corporate
reorganizations, the holders of these shares are entitled to
notice of the registration and have the right, subject to
limitations that the underwriters may impose on the number of
shares included in the registration, to include their shares in
the registration.
Form S-3
registration rights
After the completion of this offering, the holders of
12,599,946 shares of our common stock and
11,316 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of
outstanding warrants will be entitled to certain
Form S-3
registration rights. The holders of at least 10% of these shares
can make a written request that we
115
register their shares on
Form S-3
if we are eligible to file a registration statement on
Form S-3
and if the aggregate price to the public of the shares offered
is at least $2.5 million. These stockholders may make an
unlimited number of requests for registration on
Form S-3.
However, we will not be required to effect a registration on
Form S-3
if we have effected one such registration in a given
12-month
period.
We will pay the registration expenses of the holders of the
shares registered pursuant to the demand, piggyback, and
Form S-3
registrations described above. In an underwritten offering, the
managing underwriter, if any, has the right, subject to
specified conditions, to limit the number of shares such holders
may include. Additionally, we will not be required to effect
Form S-3
registrations during the period beginning 60 days prior to
the filing and 180 days following the effectiveness of a
registration statement relating to a public offering of our
securities (subject to extension in certain circumstances).
The demand, piggyback, and
Form S-3
registration rights described above will expire, with respect to
any particular stockholder, after our initial public offering,
when that stockholder can sell all of its shares under
Rule 144 of the Securities Act during any three-month
period. In any event, all such registration rights will expire
upon the earlier of five years after the consummation of this
offering or the consummation of certain events, including the
sale of all of our assets, a change of control of our company,
or a liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of our company.
Pursuant to the investors rights agreement, each
stockholder that has registration rights has agreed that to the
extent requested by us and the underwriters, such stockholder
will not sell or otherwise dispose of any securities for a
period of up to 180 days (subject to extension in certain
circumstances). Certain stockholders have also entered into
lock-up
agreements with the underwriters in connection with this
offering. See Underwriting.
Anti-Takeover
Provisions
Certificate
of Incorporation and Bylaws to be in effect upon the completion
of this offering
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be in
effect upon the completion of this offering will provide for our
board of directors to be divided into three classes with
staggered three-year terms. Only one class of directors will be
elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the
other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective
three-year terms. Because our stockholders do not have
cumulative voting rights, our stockholders holding a majority of
the shares of common stock outstanding will be able to elect all
of our directors. Our amended and restated certificate of
incorporation and amended and restated bylaws to be effective
upon the completion of this offering will provide that all
stockholder actions must be effected at a duly called meeting of
stockholders and not by a consent in writing, and that only our
board of directors, chairperson of the board, chief executive
officer, or president may call a special meeting of stockholders.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and
amended and restated bylaws will require a 75% stockholder vote
for the rescission, alteration, amendment, or repeal of the
bylaws by stockholders, and will provide that stockholders may
only remove a director for cause with a 75% stockholder vote.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and
amended and restated bylaws will also provide that vacancies
occurring on our board of directors for any reason and newly
created directorships resulting from an increase in the
authorized number of directors may be filled only by vote of a
majority of the remaining members of our board of directors. Our
amended and restated bylaws will establish an advance notice
procedure for stockholder approvals to be brought before an
annual meeting of our stockholders, including proposed
nominations of persons for election to our board of directors.
The combination of the classification of our board of directors,
the lack of cumulative voting or the ability of stockholders to
take action by written consent, the 75% stockholder voting
requirements, the limitations on removing directors without
cause, the ability of the board to fill vacancies, and the
advance notice provisions will make it more difficult for our
existing stockholders to replace our board of directors as well
as for another party to obtain control of us by replacing our
board of directors. Since our board of directors has the power
to retain and discharge our
116
officers, these provisions could also make it more difficult for
existing stockholders or another party to effect a change in
management. In addition, the authorization of undesignated
preferred stock makes it possible for our board of directors to
issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences
that could impede the success of any attempt to change our
control.
These provisions may have the effect of deterring hostile
takeovers or delaying changes in our control or management.
These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of
continued stability in the composition of our board of directors
and its policies and to discourage certain types of transactions
that may involve an actual or threatened acquisition of us.
These provisions are designed to reduce our vulnerability to an
unsolicited acquisition proposal. The provisions also are
intended to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy
fights. However, such provisions could have the effect of
discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares
and, as a consequence, they also may inhibit fluctuations in the
market price of our stock that could result from actual or
rumored takeover attempts. Such provisions may also have the
effect of preventing changes in our management.
Section 203
of the Delaware General Corporation Law
We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General
Corporation Law, which prohibits a Delaware corporation from
engaging in any business combination with any interested
stockholder for a period of three years after the date that such
stockholder became an interested stockholder, with the following
exceptions:
|
|
|
|
|
before such date, the board of directors of the corporation
approved either the business combination or the transaction that
resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;
|
|
|
|
upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the
stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested
stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the
corporation outstanding at the time the transaction began,
excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock
outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the
interested stockholder) those shares owned (i) by persons
who are directors and also officers and (ii) employee stock
plans in which employee participants do not have the right to
determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan
will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or
|
|
|
|
on or after such date, the business combination is approved by
the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special
meeting of the stockholders, and not by written consent, by the
affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding
voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.
|
In general, Section 203 defines business combination to
include the following:
|
|
|
|
|
any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the
interested stockholder;
|
|
|
|
any sale, transfer, pledge, or other disposition of 10% or more
of the assets of the corporation involving the interested
stockholder;
|
|
|
|
subject to certain exceptions, any transaction that results in
the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the
corporation to the interested stockholder;
|
|
|
|
any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of
increasing the proportionate share of the stock or any class or
series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested
stockholder; or
|
117
|
|
|
|
|
the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any
loss, advances, guarantees, pledges, or other financial benefits
by or through the corporation.
|
In general, Section 203 defines an interested
stockholder as an entity or person who, together with the
persons affiliates and associates, beneficially owns, or
within three years prior to the time of determination of
interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of the
outstanding voting stock of the corporation.
Acceleration
of options upon change of control
Generally, under our 2005 Stock Incentive Plan and 2011 Plan, in
the event of certain mergers, a reorganization or consolidation
of our company with or into another corporation, or the sale of
all or substantially all of our assets or all of our capital
stock wherein the successor corporation does not assume
outstanding options or issue equivalent options, our board of
directors may accelerate vesting of options outstanding under
such plans.
Choice of
Forum
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation in effect
as of the closing of this offering will provide that the Court
of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum
for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf;
any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty; any action
asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the Delaware
General Corporation Law, our amended and restated certificate of
incorporation, or our amended and restated bylaws; or any action
asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal
affairs doctrine.
Limitations
of Liability and Indemnification
See Executive CompensationLimitation on Liability
and Indemnification Matters.
The
Nasdaq Global Market Listing
We have applied for listing of our common stock on the Nasdaq
Global Market under the symbol CARB.
Transfer
Agent and Registrar
Upon completion of this offering, the transfer agent and
registrar for our common stock will be American Stock
Transfer & Trust Company, LLC.
118
SHARES ELIGIBLE
FOR FUTURE SALE
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our
common stock. Future sales of our common stock in the public
market, or the availability of such shares for sale in the
public market, could adversely affect market prices prevailing
from time-to-time. As described below, only a limited number of
shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering
due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale.
Nevertheless, sales of our common stock in the public market
after such restrictions lapse, or the perception that those
sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market
price at such time and our ability to raise equity capital in
the future.
Based on the number of shares outstanding as of June 30,
2011, upon the completion of this offering, shares of common
stock will be outstanding, assuming no exercise of the
underwriters overallotment option and no exercise of
outstanding options or warrants. Of the outstanding shares, all
of the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable,
except that any shares held by our affiliates, as that term is
defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, may only be
sold in compliance with the limitations described below. In
addition, if members of our board of directors, or our executive
officers, employees, or business associates purchase shares in
this offering through the directed share program described under
UnderwritingReserved Shares, the shares
purchased by them in this offering will be further subject to
lock-up
agreements, as described below.
The remaining 17,750,105 shares of common stock outstanding
after this offering will be restricted as a result of securities
laws or
lock-up
agreements as described below. See UnderwritingNo
Sales of Similar Securities. Following the expiration of
the lock-up
period, all shares will be eligible for resale in compliance
with Rule 144 or Rule 701 to the extent such shares
have been released from any repurchase option that we may hold.
Restricted securities as defined under Rule 144
were issued and sold by us in reliance on exemptions from the
registration requirements of the Securities Act. These shares
may be sold in the public market only if registered or pursuant
to an exemption from registration, such as Rule 144 or
Rule 701 under the Securities Act.
Rule 144
In general, a person who has beneficially owned restricted
shares of our common stock for at least six months would be
entitled to sell their securities provided that (i) such
person is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the
time of, or at any time during the 90 days preceding, a
sale and (ii) we are subject to the Exchange Act periodic
reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the
sale. Persons who have beneficially owned restricted shares of
our common stock for at least six months but who are our
affiliates at the time of, or any time during the 90 days
preceding a sale, would be subject to additional restrictions,
by which such person would be entitled to sell within any
three-month period only a number of securities that does not
exceed the greater of either of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding,
which will equal approximately 240,001 shares immediately
after this offering assuming no exercise of the
underwriters overallotment option, based on the number of
shares of common stock outstanding as of June 30,
2011; or
|
|
|
|
the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on the
Nasdaq Global Market during the four calendar weeks preceding
the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale;
|
provided, in each case, that we are subject to the Exchange Act
periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before
the sale. Such sales both by affiliates and by non-affiliates
must also comply with the manner of sale, current public
information, and notice provisions of Rule 144.
119
Rule 701
Rule 701 under the Securities Act, as in effect on the date
of this prospectus, permits resales of shares in reliance upon
Rule 144 but without compliance with certain restrictions
of Rule 144, including the holding period requirement. Most
of our employees, executive officers, or directors who purchased
shares under a written compensatory plan or contract may be
entitled to rely on the resale provisions of Rule 701, but
all holders of Rule 701 shares are required to wait
until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before
selling their shares. However, substantially all
Rule 701 shares are subject to
lock-up
agreements as described below and under Underwriting
included elsewhere in this prospectus and will become eligible
for sale upon the expiration of the restrictions set forth in
those agreements.
Lock-Up
Agreements
All of our directors and officers and substantially all of our
stockholders have signed
lock-up
agreements under which they have agreed not to sell, transfer,
or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common
stock or any securities into or exercisable or exchangeable for
shares of our common stock without the prior written consent of
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC for a period of 180 days,
subject to a possible extension under certain circumstances,
after the date of this prospectus. The holders of approximately
97.1% of our outstanding shares of common stock have executed
lock-up
agreements. See UnderwritingNo Sales of Similar
Securities. These agreements are described below under
Underwriting.
Registration
Rights
On the date beginning 180 days after the date of this
prospectus, the holders of 12,599,946 shares of our common
stock, and 11,316 shares of common stock issuable upon the
exercise of outstanding warrants, or their transferees, will be
entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of
those shares under the Securities Act. For a description of
these registration rights, see Description of Capital
StockRegistration Rights. After these shares are
registered, they will be freely tradable without restriction
under the Securities Act.
Stock
Options
As soon as practicable after the completion of this offering, we
intend to file a
Form S-8
registration statement under the Securities Act to register
shares of our common stock subject to options or other awards
outstanding or reserved for issuance under our 2005 Stock
Incentive Plan and our 2011 Plan. This registration statement
will become effective immediately upon filing, and shares
covered by this registration statement will thereupon be
eligible for sale in the public markets, subject to vesting
restrictions, the
lock-up
agreements described above, and Rule 144 limitations
applicable to affiliates. For a more complete discussion of our
stock plans, see Executive CompensationEmployee
Benefit and Stock Plans.
120
MATERIAL
U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX
CONSEQUENCES TO
NON-U.S.
HOLDERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK
The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal
income and estate tax consequences to
non-U.S. holders
(as defined below) of the ownership and disposition of our
common stock issued pursuant to this offering. This discussion
is not a complete analysis of all the potential
U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences relating
thereto, nor does it address any gift tax consequences or any
tax consequences arising under any state, local, or foreign tax
laws, or any other U.S. federal tax laws. This discussion
is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or
the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial
decisions, and published rulings and administrative
pronouncements of the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, all as
in effect as of the date of this offering. These authorities may
change, possibly retroactively, resulting in U.S. federal
income tax consequences different from those discussed below. No
ruling has been or will be sought from the IRS with respect to
the matters discussed below, and there can be no assurance that
the IRS will not take a contrary position regarding the tax
consequences of the ownership or disposition of our common
stock, or that any such contrary position would not be sustained
by a court.
This discussion is limited to
non-U.S. holders
who purchase our common stock issued pursuant to this offering
and who hold our common stock as a capital asset
within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Internal Revenue
Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion
does not address all of the U.S. federal income and estate
tax consequences that may be relevant to a particular holder in
light of such holders particular circumstances. This
discussion also does not consider any specific facts or
circumstances that may be relevant to holders subject to special
rules under the U.S. federal income tax laws, including,
without limitation, U.S. expatriates, partnerships or other
pass-through entities, controlled foreign
corporations, passive foreign investment
companies, corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid
U.S. federal income tax, financial institutions, insurance
companies, brokers, dealers or traders in securities,
commodities or currencies, tax-exempt organizations,
tax-qualified retirement plans, persons who hold or receive our
common stock pursuant to the exercise of any employee stock
option or otherwise as compensation, persons subject to the
alternative minimum tax, persons that own, or have owned,
actually or constructively, more than 5% of our common stock,
and persons holding our common stock as part of a hedging or
conversion transaction or straddle, or a constructive sale, or
other risk reduction strategy.
THIS DISCUSSION IS PROVIDED FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY AND
DOES NOT CONSTITUTE LEGAL ADVICE TO ANY PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR.
PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS
REGARDING THE PARTICULAR U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX
CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF OWNING AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON
STOCK, AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES ARISING UNDER ANY STATE,
LOCAL, OR FOREIGN TAX LAWS AND ANY OTHER U.S. FEDERAL TAX
LAWS. ADDITIONALLY, THIS DISCUSSION CANNOT BE USED BY ANY
INVESTOR FOR THE PURPOSE OF AVOIDING TAX PENALTIES THAT MAY BE
IMPOSED ON SUCH HOLDER.
Definition
of Non-U.S.
Holder
For purposes of this discussion, a
non-U.S. holder
is any beneficial owner of our common stock that is not a
U.S. person or a partnership (or other entity
treated as a partnership) for U.S. federal income tax
purposes. A U.S. person is any of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
an individual citizen or resident of the U.S.;
|
|
|
|
a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for
U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized
under the laws of the U.S., any state thereof or the District of
Columbia;
|
|
|
|
an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal
income tax regardless of its source; or
|
121
|
|
|
|
|
a trust (1) whose administration is subject to the primary
supervision of a U.S. court and which has one or more
U.S. persons who have the authority to control all
substantial decisions of the trust, or (2) that has a valid
election in effect under applicable Treasury Regulations to be
treated as a U.S. person.
|
If a partnership (or any other entity treated as a partnership
for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds our common
stock, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner
of that partnership will generally depend upon the status of the
partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a
partner of a partnership holding our common stock, you should
consult your tax advisors.
Distributions
on Our Common Stock
If we make distributions on our common stock (other than certain
pro rata distributions of our common stock), such distributions
will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax
purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated
earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal
income tax principles. Amounts not treated as dividends for
U.S. federal income tax purposes will first be applied
against and reduce a holders tax basis in the common
stock, but not below zero. Any excess will be treated as gain
realized on the sale or other disposition of the common stock
and will be treated as described under Gain on
Disposition of Our Common Stock below.
As discussed under Dividend Policy above, we do not
currently expect to pay dividends. In the event that we do pay
dividends, dividends paid to a
non-U.S. holder
of our common stock generally will be subject to
U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross
amount of the dividends, or such lower rate specified by an
applicable income tax treaty. To receive the benefit of a
reduced treaty rate, a
non-U.S. holder
must furnish to us or our paying agent a valid IRS
Form W-8BEN
(or applicable successor form) certifying such holders
qualification for the reduced rate. This certification must be
provided to us or our paying agent prior to the payment of
dividends and must be updated periodically. If the
non-U.S. holder
holds the stock through a financial institution or other agent
acting on the
non-U.S. holders
behalf, the
non-U.S. holder
will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the
agent, which then will be required to provide certification to
us or our paying agent, either directly or through other
intermediaries.
Non-U.S. holders
that do not timely provide us or our paying agent with the
required certification, but that qualify for a reduced treaty
rate, may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by
timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.
If a
non-U.S. holder
holds our common stock in connection with the conduct of a trade
or business in the U.S., and dividends paid on the common stock
are effectively connected with such holders
U.S. trade or business, the
non-U.S. holder
will be exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax. To claim
the exemption, the
non-U.S. holder
must generally furnish to us or our paying agent a properly
executed IRS
Form W-8ECI
(or applicable successor form).
Any dividends paid on our common stock that are effectively
connected with a
non-U.S. holders
U.S. trade or business (and if required by an applicable
income tax treaty, attributable to a fixed base or permanent
establishment maintained by the
non-U.S. holder
in the U.S.) generally will be subject to U.S. federal
income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated
U.S. federal income tax rates in much the same manner as if
such holder were a resident of the U.S. A
non-U.S. holder
that is a foreign corporation also may be subject to an
additional branch profits tax equal to 30% (or such lower rate
specified by an applicable income tax treaty) of its effectively
connected earnings and profits for the taxable year, as adjusted
for certain items.
Non-U.S. holders
should consult any applicable income tax treaties that may
provide for different rules.
A
non-U.S. holder
who claims the benefit of an applicable income tax treaty with
respect to a distribution generally will be required to satisfy
applicable certification and other requirements prior to the
122
distribution date.
Non-U.S. holders
should consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to
benefits under a relevant income tax treaty.
Gain on
Disposition of Our Common Stock
Subject to the discussion below regarding backup withholding, a
non-U.S. holder
generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on
any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of our
common stock, unless:
|
|
|
|
|
the gain is effectively connected with the
non-U.S. holders
conduct of a trade or business in the U.S., and if required by
an applicable income tax treaty, attributable to a fixed base or
permanent establishment maintained by the
non-U.S. holder
in the U.S.;
|
|
|
|
the
non-U.S. holder
is a nonresident alien individual present in the U.S. for
183 days or more during the taxable year of the
disposition, and certain other requirements are met; or
|
|
|
|
our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property
interest by reason of our status as a U.S. real
property holding corporation, or USRPHC, for
U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the
shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition or the
non-U.S. holders
holding period for our common stock and our common stock has
ceased to be regularly traded on an established securities
market prior to the beginning of the calendar year in which the
sale or other disposition occurs. The determination of whether
we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our
U.S. real property interests relative to the fair market
value of our other trade or business assets and our foreign real
property interests. We believe that we are not currently, and do
not anticipate becoming, a USRPHC for U.S. federal income
tax purposes.
|
Gain described in the first bullet point above will be subject
to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the
regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates in the same
manner as if such holder were a resident of the U.S. A
non-U.S. holder
that is a foreign corporation also may be subject to an
additional branch profits tax equal to 30% (or such lower rate
specified by an applicable income tax treaty) of its effectively
connected earnings and profits for the taxable year, as adjusted
for certain items.
Non-U.S. holders
should consult any applicable income tax treaties that may
provide for different rules.
Gain described in the second bullet point above will be subject
to U.S. federal income tax at a flat 30% rate (or such
lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty), but
may be offset by U.S. source capital losses (even though
the individual is not considered a resident of the U.S.),
provided that the
non-U.S. holder
has timely filed a U.S. federal income tax return with
respect to such losses.
While we believe that we are not currently and do not anticipate
becoming a USRPHC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, if
we should at some point become a USRPHC, gain described in the
third bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal
income tax under regular graduated U.S. federal income tax
rates with respect to the gain recognized.
Information
Reporting and Backup Withholding
We must report annually to the IRS and to each
non-U.S. holder
the amount of distributions on our common stock paid to such
holder and the amount of any tax withheld with respect to those
distributions. These information reporting requirements apply
even if no withholding was required because the distributions
were effectively connected with the holders conduct of a
U.S. trade or business, or withholding was reduced or
eliminated by an applicable income tax treaty. This information
also may be made available under a specific treaty or agreement
with the tax authorities in the country in which the
non-U.S. holder
resides or is established. Backup withholding, currently at a
28% rate, however, generally will not apply to distributions to
123
a
non-U.S. holder
of our common stock provided the
non-U.S. holder
furnishes to us or our paying agent the required certification
as to its
non-U.S. status,
such as by providing a valid IRS
Form W-8BEN
or IRS
Form W-8ECI,
or certain other requirements are met.
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts
withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a
refund or a credit against a
non-U.S. holders
U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required
information is timely furnished to the IRS.
U.S.
Federal Estate Tax
Our common stock beneficially owned by an individual who is not
a citizen or resident of the U.S. (as defined for
U.S. federal estate tax purposes) at the time of death will
generally be includable in the decedents gross estate for
U.S. federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable
treaty provides otherwise.
Recent
Legislation Relating to Foreign Entities
Recently enacted legislation will impose withholding taxes on
certain types of payments made to foreign financial
institutions (as defined under these rules) and certain
other
non-U.S. entities.
Under this legislation, the failure to comply with additional
certification, information reporting, and other specified
requirements could result in withholding tax being imposed on
payments of dividends and sales proceeds to foreign banks,
custodial agents, intermediaries, and certain
non-U.S. holders.
The legislation imposes a 30% withholding tax on dividends on,
or gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, our
common stock paid to a foreign financial institution or to a
foreign non-financial entity, unless (i) the foreign
financial institution undertakes certain diligence and reporting
obligations (including substantial information regarding
U.S. account holders of such institution) or (ii) the
foreign non-financial entity either certifies it does not have
any substantial U.S. owners or furnishes identifying
information regarding each substantial U.S. owner. If the
payee is a foreign financial institution, it must enter into an
agreement with the U.S. Treasury requiring, among other
things, that it undertake to identify accounts held by certain
U.S. persons or
U.S.-owned
foreign entities, annually report certain information about such
accounts, and withhold 30% on payments to account holders whose
actions prevent it from complying with these reporting and other
requirements. Under certain circumstances, a
non-U.S. holder
might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes. The
legislation applies to payments made after December 31,
2012. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors
regarding the possible implications of this legislation on their
investment in our common stock.
124
UNDERWRITING
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC are acting as representatives of
each of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and
conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement among us, the
selling stockholders, and the underwriters, we and the selling
stockholders have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each
of the underwriters has agreed, severally and not jointly, to
purchase from us and the selling stockholders, the number of
shares of common stock set forth opposite its name below.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Underwriter
|
|
of Shares
|
|
|
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated
|
|
|
|
|
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC
|
|
|
|
|
William Blair & Company, L.L.C.
|
|
|
|
|
Canaccord Genuity Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
Oppenheimer & Co. Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
Pacific Crest Securities Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
6,250,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the
underwriting agreement, the underwriters have agreed, severally
and not jointly, to purchase all of the shares sold under the
underwriting agreement if any of these shares are purchased. If
an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides
that the purchase commitments of the nondefaulting underwriters
may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated.
We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the
underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities
under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the
underwriters may be required to make in respect of those
liabilities.
The underwriters are offering the shares, subject to prior sale,
when, as, and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to
approval of legal matters by their counsel, including the
validity of the shares, and other conditions contained in the
underwriting agreement, such as the receipt by the underwriters
of officers certificates and legal opinions. The
underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel, or modify
offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.
Entities affiliated with Menlo Ventures and entities affiliated
with Crosslink Capital have expressed an interest in purchasing
up to 800,000 and 1,200,000 shares, respectively, of our
common stock being offered in this offering for investment
purposes. As of June 30, 2011, Menlo Ventures and Crosslink
Capital beneficially owned 31.6% and 5.7%, respectively, of our
common shares prior to this offering. In addition, a member of
our board of directors is a managing member of MV
Management X, L.L.C., an affiliate of Menlo Ventures, and a
member of our board of directors is an affiliate of Crosslink
Capital. Such purchases, if any, would be made at the public
offering price, and outside the reserved share program described
below under Reserved Shares.
Commissions
and Discounts
The representatives have advised us and the selling stockholders
that the underwriters propose initially to offer the shares to
the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover
page of this prospectus and to dealers at that price less a
concession not in excess of $ per
share. After the initial offering, the public offering price,
concession, or any other term of this offering may be changed.
125
The following table shows the public offering price,
underwriting discount and proceeds before expenses to us and the
selling stockholders. The information assumes either no exercise
or full exercise by the underwriters of their overallotment
option.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per Share
|
|
|
No Exercise
|
|
|
Full Exercise
|
|
|
Public offering price
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Underwriting discounts to be paid by:
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Us
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
The selling stockholders
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Proceeds, before expenses, to us
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholders
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
The expenses of this offering, not including the underwriting
discounts, are estimated at $2,700,000 and are payable by us.
Overallotment
Option
We have granted an option to the underwriters, exercisable for
30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase up
to 937,500 additional shares at the public offering price, less
the underwriting discount. The underwriters may exercise this
option solely to cover any overallotments. If the underwriters
exercise this option, each will be obligated, subject to
conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, to purchase
a number of additional shares proportionate to that
underwriters initial amount reflected in the above table.
Reserved
Shares
At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the
initial public offering price, up to 312,500 shares offered
by this prospectus for sale to some of our directors, officers,
and existing holders of our preferred stock. If these persons
purchase reserved shares, this will reduce the number of shares
available for sale to the general public. Any reserved shares
that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to
the general public on the same terms as the other shares offered
by this prospectus.
No Sales
of Similar Securities
We, the selling stockholders, our executive officers and
directors, and certain of our other existing security holders
have agreed not to sell or transfer any common stock or
securities convertible into, exchangeable for, exercisable for,
or repayable with common stock, for 180 days after the date
of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent
of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated
and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC. Specifically, we and these
other persons have agreed, with certain limited exceptions, not
to directly or indirectly
|
|
|
|
|
offer, pledge, sell, or contract to sell any common stock;
|
|
|
|
sell any option or contract to purchase any common stock;
|
|
|
|
purchase any option or contract to sell any common stock;
|
|
|
|
grant any option, right, or warrant for the sale of any common
stock;
|
|
|
|
lend or otherwise dispose of or transfer any common stock;
|
|
|
|
request or demand that we file a registration statement related
to the common stock; or
|
126
|
|
|
|
|
enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole
or in part, the economic consequence of ownership of any common
stock whether any such swap or transaction is to be settled by
delivery of shares or other securities, in cash, or otherwise.
|
This lock-up
provision applies to common stock and to securities convertible
into or exchangeable or exercisable for or repayable with common
stock. It also applies to common stock owned now or acquired
later by the person executing the agreement or for which the
person executing the agreement later acquires the power of
disposition, subject to certain exceptions. For example, the
restrictions in the lock-up agreements will not apply to up to
3,000,000 shares purchased in the offering by certain existing
stockholders who are otherwise subject to such lockup
restrictions. However, certain of these stockholders may be
deemed to be our affiliates and subject to Section 16 of
the Exchange Act and other securities laws, which may limit
their ability or interest in selling or otherwise transferring
such shares following the offering. In the event that either
(x) during the last 17 days of the
lock-up
period referred to above, we issue an earnings release or
material news or a material event relating to us occurs or
(y) prior to the expiration of the
lock-up
period, we announce that we will release earnings results or
become aware that material news or a material event will occur
during the
16-day
period beginning on the last day of the
lock-up
period, the restrictions described above shall continue to apply
until the expiration of the
18-day
period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the
occurrence of the material news or material event.
Nasdaq
Global Market Listing
We expect our common stock to be approved for listing on the
Nasdaq Global Market, subject to notice of issuance, under the
symbol CARB.
Before this offering, there has been no public market for our
common stock. The initial public offering price will be
determined through negotiations among us, the selling
stockholders, and the representatives. In addition to prevailing
market conditions, the factors to be considered in determining
the initial public offering price are
|
|
|
|
|
the valuation multiples of publicly traded companies that the
representatives believe to be comparable to us;
|
|
|
|
our financial information;
|
|
|
|
the history of, and the prospects for, our company and the
industry in which we compete;
|
|
|
|
an assessment of our management, its past and present
operations, and the prospects for, and timing of, our future
revenue;
|
|
|
|
the present state of our development; and
|
|
|
|
the above factors in relation to market values and various
valuation measures of other companies engaged in activities
similar to ours.
|
An active trading market for the shares may not develop. It is
also possible that after this offering the shares will not trade
in the public market at or above the initial public offering
price.
The underwriters do not expect to sell more than 5% of the
shares in the aggregate to accounts over which they exercise
discretionary authority.
127
Price
Stabilization, Short Positions, and Penalty Bids
Until the distribution of the shares is completed, SEC rules may
limit underwriters and selling group members from bidding for
and purchasing our common stock. However, the representatives
may engage in transactions that stabilize the price of the
common stock, such as bids or purchases to peg, fix, or maintain
that price.
In connection with this offering, the underwriters may purchase
and sell our common stock in the open market. These transactions
may include short sales, purchases on the open market to cover
positions created by short sales and stabilizing transactions.
Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater
number of shares than they are required to purchase in this
offering. Covered short sales are sales made in an
amount not greater than the underwriters overallotment
option described above. The underwriters may close out any
covered short position by either exercising their overallotment
option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining
the source of shares to close out the covered short position,
the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of
shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to
the price at which they may purchase shares through the
overallotment option. Naked short sales are sales in
excess of the overallotment option. The underwriters must close
out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open
market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if
the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward
pressure on the price of our common stock in the open market
after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase
in this offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various
bids for or purchases of shares of common stock made by the
underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of this
offering.
The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when
a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of
the underwriting discount received by it because the
representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the
account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering
transactions.
Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriters
purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect
of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock
or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our
common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be
higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open
market. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on the
Nasdaq Global Market, in the
over-the-counter
market, or otherwise.
Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation
or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect
that the transactions described above may have on the price of
our common stock. In addition, neither we nor any of the
underwriters make any representation that the representatives
will engage in these transactions or that these transactions,
once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.
Electronic
Offer, Sale, and Distribution of Shares
In connection with this offering, certain of the underwriters or
securities dealers may distribute prospectuses by electronic
means, such as email. In addition, certain of the underwriters
or securities dealers may facilitate internet distribution for
this offering to certain of their internet subscription
customers. Certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may
allocate a limited number of shares for sale to their online
brokerage customers. An electronic prospectus is available on
the internet websites maintained by certain of the underwrites
or securities dealers. Other than the prospectus in electronic
format, none of the information on the respective websites of
the underwriters or securities dealers is part of this
prospectus.
Other
Relationships
Some of the underwriters and their affiliates have engaged in,
and may in the future engage in, investment banking and other
commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us
or our affiliates. They have received, or may in the future
receive, customary fees and commissions for these transactions.
128
In addition, in the ordinary course of their business
activities, the underwriters and their affiliates may make or
hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and
equity securities (or related derivative securities) and
financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own
account and for the accounts of their customers. Such
investments and securities activities may involve securities
and/or
instruments of ours or our affiliates. The underwriters and
their affiliates may also make investment recommendations
and/or
publish or express independent research views in respect of such
securities or financial instruments and may hold, or recommend
to clients that they acquire, long
and/or short
positions in such securities and instruments.
Notice To
Prospective Investors In The European Economic Area
In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area
which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a
Relevant Member State) an offer to the public of any
shares which are the subject of this offering contemplated by
this Prospectus (the Shares) may not be made in that
Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in
that Relevant Member State of any Shares may be made at any time
under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive,
if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:
|
|
|
|
A.
|
to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in
the Prospectus Directive;
|
|
|
|
|
B.
|
to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has
implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending
Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified
investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted
under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior
consent of the representative for any such offer; or
|
|
|
C.
|
in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of
the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of Shares
shall result in a requirement for the publication by the Company
or any representative of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3
of the Prospectus Directive.
|
For the purposes of this provision, the expression an
offer to the public in relation to any Shares in any
Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by
any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer
and any Shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to
decide to purchase any Shares, as the same may be varied in that
Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus
Directive in that Member State, the expression Prospectus
Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments
thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent
implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any
relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State, and
the expression 2010 PD Amending Directive means
Directive 2010/73/EU.
Notice to
Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom
Each representative has represented and agreed that:
|
|
|
|
A.
|
it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will
only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or
inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning
of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act
(2000), or FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or
sale of the Shares in circumstances in which Section 21(1)
of the FSMA does not apply to the Company; and
|
|
|
|
|
B.
|
it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions
of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to
the Shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.
|
129
Notice to
Prospective Investors in Switzerland
The Shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will
not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (SIX) or on
any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in
Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to
the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art.
652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the
disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff.
of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock
exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither
this document nor any other offering or marketing material
relating to the Shares or this offering may be publicly
distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.
Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing
material relating to this offering, the Company, or the Shares
have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss
regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be
filed with, and the offer of Shares will not be supervised by,
the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA, and the
offer of Shares has not been and will not be authorized under
the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes
(CISA). The investor protection afforded to
acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under
the CISA does not extend to acquirers of Shares.
Notice to
Prospective Investors in the Dubai International Financial
Centre
This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with
the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services
Authority (DFSA). This prospectus is intended for
distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered
Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or
relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility
for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with
Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor
taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has
no responsibility for the prospectus. The securities to which
this prospectus relates may be illiquid
and/or
subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers
of the securities offered should conduct their own due diligence
on the securities. If you do not understand the contents of this
prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.
130
LEGAL
MATTERS
Certain legal matters with respect to the legality of the
issuance of the shares of common stock offered by us and the
selling stockholders by this prospectus will be passed upon for
us and the selling stockholders by Foley & Lardner
LLP, Boston, Massachusetts. Lawyers in Foley & Lardner
LLP own an aggregate of 202,251 shares of our common stock
as of June 30, 2011. The underwriters are being represented
by Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, Menlo Park, California,
in connection with this offering.
EXPERTS
The consolidated financial statements of Carbonite, Inc. at
December 31, 2009 and 2010, and for each of the three years
in the period ended December 31, 2010, appearing in this
prospectus and registration statement have been audited by
Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public
accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing
elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report
given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and
auditing.
WHERE YOU
CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on
Form S-1
under the Securities Act with respect to this offering of our
common stock. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the
registration statement, does not contain all of the information
set forth in the registration statement, some items of which are
contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted
by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information
with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the
registration statement, including the exhibits and the financial
statements and notes filed as a part of the registration
statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning
the contents of any contract or any other document are not
necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed
as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy
of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement
in this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as
an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit.
The exhibits to the registration statement should be referenced
for the complete contents of these contracts and documents. You
may obtain copies of this information by mail from the Public
Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E.,
Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed
rates. You may obtain information on the operation of the public
reference rooms by calling the SEC at
1-800-SEC-0330.
The SEC also maintains an internet website that contains
reports, proxy statements, and other information about issuers,
like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of
that website is www.sec.gov.
As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the
information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and,
in accordance with this law, will file periodic reports, proxy
statements, and other information with the SEC. These periodic
reports, proxy statements, and other information will be
available for inspection and copying at the SECs public
reference facilities (located at the address set forth above)
and the website of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a
website at www.carbonite.com. Upon completion of this offering,
you may access our annual reports on
Form 10-K,
quarterly reports on
Form 10-Q,
current reports on
Form 8-K,
and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to
Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act with the SEC
free of charge at our website as soon as reasonably practicable
after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished
to, the SEC. The information contained in, or that can be
accessed through, our website is not part of this prospectus.
Through and
including (the
25th day after the date of this prospectus),
U.S. federal securities laws may require all dealers that
effect transactions in our common stock, whether or not
participating in this offering, to deliver a prospectus. This is
in addition to the dealers obligation to deliver a
prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their
unsold allotments or subscriptions.
131
REPORT OF
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Carbonite, Inc.
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of
Carbonite, Inc. (the Company) as of December 31, 2009 and
2010, and the related statements of operations, redeemable and
convertible preferred stock, stockholders deficit, and
other comprehensive loss and cash flows for each of the three
years in the period ended December 31, 2010. These
financial statements are the responsibility of the
Companys management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an
audit of the Companys internal control over financial
reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control
over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit
procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not
for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of
the Companys internal control over financial reporting.
Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes
examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and
disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, and evaluating the overall financial statement
presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable
basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated
financial position of Carbonite, Inc. at December 31, 2009
and 2010, and the consolidated results of its operations and its
cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 2010, in conformity with U.S. generally
accepted accounting principles.
Boston, Massachusetts
March 31, 2011
F-2
Carbonite,
Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
June 30, 2011
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Actual
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
Current assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
$
|
28,276
|
|
|
$
|
13,855
|
|
|
$
|
16,243
|
|
|
$
|
16,243
|
|
Short-term investments
|
|
|
6,739
|
|
|
|
10,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable (net of reserves of $33, $17, and $19 at
December 31, 2009, 2010, and June 30, 2011,
respectively)
|
|
|
601
|
|
|
|
644
|
|
|
|
749
|
|
|
|
749
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
516
|
|
|
|
551
|
|
|
|
1,320
|
|
|
|
1,320
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
36,132
|
|
|
|
25,050
|
|
|
|
18,312
|
|
|
|
18,312
|
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
|
10,228
|
|
|
|
15,818
|
|
|
|
19,505
|
|
|
|
19,505
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
73
|
|
|
|
73
|
|
|
|
77
|
|
|
|
77
|
|
Long-term assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,772
|
|
|
|
1,772
|
|
Acquired intangible assets, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,190
|
|
|
|
1,190
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,514
|
|
|
|
1,514
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
46,433
|
|
|
$
|
40,941
|
|
|
$
|
42,370
|
|
|
$
|
42,370
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE AND CONVERTIBLE
PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS DEFICIT
|
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$
|
2,485
|
|
|
$
|
4,868
|
|
|
$
|
2,577
|
|
|
$
|
2,577
|
|
Accrued expenses
|
|
|
3,411
|
|
|
|
3,947
|
|
|
|
5,764
|
|
|
|
5,764
|
|
Current portion of deferred revenue
|
|
|
17,641
|
|
|
|
28,616
|
|
|
|
35,419
|
|
|
|
35,419
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
23,537
|
|
|
|
37,431
|
|
|
|
43,760
|
|
|
|
43,760
|
|
Deferred revenue, net of current portion
|
|
|
5,503
|
|
|
|
10,106
|
|
|
|
13,893
|
|
|
|
13,893
|
|
Deferred rent, net of current portion
|
|
|
91
|
|
|
|
215
|
|
|
|
282
|
|
|
|
282
|
|
Warrant liability
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
|
101
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments and contingencies (Note 10)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Redeemable and convertible preferred stock:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Redeemable convertible preferred stock;
Series A-2,
$0.01 par value; 506,646 shares authorized and
502,874 shares issued and outstanding at December 31,
2009 and 2010 and June 30, 2011 (actual), at redemption
value; no shares authorized or issued and outstanding, pro forma.
|
|
|
4,194
|
|
|
|
4,404
|
|
|
|
4,509
|
|
|
|
|
|
Convertible preferred stock; $0.01 par value;
4,062,540 shares authorized and 3,969,649 and
3,991,617 shares issued and outstanding at
December 31, 2009 and 2010 and June 30, 2011 (actual),
respectively (liquidation value of $69,310, $73,931, and $75,850
at December 31, 2009, and 2010, and June 30, 2011
(actual), respectively); no shares authorized or issued and
outstanding, pro forma.
|
|
|
63,576
|
|
|
|
64,326
|
|
|
|
64,326
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders deficit:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, $0.01 par value; 21,539,370 shares
authorized; 4,266,078, 4,526,603 and 5,150,159 shares
issued and outstanding at December 31, 2009, and 2010, and
June 30, 2011 (actual), respectively, and
18,633,632 shares at June 30, 2011 (pro forma)
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
186
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
1,303
|
|
|
|
2,134
|
|
|
|
3,363
|
|
|
|
71,155
|
|
Accumulated deficit
|
|
|
(51,832
|
)
|
|
|
(77,805
|
)
|
|
|
(87,899
|
)
|
|
|
(86,890
|
)
|
Treasury stock, at cost (2,009 shares at June 30, 2011)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(22
|
)
|
|
|
(22
|
)
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders deficit
|
|
|
(50,486
|
)
|
|
|
(75,623
|
)
|
|
|
(84,501
|
)
|
|
|
(15,565
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities, redeemable and convertible preferred stock,
and stockholders deficit
|
|
$
|
46,433
|
|
|
$
|
40,941
|
|
|
$
|
42,370
|
|
|
$
|
42,370
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
F-3
Carbonite,
Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
Six Months Ended June 30,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
8,202
|
|
|
$
|
19,114
|
|
|
$
|
38,563
|
|
|
$
|
16,685
|
|
|
$
|
27,242
|
|
Cost of revenue
|
|
|
4,273
|
|
|
|
8,954
|
|
|
|
16,284
|
|
|
|
7,449
|
|
|
|
10,311
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
3,929
|
|
|
|
10,160
|
|
|
|
22,279
|
|
|
|
9,236
|
|
|
|
16,931
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
4,663
|
|
|
|
6,210
|
|
|
|
10,868
|
|
|
|
4,973
|
|
|
|
7,710
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
2,389
|
|
|
|
2,485
|
|
|
|
4,209
|
|
|
|
2,033
|
|
|
|
2,878
|
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
|
14,729
|
|
|
|
21,067
|
|
|
|
33,098
|
|
|
|
16,464
|
|
|
|
16,358
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
21,781
|
|
|
|
29,762
|
|
|
|
48,175
|
|
|
|
23,470
|
|
|
|
26,946
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from operations
|
|
|
(17,852
|
)
|
|
|
(19,602
|
)
|
|
|
(25,896
|
)
|
|
|
(14,234
|
)
|
|
|
(10,015
|
)
|
Interest income
|
|
|
413
|
|
|
|
391
|
|
|
|
207
|
|
|
|
133
|
|
|
|
58
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(64
|
)
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
|
|
(27
|
)
|
Other income (expenses), net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(14
|
)
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
(17,439
|
)
|
|
|
(19,225
|
)
|
|
|
(25,763
|
)
|
|
|
(14,113
|
)
|
|
|
(9,989
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
(210
|
)
|
|
|
(210
|
)
|
|
|
(210
|
)
|
|
|
(105
|
)
|
|
|
(105
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss attributable to common stockholders
|
|
$
|
(17,649
|
)
|
|
$
|
(19,435
|
)
|
|
$
|
(25,973
|
)
|
|
$
|
(14,218
|
)
|
|
$
|
(10,094
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss attributable to common stockholders per
sharebasic and diluted
|
|
$
|
(4.61
|
)
|
|
$
|
(4.78
|
)
|
|
$
|
(5.90
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3.26
|
)
|
|
|
(2.02
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-average number of common shares used in computing net
loss per sharebasic and diluted
|
|
|
3,828,073
|
|
|
|
4,065,230
|
|
|
|
4,399,137
|
|
|
|
4,367,982
|
|
|
|
5,009,565
|
|
Pro forma net loss attributable to common stockholders per
sharebasic and diluted (unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(1.44
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(0.54
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma weighted-average number of common shares used in
computing net loss per sharebasic and diluted (unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17,882,610
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,493,038
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
F-4
Carbonite,
Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series A-2 Redeemable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Convertible Preferred
|
|
|
Convertible Preferred
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
Additional
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
|
|
|
Paid-in
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
Treasury
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
Stockholders
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
Deficit
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
Loss
|
|
|
Deficit
|
|
|
Loss
|
|
|
|
(in thousands, except share amounts)
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2007
|
|
|
502,874
|
|
|
$
|
3,774
|
|
|
|
2,243,248
|
|
|
$
|
23,209
|
|
|
|
|
3,771,672
|
|
|
$
|
38
|
|
|
$
|
387
|
|
|
$
|
(14,748
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(14,323
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise of warrants
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
104,046
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of Series C convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,162,579
|
|
|
|
21,194
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock options exercised (unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
102,486
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to
redemption value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
210
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(210
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(210
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Share-based compensation expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
203
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
203
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive loss:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(17,439
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(17,439
|
)
|
|
$
|
(17,439
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total comprehensive loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(17,439
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2008
|
|
|
502,874
|
|
|
|
3,984
|
|
|
|
3,405,827
|
|
|
|
44,403
|
|
|
|
|
3,978,204
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
661
|
|
|
|
(32,397
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(31,696
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of common stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
55,500
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
71
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of Series D convertible preferred stock, net of
issuance costs of $76,331
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
563,822
|
|
|
|
19,173
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock options exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
232,374
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
182
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
184
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to
redemption value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
210
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(210
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(210
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Share-based compensation expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
390
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
390
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive loss:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(19,225
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(19,225
|
)
|
|
$
|
(19,225
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total comprehensive loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(19,225
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
502,874
|
|
|
|
4,194
|
|
|
|
3,969,649
|
|
|
|
63,576
|
|
|
|
|
4,266,078
|
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
1,303
|
|
|
|
(51,832
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(50,486
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of Series D convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21,968
|
|
|
|
750
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock options exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
260,525
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
289
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
291
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to
redemption value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
210
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(210
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(210
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Share-based compensation expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
542
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
542
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive loss:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign currency translation adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(25,763
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(25,763
|
)
|
|
$
|
(25,763
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total comprehensive loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(25,760
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2010
|
|
|
502,874
|
|
|
|
4,404
|
|
|
|
3,991,617
|
|
|
|
64,326
|
|
|
|
|
4,526,603
|
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
2,134
|
|
|
|
(77,805
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
(75,623
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock options exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
625,565
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
719
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
725
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to
redemption value (unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
105
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(105
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(105
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Share-based compensation expense (unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
510
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
510
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repurchase of common stock (unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,009
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(22
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(22
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive loss:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign currency translation adjustment (unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Net loss (unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(9,989
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(9,989
|
)
|
|
|
(9,989
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total comprehensive loss (unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(9,986
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at June 30, 2011 (unaudited)
|
|
|
502,874
|
|
|
|
4,509
|
|
|
|
3,991,617
|
|
|
|
64,326
|
|
|
|
|
5,150,159
|
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
3,363
|
|
|
|
(87,899
|
)
|
|
|
(22
|
)
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
(84,501
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Conversion of redeemable and convertible preferred stock into
common stock (unaudited)
|
|
|
(502,874
|
)
|
|
|
(4,509
|
)
|
|
|
(3,991,617
|
)
|
|
|
(64,326
|
)
|
|
|
|
13,483,473
|
|
|
|
135
|
|
|
|
67,691
|
|
|
|
1,009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
68,835
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reclassification of a warrant to purchase shares of redeemable
and convertible preferred stock into a warrant to purchase
common stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
101
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
101
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma June 30, 2011 (unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,633,632
|
|
|
$
|
186
|
|
|
$
|
71,155
|
|
|
$
|
(86,890
|
)
|
|
$
|
(22
|
)
|
|
$
|
6
|
|
|
$
|
(15,565
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
F-5
Carbonite,
Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months Ended
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Operating activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
$
|
(17,439
|
)
|
|
$
|
(19,225
|
)
|
|
$
|
(25,763
|
)
|
|
$
|
(14,113
|
)
|
|
$
|
(9,989
|
)
|
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating
activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
1,481
|
|
|
|
2,977
|
|
|
|
5,060
|
|
|
|
2,240
|
|
|
|
3,538
|
|
Share-based compensation expense
|
|
|
203
|
|
|
|
390
|
|
|
|
542
|
|
|
|
272
|
|
|
|
552
|
|
Warrant remeasurement
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
64
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of acquisition:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
(120
|
)
|
|
|
(352
|
)
|
|
|
(43
|
)
|
|
|
(749
|
)
|
|
|
(104
|
)
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
129
|
|
|
|
(35
|
)
|
|
|
(223
|
)
|
|
|
(757
|
)
|
Other assets
|
|
|
(19
|
)
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,412
|
)
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
1,183
|
|
|
|
354
|
|
|
|
2,383
|
|
|
|
1,173
|
|
|
|
(2,575
|
)
|
Accrued expenses
|
|
|
1,119
|
|
|
|
952
|
|
|
|
530
|
|
|
|
76
|
|
|
|
1,478
|
|
Deferred rent
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
91
|
|
|
|
131
|
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
67
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
5,866
|
|
|
|
13,743
|
|
|
|
15,579
|
|
|
|
7,550
|
|
|
|
10,004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
|
|
|
(7,705
|
)
|
|
|
(946
|
)
|
|
|
(1,552
|
)
|
|
|
(3,723
|
)
|
|
|
821
|
|
Investing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases of property and equipment
|
|
|
(4,704
|
)
|
|
|
(7,099
|
)
|
|
|
(10,652
|
)
|
|
|
(4,376
|
)
|
|
|
(7,190
|
)
|
Proceeds from short-term investments
|
|
|
4,025
|
|
|
|
22,732
|
|
|
|
6,808
|
|
|
|
1,947
|
|
|
|
10,000
|
|
Purchases of short-term investments
|
|
|
(25,114
|
)
|
|
|
(8,382
|
)
|
|
|
(10,069
|
)
|
|
|
(5,067
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Payment for acquisition, net of cash acquired
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,949
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
|
|
|
(25,793
|
)
|
|
|
7,251
|
|
|
|
(13,913
|
)
|
|
|
(7,496
|
)
|
|
|
861
|
|
Financing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock, net of issuance costs
|
|
|
21,194
|
|
|
|
19,173
|
|
|
|
750
|
|
|
|
750
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from exercise of stock options
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
|
184
|
|
|
|
291
|
|
|
|
155
|
|
|
|
725
|
|
Proceeds from exercise of warrants
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from issuance of common stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
71
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repurchase of common stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(22
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by financing activities
|
|
|
21,267
|
|
|
|
19,428
|
|
|
|
1,041
|
|
|
|
905
|
|
|
|
703
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effect of currency exchange rate changes on cash
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Net increase (decrease) in cash
|
|
|
(12,231
|
)
|
|
|
25,733
|
|
|
|
(14,421
|
)
|
|
|
(10,314
|
)
|
|
|
2,388
|
|
Cash, beginning of period
|
|
|
14,774
|
|
|
|
2,543
|
|
|
|
28,276
|
|
|
|
28,276
|
|
|
|
13,855
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash, end of period
|
|
$
|
2,543
|
|
|
$
|
28,276
|
|
|
$
|
13,855
|
|
|
$
|
17,962
|
|
|
$
|
16,243
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non cash investing and financing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock
|
|
$
|
210
|
|
|
$
|
210
|
|
|
$
|
210
|
|
|
$
|
105
|
|
|
$
|
105
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
F-6
Carbonite,
Inc.
(Information as of June 30, 2011 and for the six
months ended June 30, 2010 and 2011 is unaudited)
Carbonite, Inc. (the Company) was incorporated in the state of
Delaware on February 10, 2005, and focuses on the
development and marketing of personal computer backup software
that enables users to backup, access, and restore data files
online.
The Company is subject to a number of risks similar to those of
other companies at its stage of development, including
competition from established companies, the need for development
of commercially viable services, and the need to obtain adequate
financing necessary to fund future growth.
The Company has generated an accumulated deficit as of
June 30, 2011, of approximately $87.9 million since
inception. At June 30, 2011, the Company believes that its
cash totaling approximately $16.2 million are sufficient to
fund operations through at least the next 12 months.
The Company has evaluated subsequent events after the balance
sheet date of June 30, 2011 through August 10, 2011.
|
|
2.
|
Summary
of Significant Accounting Policies
|
Principles
of Consolidation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the
accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All
intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in
consolidation. These consolidated financial statements have been
prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally
accepted in the United States.
Use of
Estimates in the Preparation of Financial Statements
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in
conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the
United States requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities
at the date of the financial statements, and the reported
amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.
Although the Company regularly assesses these estimates, actual
results could differ materially from these estimates. Changes in
estimates are recorded in the period in which they become known.
The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and
various other assumptions that it believes to be reasonable
under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from
managements estimates if past experience or other
assumptions do not turn out to be substantially accurate, even
if such assumptions are reasonable when made.
Unaudited
Pro Forma Information
The unaudited pro forma balance sheet as of June 30, 2011
reflects the conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable
and convertible preferred stock to common stock, and the
conversion of a warrant for redeemable and convertible preferred
stock to a warrant for common stock, to occur upon the closing
of the Companys proposed public offering. Unaudited pro
forma net loss per share is computed using the weighted average
number of common shares outstanding after giving pro forma
effect of the conversion of all redeemable and convertible
preferred stock during the year ended December 31, 2010 and
the six months ended June 30, 2011 into shares of the
Companys common stock as if such conversion had occurred
at the date of original issuance. Upon conversion of the
redeemable and convertible preferred stock into shares of the
F-7
Carbonite,
Inc.
Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements(Continued)
Companys common stock, the holders of the redeemable and
convertible preferred stock are not entitled to receive
undeclared dividends. Accordingly, the impact of the accretion
of unpaid and undeclared dividends has not been reflected in the
pro forma weighted average shares used to compute pro forma net
loss per share.
Unaudited
Interim Financial Statements
The accompanying unaudited June 30, 2011 consolidated
balance sheet, the consolidated statements of operations and
cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2011,
and the consolidated statements of redeemable and convertible
preferred stock, stockholders deficit, and other
comprehensive loss for the six months ended June 30, 2011
and the related interim information contained within the notes
to the consolidated financial statements have been prepared in
accordance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and
Exchange Commission (SEC) for interim financial
information. Accordingly, they do not include all of the
information and the notes required by accounting principles
generally accepted in the United States of America for complete
financial statements. In the opinion of management, the
unaudited interim consolidated financial statements reflect all
adjustments, consisting of normal and recurring adjustments,
necessary for the fair presentation of the Companys
financial position at June 30, 2011 and results of its
operations and its cash flows for the six months ended
June 30, 2010 and 2011. The results for the six months
ended June 30, 2011 are not necessarily indicative of
future results.
Translation
of Foreign Currencies
The financial statements of the Companys foreign
subsidiary in China are translated into U.S. dollars. The
functional currency of the Companys foreign subsidiary is
its local currency. The Company translates the assets and
liabilities of its foreign subsidiary at the exchange rates in
effect at year-end. Revenues and expenses are translated using
average exchange rates in effect during the year. Gains and
losses from foreign currency translation are recorded to
accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) included in
stockholders deficit. Gains and losses arising from
transactions denominated in foreign currencies are primarily
related to intercompany accounts that have been determined to be
temporary in nature. During the year ended December 31,
2010 and the six months ended June 30, 2011, the Company
had foreign currency transaction losses of approximately $5,927
and $3,604 included in other expenses, respectively.
Concentration
of Credit Risk
Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to
credit risk primarily consist of cash, short-term investments,
and accounts receivable. The Company maintains its cash and cash
equivalent and short-term investment balances with high-quality
financial institutions and, consequently, the Company believes
that such funds are subject to minimal credit risk. Management
believes that the Company is not exposed to significant credit
risk due to the financial position of the depository
institutions in which those financial instruments are held.
The Company sells its services primarily to individual and
commercial customers. Payment for the majority of the
Companys sales occurs via credit card. Due to these
factors, no additional credit risk beyond amounts provided for
collection losses is believed by management to be probable in
the Companys accounts receivable. As of December 31,
2008, 2009, 2010 and June 30, 2011 and for the years and
the six month period then ended, respectively, there were no
customers that represented 10% or more of accounts receivable or
revenue.
F-8
Carbonite,
Inc.
Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements(Continued)
Revenue
Recognition
The Company derives revenue from online backup subscription
services. These services are standalone independent service
solutions, which are generally contracted for a one- to
three-year term. Subscription arrangements include access to use
the Companys software via the internet. The Company
recognizes revenue in accordance with the Financial Accounting
Standards Codification (ASC)
605-10,
Overall Revenue Recognition. Subscription revenue is
recognized ratably on a daily basis upon activation over the
subscription period, when persuasive evidence of an arrangement
with a customer exists, the subscription period has been
activated, the price is fixed or determinable, and collection is
reasonably assured. Deferred revenues represent payments
received from customers for subscription services prior to
recognizing the revenue related to those payments.
Cash,
Cash Equivalents, and Short-Term Investments
The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased
with an original maturity of three months or less to be the
equivalent of cash for the purpose of balance sheet and
statement of cash flows presentation. The Companys
short-term
investments consist of bank certificates of deposit with
maturities greater than three months but less than one year.
The Company reviews its investments for
other-than-temporary
impairment whenever evidence indicates that an investments
carrying amount is not recoverable within a reasonable period of
time. There were no
other-than-temporary
impairments during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009,
2010 and the six months ended June 30, 2011.
Property
and Equipment
Property and equipment are stated at cost. Expenditures for
repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred. Upon
retirement or sale, the cost of the assets disposed of and the
related accumulated depreciation are eliminated from the
accounts and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in the
consolidated statement of operations. Depreciation and
amortization is provided using the straight-line method over the
estimated useful lives of the assets, which are as follows:
|
|
|
Asset Classification
|
|
Estimated Useful Life
|
|
Computer equipment
|
|
2 4 years
|
Software
|
|
3 years
|
Furniture and fixtures
|
|
5 years
|
Leasehold improvements
|
|
Shorter of useful life or remaining
life of lease
|
Impairment
of Long-Lived Assets
The Company reviews property and equipment for impairment
whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the
carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. If the
recoverability of these assets is considered to be impaired, the
impairment to be recognized equals the amount by which the
carrying value of the assets exceeds its estimated fair value.
The Company has not identified any impairment of its long-lived
assets as of December 31, 2008, 2009, 2010 or June 30,
2011.
F-9
Carbonite,
Inc.
Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements(Continued)
Goodwill
and Acquired Intangible Assets
The Company records goodwill when consideration paid in a
business acquisition exceeds the fair value of the net tangible
assets and the identified intangible assets acquired. Goodwill
is not amortized, but rather is tested for impairment annually
or more frequently if facts and circumstances warrant a review.
The Company performs its annual assessment for impairment of
goodwill on November 30 and has determined that there is a
single reporting unit for the purpose of conducting this annual
goodwill impairment assessment. For purposes of assessing
potential impairment, the Company annually estimates the fair
value of the reporting unit (based on the Companys market
capitalization) and compares this amount to the carrying value
of the reporting unit (as reflected by the Companys total
stockholders equity). If the Company determines that the
carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an
impairment charge would be recorded.
Intangible assets acquired in a business combination are
recorded under the acquisition method of accounting at their
estimated fair values at the date of acquisition. As the pattern
of consumption of the economic benefits of the intangible assets
cannot be reliably determined, the Company amortizes acquired
intangible assets over their estimated useful lives on a
straight-line basis.
In June 2011, the Company acquired substantially all of the
assets of Phanfare, Inc., for $1.9 million, net of cash
acquired, and the assumption of certain liabilities.
Phanfares service enables users to create, maintain, and
share online photo and video albums. The Company will continue
to employ Phanfares five employees at its current location
in Princeton, New Jersey.
The acquisition of Phanfare has been accounted for as a purchase
of a business and, accordingly, the total purchase price has
been allocated to the tangible and identifiable intangible
assets acquired and the net liabilities assumed based on their
respective fair values on the acquisition date. As a result of
the acquisition of Phanfare, the Company recorded goodwill in
the amount of $1.5 million and identifiable intangible
assets of $1.2 million, which was comprised of
$880 thousand related to developed technology,
$180 thousand related to customer relationship and $150
related to non-compete agreements. The overall weighted-average
life of the identified intangible assets acquired in the
purchase of Phanfare was 4.7 years. These identified
intangible assets will be amortized on a straight-line basis
over their estimated useful lives.
The results of operation for the Companys acquisitions
were not material for the periods presented.
Research
and Development Costs
Research and development costs are expensed as incurred.
The Company follows the guidance of
ASC 350-40,
Internal Use Software and
ASC 350-50,
Website Development Costs, in accounting for its software
and website development costs. The costs incurred in the
preliminary stages of development are expensed as incurred. Once
an application has reached the development stage, internal and
external costs, if direct and incremental, are capitalized until
the application is substantially complete and ready for its
intended use. The Company has determined that technological
feasibility is established at the time that a scalable working
model of the application is complete. Because the Company
believes its current process for developing applications is
essentially completed concurrent with the establishment of
technological feasibility, no costs have been capitalized to
date. These costs are included in the accompanying statements of
operations as research and development expense.
F-10
Carbonite,
Inc.
Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements(Continued)
Advertising
Expenses
The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. During
the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009, and 2010, the
Company incurred approximately $7.6 million,
$10.8 million, and $23.6 million of advertising
expense, respectively, which is included in sales and marketing
expense in the accompanying statements of operations.
Accounts
Receivable
Accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount. The
allowance for doubtful accounts is the Companys best
estimate of the amount of probable credit losses in the
Companys existing accounts receivable. The Company
specifically analyzes historical bad debts, the aging of the
accounts receivable, creditworthiness, and current economic
trends, to evaluate the allowance for doubtful accounts. Past
due balances are reviewed individually for collectability.
Account balances are charged off against the allowance after all
means of collection have been exhausted, and the potential for
recovery is considered remote.
Accounts receivable allowance activity consisted of the
following for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009, and
2010 and the six month period ended June 30, 2011 (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beginning
|
|
|
Additions/
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ending
|
|
|
|
Balance
|
|
|
(Adjustments)
|
|
|
Write-Offs
|
|
|
Balance
|
|
|
June 30, 2011 (Unaudited)
|
|
$
|
17
|
|
|
$
|
2
|
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
|
$
|
19
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
$
|
33
|
|
|
$
|
(16
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
17
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
$
|
87
|
|
|
$
|
6
|
|
|
$
|
(60
|
)
|
|
$
|
33
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
|
$
|
86
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
87
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income
Taxes
The Company provides for income taxes under the liability
method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based
on differences between financial reporting and tax bases of
assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax
rates in effect when the differences are expected to reverse.
Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance to
reflect the uncertainty associated with their ultimate
realization.
The Company accounts for uncertain tax positions recognized in
the consolidated financial statements by prescribing a
more-likely-than-not threshold for financial statement
recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected
to be taken in a tax return.
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
All components of comprehensive income (loss) are required to be
disclosed in the consolidated financial statements.
Comprehensive income (loss) is defined as the change in equity
of a business enterprise during a period from transactions, and
other events and circumstances from nonowner sources.
Accumulated other comprehensive income consists entirely of
foreign currency translation adjustments for all periods.
F-11
Carbonite,
Inc.
Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements(Continued)
Net Loss
per Share
The Company calculates basic and diluted net loss per common
share by dividing the net loss adjusted for the dividend on the
redeemable convertible preferred stock by the weighted average
number of common shares outstanding during the period. The
Company has excluded (a) all unvested restricted shares
that are subject to repurchase and (b) the Companys
other potentially dilutive shares, which include redeemable and
convertible preferred stock, warrant for redeemable convertible
preferred stock, and outstanding common stock options, from the
weighted average number of common shares outstanding as their
inclusion in the computation for all periods would be
anti-dilutive due to net losses. The Companys redeemable
and convertible preferred stock are participating securities as
defined by
ASC 260-10,
Earnings Per Share, but are excluded from the earnings
per share calculation as they do not have an obligation to share
in the Companys net losses.
The following potentially dilutive common shares have been
excluded from the computation of diluted weighted-average shares
outstanding as of December 31, 2008, 2009, 2010 and
June 30, 2010 and 2011, as they would be anti-dilutive:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months Ended
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
2010
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
Redeemable and convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
11,726,103
|
|
|
|
13,417,569
|
|
|
|
13,483,473
|
|
|
|
13,483,473
|
|
|
|
13,483,473
|
|
Options to purchase common stock
|
|
|
2,165,241
|
|
|
|
2,597,865
|
|
|
|
2,472,848
|
|
|
|
2,475,473
|
|
|
|
2,037,410
|
|
Restricted Shares
|
|
|
10,011
|
|
|
|
46,500
|
|
|
|
27,000
|
|
|
|
37,500
|
|
|
|
18,000
|
|
Warrant
|
|
|
11,316
|
|
|
|
11,316
|
|
|
|
11,316
|
|
|
|
11,316
|
|
|
|
11,316
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
13,912,671
|
|
|
|
16,073,250
|
|
|
|
15,994,637
|
|
|
|
16,007,762
|
|
|
|
15,550,199
|
|
Unaudited
Pro Forma Net Loss per Share
Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share were computed to
give effect to the conversion of all redeemable and convertible
preferred stock during the year ended December 31, 2010 and
the six months ended June 30, 2011 into shares of the
Companys common stock, as if such conversion had occurred
as of the date of original issuance. The impact of the accretion
of unpaid and undeclared dividends has not been reflected in the
pro forma weighted average shares used to compute pro forma net
loss per share as the redeemable and convertible preferred stock
are not entitled to receive undeclared dividends upon such
conversion.
F-12
Carbonite,
Inc.
Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements(Continued)
The following table presents the calculation of pro forma basic
and diluted net loss per share (in thousands except share and
per share amounts):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
|
|
|
Six Months Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
|
Numerator
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss attributable to common stockholders
|
|
$
|
(25,973
|
)
|
|
$
|
(10,094
|
)
|
Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
210
|
|
|
|
105
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma net loss
|
|
$
|
(25,763
|
)
|
|
|
(9,989
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Denominator
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-average number of common shares used in computing net
loss per sharebasic and diluted
|
|
|
4,399,137
|
|
|
|
5,009,565
|
|
Adjustment for assumed conversion of redeemable convertible
preferred stock
|
|
|
13,483,473
|
|
|
|
13,483,473
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-average number of common shares used in computing pro
forma net lossbasic and diluted
|
|
|
17,882,610
|
|
|
|
18,493,038
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma net loss per sharebasic and diluted
|
|
$
|
(1.44
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.54
|
)
|
Segment
Information
Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise
engaging in business activities for which discrete financial
information is available and regularly reviewed by the chief
operating decision maker in deciding how to allocate resources
and in assessing performance. The Company views its operations
and manages its business in one operating segment. The Company
does not disclose geographic information for revenue and
long-lived assets as revenue and long-lived assets located
outside the United States do not exceed 10% of total revenue and
total assets.
Accounting
for Stock-Based Compensation
Stock-based compensation is recognized as an expense in the
financial statements based on the grant date fair value.
Compensation expense recognized relates to stock awards,
restricted stock and stock options granted, modified,
repurchased, or cancelled on or after January 1, 2006. For
awards that vest based on service conditions, the Company uses
the straight-line method to allocate compensation expense to
reporting periods over the requisite service period. The grant
date fair value of options granted is calculated using the
Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which requires the use of
subjective assumptions including volatility, expected term and
the fair value of the underlying common stock, among others.
The Company records the expense of services rendered by
nonemployees based on the fair value of services or the
estimated fair value of the stock option using the Black-Scholes
option-pricing model, whichever is more readily determinable.
The fair value of nonemployee awards is remeasured at each
reporting period and expensed over the vesting term of the
underlying stock options.
Recently
Issued and Adopted Accounting Standards
In September 2009, the FASB ratified ASU
2009-13,
Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables, which
modifies the
objective-and-reliable-evidence-of-fair-value
threshold as it relates to
F-13
Carbonite,
Inc.
Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements(Continued)
assigning value to specific deliverables in a multiple-element
arrangement. This authoritative guidance allows the use of an
estimated selling price for undelivered elements for purposes of
separating elements included in multiple-element arrangements
and allocating arrangement consideration when neither VSOE nor
acceptable third-party evidence of the selling price of the
undelivered element are available. Additionally, the FASB
ratified ASU
2009-14,
Certain Revenue Arrangements that Include Software
Elements, which provides that tangible products containing
software components and non-software components that function
together to deliver the products essential functionality
should be considered non-software deliverables, and therefore,
will no longer be within the scope of the revenue recognition
guidance. The Company adopted both FASB updates as of
January 1, 2011. The adoption of these standards did not
have an impact on the Companys financial position or
results of operations.
|
|
3.
|
Property
and Equipment
|
Property and equipment consists of the following at
December 31, 2009 and 2010 and at June 30, 2011 (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Computer equipment
|
|
$
|
14,704
|
|
|
$
|
24,420
|
|
|
$
|
30,822
|
|
Software
|
|
|
225
|
|
|
|
650
|
|
|
|
1,277
|
|
Furniture and fixtures
|
|
|
196
|
|
|
|
302
|
|
|
|
385
|
|
Leasehold improvements
|
|
|
180
|
|
|
|
277
|
|
|
|
370
|
|
Total property and equipment
|
|
|
15,305
|
|
|
|
25,649
|
|
|
|
32,854
|
|
Less accumulated depreciation
|
|
|
(5,077
|
)
|
|
|
(9,831
|
)
|
|
|
(13,349
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
$
|
10,228
|
|
|
$
|
15,818
|
|
|
$
|
19,505
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation expenses were $1.5 million, $3.0 million,
and $5.1 million for the years ended December 31,
2008, 2009, and 2010, respectively. Depreciation expenses for
the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2011 were
$2.2 million and $3.5 million, respectively.
|
|
4.
|
Fair
Value of Financial Instruments
|
As defined in ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and
Disclosures, (ASC 820) fair value is based on the price
that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a
liability in an orderly transaction between market participants
at the measurement date. In order to increase consistency and
comparability in fair value measurements, ASC 820
establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes observable
and unobservable inputs used to measure fair value into three
broad levels, which are described below:
Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) in
active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for
assets or liabilities. The fair value hierarchy gives the
highest priority to Level 1 inputs.
Level 2: Other inputs that are observable
directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar assets
and liabilities or market corroborated inputs.
F-14
Carbonite,
Inc.
Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements(Continued)
Level 3: Unobservable inputs are used
when little or no market data is available, which requires the
Company to develop its own assumptions about how market
participants would value the assets or liabilities. The fair
value hierarchy gives the lowest priority to Level 3 inputs.
In determining fair value, the Company utilizes valuation
techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and
minimize the use of unobservable inputs to the extent possible
in its assessment of fair value.
Refer to Note 7 for preferred stock warrant liability.
Accrued expenses consist of the following (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Accrued compensation
|
|
|
$1,281
|
|
|
|
$1,501
|
|
|
|
$1,017
|
|
Accrued media spend
|
|
|
1,064
|
|
|
|
1,410
|
|
|
|
2,521
|
|
Accrued other expenses
|
|
|
1,066
|
|
|
|
1,036
|
|
|
|
2,226
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total accrued expenses
|
|
|
$3,411
|
|
|
|
$3,947
|
|
|
|
$5,764
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-15
Carbonite,
Inc.
Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements(Continued)
|
|
6.
|
Redeemable
and Convertible Preferred Stock
|
The Companys Redeemable and Convertible Preferred Stock
consists of the following (in thousands, except share and per
share amounts):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Redeemable convertible preferred stock:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series A-2,
$0.01 par value; 506,646 shares authorized,
502,874 shares issued and outstanding, at redemption value
(liquidation value of approximately $4.2 million,
$4.4 million, and $4.5 million at December 31,
2009 and 2010 and June 30, 2011, respectively)
|
|
$
|
4,194
|
|
|
$
|
4,404
|
|
|
$
|
4,509
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Convertible preferred stock:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series A, $0.01 par value; 421,210 shares
authorized, issued, and outstanding (liquidation value of
approximately $2.3 million, $2.4 million, and
$2.5 million at December 31, 2009 and 2010 and
June 30, 2011, respectively)
|
|
$
|
1,793
|
|
|
$
|
1,793
|
|
|
$
|
1,793
|
|
Series A-1,
$0.01 par value; 194,319 shares authorized, issued,
and outstanding (liquidation value of approximately
$1.1 million at December 31, 2009 and 2010 and
June 30, 2011, respectively)
|
|
|
815
|
|
|
|
815
|
|
|
|
815
|
|
Series B, $0.01 par value; 1,259,319 shares
authorized, issued, and outstanding (liquidation value of
approximately $17.7 million, $18.6 million, and
$19.1 million at December 31, 2009 and 2010 and
June 30, 2011, respectively)
|
|
|
15,200
|
|
|
|
15,200
|
|
|
|
15,200
|
|
Series B-2,
$0.01 par value; 395,100 shares authorized and
368,400 shares issued and outstanding (liquidation value of
approximately $6.1 million, $6.4 million and
$6.5 million at December 31, 2009 and 2010 and
June 30, 2011, respectively)
|
|
|
5,401
|
|
|
|
5,401
|
|
|
|
5,401
|
|
Series C, $0.01 par value; 1,206,802 shares
authorized and 1,162,579 shares issued and outstanding
(liquidation value of approximately $22.9 million,
$24.2 million and $24.8 million at December 31,
2009 and 2010 and June 30, 2011, respectively)
|
|
|
21,194
|
|
|
|
21,194
|
|
|
|
21,194
|
|
Series D, $0.01 par value; 585,790 shares
authorized and 563,822 and 585,790 shares issued and
outstanding (liquidation value of approximately
$19.3 million, $21.2 million and $21.8 million at
December 31, 2009 and 2010 and June 30, 2011,
respectively)
|
|
|
19,173
|
|
|
|
19,923
|
|
|
|
19,923
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
63,576
|
|
|
$
|
64,326
|
|
|
$
|
64,326
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-16
Carbonite,
Inc.
Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements(Continued)
Series A,
A-1,
A-2, B, B-2,
C, and D Financing
In 2005, the Company issued 421,210 shares of its
$0.01 par value, Series A convertible preferred stock
(Series A) at $4.38 per share for total gross proceeds
of approximately $1.8 million, net of issuance costs of $52
thousand.
In December 2005 and January 2006, the Company issued
145,662 shares and 48,657 shares, respectively of its
$0.01 par value,
Series A-1
convertible preferred stock
(Series A-1)
at $4.38 per share for total gross proceeds of approximately
$0.6 million and $0.2 million, respectively, net of
issuance costs of $31 thousand and $5 thousand respectively.
In September 2006, the Company issued 502,874 shares of its
$0.01 par value,
Series A-2
redeemable convertible preferred stock
(Series A-2)
at $6.96 per share for total proceeds of approximately
$3.5 million.
In April 2007, the Company issued 1,259,319 shares of its
$0.01 par value, Series B convertible preferred stock
(Series B) at $12.07 per share for total proceeds of
approximately $15.2 million.
In December 2007, the Company issued 368,400 shares of its
$0.01 par value,
Series B-2
convertible preferred stock
(Series B-2)
at $14.66 per share for total proceeds of approximately
$5.4 million.
In August and November 2008, the Company issued
1,162,579 shares of its $0.01 par value, Series C
convertible preferred stock (Series C) at $18.23 per
share for total proceeds of approximately $21.2 million.
In December 2009 and January 2010, the Company issued 563,822
and 21,968 shares of its $0.01 par value,
Series D convertible preferred stock
(Series D) at $34.14 per share for total gross
proceeds of approximately $19.2 million and
$0.8 million, respectively, net of issuance expenses of $76
thousand.
The rights, privileges, and preferences of the Series A,
Series A-1,
Series A-2,
Series B,
Series B-2,
Series C, and Series D convertible preferred stock
(collectively, the Preferred Stock), are as follows:
Voting
Each holder of Preferred Stock is entitled to the number of
votes equal to the number of whole shares of common stock into
which such holders Preferred Stock is then convertible.
Dividends
The holders of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, out
of funds lawfully available, dividends, when, as and if they may
be declared by the Board, at an annual rate per share, without
compounding, equal to 6% of the original purchase price.
Dividends accrue, whether or not declared, are cumulative and
are payable upon the occurrence of a liquidation event for all
Preferred Stock, as well as upon redemption for
Series A-2.
Therefore dividends have been accreted on the
Series A-2
such that it is presented at redemption value. Such dividends
are payable in preference and priority to any declaration or
payment of any dividend on common stock. Dividend payments shall
be made to the holders of the Preferred Stock on a pro rata
basis, except that
Series A-2,
Series B, and
Series B-1
shall have preference over Series A and
Series A-1.
No dividends have been declared as of June 30, 2011.
F-17
Carbonite,
Inc.
Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements(Continued)
Liquidation,
Dissolution or Winding Up
In the event of any liquidation or winding up of the Company,
the holders of the Series D shall be entitled to receive,
in preference to the holders of the common stock, Series A,
Series A-1,
Series A-2,
Series B,
Series B-2,
and Series C, a per share amount equal to their original
purchase price plus all accrued and unpaid dividends.
Thereafter, the holders of the Series C shall be entitled
to receive, in preference to the holders of the common stock,
Series A, Series
A-1,
Series A-2,
Series B, and
Series B-2,
a per share amount equal to their original purchase price plus
all accrued and unpaid dividends. Thereafter, the holders of the
Series B and Series B-2, on a pari passu basis, shall be
entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of the common
stock, Series A,
Series A-1,
and
Series A-2,
a per share amount equal to their original purchase price plus
all accrued and unpaid dividends. Thereafter, the holders of the
Series A-2
shall be entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of
common stock, Series A, and
Series A-1,
an amount equal to their original purchase price plus all
accrued and unpaid dividends. Thereafter, the Series A and
Series A-1
shall be entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of
common stock, an amount equal to their original purchase price
plus all accrued and unpaid dividends. The remaining assets
shall be distributed ratably to the holders of the common stock.
A merger, acquisition, sale of voting control, or sale of
substantially all of the assets of the Company in which the
shareholders of the Company do not own a majority of the
outstanding shares of the surviving corporation shall be deemed
to be a liquidation.
As the Preferred Stock may become redeemable upon an event that
is outside of the control of the Company, the value of the
Preferred Stock has been classified outside of permanent equity.
Conversion
Voluntary
Any holder of Preferred Stock shall have the right at any time
to convert any or all of such holders shares into a number
of common shares as determined by multiplying the conversion
rate by the number of shares of Preferred Stock being converted.
The initial conversion rate for the Preferred Stock was 1 for 1
and increased to 1 for 3 in conjunction with the December 2009 3
for 1 common stock split. The conversion rate is subject to
further adjustment in accordance with certain anti-dilution
provisions that proportionately reduce the conversion rate on a
weighted average basis for issuances of additional shares of
stock (excluding underlying common stock issued upon the
conversion of then outstanding Preferred Stock, stock options or
warrants) for an effective price that is less than the
conversion rate of the Preferred Stock.
Automatic
Shares of Series A,
Series A-1,
and
Series A-2
shall automatically convert into common stock upon a qualified
public offering, defined as a public offering under the
Securities Act of 1933, covering the offer and sale of common
stock for the account of the Company in which gross proceeds of
at least $30 million, and a price per common share of at
least five times the original issue price per share of such
series of Preferred Stock, as adjusted for the 3 for 1 common
stock split and subject to further adjustment for certain common
stock events.
Shares of Series B,
Series B-2,
and Series C shall automatically convert into common stock
upon a qualified public offering, defined as a public offering
under the Securities Act of 1933, covering the offer and sale of
common stock for the account of the Company in which gross
proceeds of at least $40 million and a price per common
share of at least $13.33 per share, which reflects adjustment
for the 3 for 1 common stock split and is subject to further
adjustment for certain common stock events.
F-18
Carbonite,
Inc.
Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements(Continued)
The Series D shall be automatically converted into common
stock, at the then-applicable conversion price, (i) in the
event that the holders of at least one-half of the outstanding
Series D consent to such conversion, or (ii) upon the
closing of a firmly underwritten public offering of shares of
common stock of the Company in which the aggregate public
offering price is for not less than $40 million (before
deduction of underwriters commissions and expenses) and
the price per share is not less than $14.67, which reflects
adjustment for the 3 for 1 common stock split and is subject to
further adjustment for certain common stock events.
Special
Mandatory Conversion
If there is an equity financing that would result in a reduction
of the conversion price of a series of Preferred Stock, and the
majority of the holders of Preferred Stock have approved the
equity financing and have not waived their rights of first
refusal, then, in the event that any holder of Preferred Stock
does not participate in such equity financing by purchasing such
holders pro rata amount, then each share of Preferred
Stock held by such holder shall automatically be converted into
a newly created class of Preferred Stock, which shall be
identical in all respects to the series of Preferred Stock then
held by such nonparticipating holder, except that the conversion
price shall be fixed immediately prior to the mandatory
conversion date, and such conversion price shall be subject to
no further adjustments.
Redemption
Holders of
Series A-2
can elect to have their shares redeemed at any time after
December 31, 2012, upon written request to the Company. The
redemption amount shall be the original issue price, plus any
accrued but unpaid dividends. The redemption shall occur
60 days after the request, with payments made in three
annual installments. The maximum cumulative portion of shares
redeemed shall be 33% on the first redemption date, 50% on the
second redemption date, and 100% on the third redemption date.
Each holder of Preferred Stock may elect to participate in such
redemption if such a redemption request is made. No dividends
have been declared as of June 30, 2011. Dividends have been
accreted on the
Series A-2
such that it is presented at redemption value.
Investor
Rights
Pursuant to an investors rights agreement, the holders of
the Companys Preferred Stock have certain registration
rights with regard to shares of common stock issuable to them
upon conversion of their Preferred Stock. On not more than two
occasions and subject to additional limitations, the holders of
the Preferred Stock have the right to demand that the Company
register the converted Preferred Stock pursuant to the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Following the consummation
of an initial public offering of the Companys common stock
and subject to certain limitations, the holders of Preferred
Stock have the further right to demand that the Company register
the converted Preferred Stock on
Form S-3.
Subject to certain limitations, the Company shall bear the fees,
costs and expenses of these registrations, other than
underwriting discounts and commissions. The Company is not
required to settle such registration rights by delivery of
registered shares or by a net cash settlement.
In October 2006, in connection with a commercial line of credit,
the Company issued a warrant to purchase 3,772 shares of
Series A-2
Preferred Stock at $6.96 per share (the Warrant). The Warrant is
exercisable at any time from the date of issuance through
expiration in October 2013. The Company valued the Warrant at
the date of grant at $18 thousand, and recorded the fair
value of the Warrant as a charge to interest expense. The
Company remeasured the fair value of the Warrant each reporting
period in accordance
F-19
Carbonite,
Inc.
Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements(Continued)
with the provisions of ASC 480, Distinguishing
Liabilities from Equity, resulting in a fair value of
$82 thousand and $101 thousand as of December 31,
2010 and June 30, 2011, respectively. No portion of the
Warrant has been exercised as of June 30, 2011. The Company
has classified the fair value of the Warrant within other
long-term liabilities.
Stock
Split
In December 2009, the Board of Directors and shareholders
approved a 3 for 1 stock split of the Companys common
stock. As a result of this action, every common share (including
all authorized, issued and outstanding common shares and all
outstanding warrants and options to purchase common shares) was
split into three common shares bearing the same par value. All
of the Companys authorized, issued, and outstanding common
shares (including all outstanding warrants and options to
purchase common shares) since inception, have been restated in
these financial statements to reflect the effect of the common
stock split.
Common
Stock
The Company has reserved the following number of shares of
common stock as of December 31, 2010 and June 30, 2011
for the potential conversion of Redeemable and Convertible
Preferred Stock and the exercise of stock options and a warrant:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
Series A Convertible Preferred Stock
|
|
|
1,263,630
|
|
|
|
1,263,630
|
|
Series A-1
Convertible Preferred Stock
|
|
|
582,957
|
|
|
|
582,957
|
|
Series A-2
Redeemable and Convertible Preferred Stock
|
|
|
1,508,622
|
|
|
|
1,508,622
|
|
Series B Convertible Preferred Stock
|
|
|
3,777,957
|
|
|
|
3,777,957
|
|
Series B-2
Convertible Preferred Stock
|
|
|
1,105,200
|
|
|
|
1,105,200
|
|
Series C Convertible Preferred Stock
|
|
|
3,487,737
|
|
|
|
3,487,737
|
|
Series D Convertible Preferred Stock
|
|
|
1,757,370
|
|
|
|
1,757,370
|
|
Common stock options
|
|
|
2,472,848
|
|
|
|
2,037,410
|
|
Warrant
|
|
|
11,316
|
|
|
|
11,316
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
15,967,637
|
|
|
|
15,532,199
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted
Stock
In June 2009, the Company sold an aggregate of
72,000 shares of common stock at the fair value of $1.31
per share to independent members of the Board of Directors under
restricted stock agreements in accordance with the terms of the
Companys 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (the 2005 Plan). During
2009, due to the departure of one board member, 18,000 of these
shares were forfeited. The restricted stock vests ratably over
three years from the grant date. In the event that a member of
the Board of Directors ceases to serve on the Companys
Board of Directors for any reason, with or without cause, the
Company has the right to repurchase some or all of the unvested
shares at the fair values on the dates of issuance.
F-20
Carbonite,
Inc.
Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements(Continued)
The fair value of the restricted shares is based on the fair
value of the Companys common stock on the date of grant.
Stock-based compensation expense related to restricted shares is
recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service
period. There are no performance-based measures.
Unvested share activity for the year ended December 31,
2010 and the six months ended June 30, 2011, is presented
below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-
|
|
|
|
|
Average Grant
|
|
|
|
|
Date Fair Value
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
per Share
|
|
Unvested shares outstanding at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
46,500
|
|
|
|
$0.00
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vested
|
|
|
(19,500
|
)
|
|
|
0.00
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unvested shares outstanding at December 31, 2010
|
|
|
27,000
|
|
|
|
0.00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted (unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vested (unaudited)
|
|
|
(9,000
|
)
|
|
|
0.00
|
|
Forfeited (unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unvested shares outstanding at June 30, 2011(unaudited)
|
|
|
18,000
|
|
|
|
$0.00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock
Options
The Companys 2005 Plan provides for granting of qualified
incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, restricted
stock, or other awards to the Companys employees,
officers, directors, and outside consultants, up to an aggregate
of 3,601,551 shares of the Companys common stock. At
December 31, 2010 and June 30, 2011, there were
456,395 and 266,268 shares, respectively, available for
future grant under the 2005 Plan.
The Company has granted stock options at exercise prices no less
than the fair market value of the common stock at the date of
grant, as determined by the Board of Directors. The
Companys Board of Directors exercised judgment in
determining the estimated fair value of the Companys
common stock on the date of grant based on a number of objective
and subjective factors, including the Companys operating
and financial performance, external market conditions affecting
the Companys industry sector, an analysis of publicly
traded peer companies, the prices at which it sold shares of
convertible preferred stock, secondary transactions in the
Companys common stock, the superior rights and preferences
of securities senior to the Companys common stock at the
time of each grant, and the likelihood of achieving a liquidity
event such as an initial public offering or sale of the Company.
For all stock options granted after March 31, 2006, the
Company engaged an unrelated third-party valuation specialist to
assist the Board of Directors and management in preparing
contemporaneous valuation reports to document the fair value of
the Companys common stock.
As the Companys common stock is not actively traded, the
determination of fair value involves assumptions, judgments and
estimates.
During the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company
granted options for the purchase of 4,200 shares,
respectively, to external consultants. No options were granted
to external consultants in 2008 and 2010. The weighted-average
grant date fair value of options granted to external consultants
during the year
F-21
Carbonite,
Inc.
Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements(Continued)
ended December 31, 2009, was $0.51. Grants made to external
consultants vest over a period of one or two years, and the
expense related to these options is being charged to share-based
compensation expense over the vesting period of the options. The
amount of share-based compensation expense that may be
recognized for outstanding, unvested options as of
December 31, 2010, was approximately $16 thousand. The
amount of share-based compensation expense that will ultimately
be recorded will depend on the remeasurement of the outstanding
awards through their vesting date. This remaining compensation
expense will be recognized over a weighted-average amortization
period of 0.3 years at December 31, 2010.
Stock options granted to employees generally vest over a
four-year period, and expire ten years from the date of grant.
Certain option awards provide for accelerated vesting if there
is a change of control, as defined in the 2005 Plan.
The Company uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to
determine the fair value of stock options. The determination of
the fair value of stock options awards on the date of grant
using an option-pricing model is affected by the Companys
stock price, as well as a number of complex and subjective
variables. These variables include the expected term of the
awards, the Companys expected stock price volatility over
the term of the awards, actual and projected employee stock
option exercise behaviors, risk-free interest rate, and expected
dividends.
The assumptions used to estimate the fair value of the stock
options using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model were as
follows for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009, and
2010 and for the six months ended June 30, 2011:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
June 30, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
Weighted-average fair value of common stock
|
|
$0.53
|
|
$2.08
|
|
$7.32
|
|
$11.69
|
Risk-free interest rate
|
|
1.77% to 3.49%
|
|
2.09% to 3.04%
|
|
1.45% to 3.04%
|
|
2.40%
|
Expected dividend yield
|
|
%
|
|
%
|
|
%
|
|
%
|
Expected volatility
|
|
42%
|
|
70% to 74%
|
|
61% to 64%
|
|
53% - 62%
|
Expected term (in years)
|
|
5.5 to 6.1
|
|
5 to 6.1
|
|
6.1
|
|
6.1
|
Risk-Free
Interest Rate
The Company bases the risk-free interest rate that it uses in
the option valuation model on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon
issues with remaining maturities similar to the expected term of
the options.
Expected
Dividend Yield
The Company has not paid, and does not anticipate paying, cash
dividends on shares of common stock; therefore, the expected
dividend yield is assumed to be zero in the option valuation
model.
Expected
Volatility
As there has been no public market for the Companys common
stock, the Company has determined the volatility for options
granted based on an analysis of reported data for a peer group
of companies that issued options with substantially similar
terms. The expected volatility of options granted has been
determined
F-22
Carbonite,
Inc.
Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements(Continued)
using an average of the historical volatility measures of this
peer group of companies for a period equal to the expected term
of the option.
Expected
Term
The Company has limited historical information to develop
reasonable expectations about future exercise patterns and
post-vesting employment termination behavior for its stock
option grants. As a result, for stock option grants made during
the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009, and 2010, and the
six months ended June 30, 2011 the expected term was
estimated using the simplified method. The
simplified method is based on the average of the vesting
tranches and the contractual life of each grant.
Forfeitures
The Company is required to estimate forfeitures at the time of
grant, and revise those estimates in subsequent periods if
actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. The Company uses
historical data to estimate pre-vesting option forfeitures, and
records stock-based compensation expense only for those awards
that are expected to vest.
Share-based compensation is reflected in the consolidated
statement of operations as follows for the years ended
December 31, 2008, 2009, and 2010 and the six months ended
June 30, 2010 and 2011 (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months Ended
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Cost of revenues
|
|
$
|
16
|
|
|
$
|
35
|
|
|
$
|
45
|
|
|
$
|
30
|
|
|
$
|
87
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
88
|
|
|
|
171
|
|
|
|
92
|
|
|
|
195
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
89
|
|
|
|
188
|
|
|
|
227
|
|
|
|
130
|
|
|
|
111
|
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
|
79
|
|
|
|
99
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
159
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
203
|
|
|
$
|
390
|
|
|
$
|
542
|
|
|
$
|
272
|
|
|
$
|
552
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table summarizes stock options granted from
January 1, 2010 through June 30, 2011:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
Per Share
|
|
Per Share
|
|
Per Share
|
|
Aggregate
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
Exercise
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
Estimated
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
Underlying
|
|
Price
|
|
of Underlying
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
Fair Value
|
Option Grant Dates
|
|
Options Granted
|
|
of Options (1)
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
of Options (2)
|
|
of Options (2)
|
|
February 12, 2010
|
|
|
42,000
|
|
|
$
|
4.77
|
|
|
$
|
4.77
|
|
|
$
|
2.63
|
|
|
$
|
110,460
|
|
April 2, 2010
|
|
|
99,500
|
|
|
|
4.77
|
|
|
|
4.77
|
|
|
|
2.44
|
|
|
|
242,780
|
|
May 4, 2010
|
|
|
11,500
|
|
|
|
4.90
|
|
|
|
4.90
|
|
|
|
2.38
|
|
|
|
27,370
|
|
August 4, 2010
|
|
|
105,000
|
|
|
|
4.90
|
|
|
|
4.90
|
|
|
|
2.24
|
|
|
|
235,200
|
|
October 20, 2010
|
|
|
58,000
|
|
|
|
5.15
|
|
|
|
5.15
|
|
|
|
2.35
|
|
|
|
136,300
|
|
December 16, 2010
|
|
|
200,000
|
|
|
|
5.15
|
|
|
|
12.00
|
|
|
|
9.00
|
|
|
|
1,800,000
|
|
January 26, 2011 (unaudited)
|
|
|
12,000
|
|
|
|
11.10
|
|
|
|
12.00
|
|
|
|
7.27
|
|
|
|
87,240
|
|
April 27, 2011 (unaudited)
|
|
|
201,100
|
|
|
|
11.73
|
|
|
|
12.04
|
|
|
|
6.40
|
|
|
|
1,287,040
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The per share exercise price of options is determined by the
Companys board of directors. |
F-23
Carbonite,
Inc.
Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements(Continued)
|
|
|
(2) |
|
As described above, the estimated fair value of options was
estimated for the date of grant using the Black-Scholes
option-pricing model. |
The following table summarizes stock option activity under the
2005 Plan:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Remaining
|
|
|
Aggregate
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
Contractual
|
|
|
Intrinsic
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Price
|
|
|
Life
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
per Share
|
|
|
(In Years)
|
|
|
(in Thousands) (3)
|
|
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
2,597,865
|
|
|
$
|
1.41
|
|
|
|
8.54
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
516,000
|
|
|
$
|
4.99
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
(260,525
|
)
|
|
$
|
1.12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Canceled
|
|
|
(380,492
|
)
|
|
$
|
1.88
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2010
|
|
|
2,472,848
|
|
|
$
|
2.11
|
|
|
|
7.15
|
|
|
$
|
22,222
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercisable at December 31, 2010
|
|
|
1,200,226
|
|
|
$
|
1.22
|
|
|
|
5.48
|
|
|
$
|
11,857
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2010 (1)
|
|
|
2,464,921
|
|
|
$
|
2.12
|
|
|
|
7.15
|
|
|
$
|
22,142
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2010
|
|
|
2,472,848
|
|
|
$
|
2.11
|
|
|
|
7.15
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted (unaudited)
|
|
|
213,100
|
|
|
$
|
11.69
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised (unaudited)
|
|
|
(625,565
|
)
|
|
$
|
1.16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Canceled (unaudited)
|
|
|
(22,973
|
)
|
|
$
|
3.88
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at June 30, 2011 (unaudited)
|
|
|
2,037,410
|
|
|
$
|
3.39
|
|
|
|
7.10
|
|
|
$
|
16,994
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercisable at June 30, 2011 (unaudited)
|
|
|
833,573
|
|
|
$
|
1.60
|
|
|
|
4.91
|
|
|
$
|
8,447
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vested and expected to vest at June 30, 2011(2) (unaudited)
|
|
|
2,035,347
|
|
|
$
|
3.39
|
|
|
|
7.10
|
|
|
$
|
16,972
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Represents the number of vested stock options as of
December 31, 2010, plus the number of unvested stock
options expected to vest as of December 31, 2010, based on
the unvested stock options outstanding at December 31,
2010, adjusted for estimated forfeitures. |
|
(2) |
|
Represents the number of vested stock options as of
June 30, 2011, plus the number of unvested stock options
expected to vest as of June 30, 2011, based on the unvested
stock options outstanding at June 30, 2011, adjusted for
estimated forfeitures. |
|
(3) |
|
The aggregate intrinsic value is calculated as the positive
difference between the exercise price of the underlying stock
options and the fair value of the Companys common stock on
December 31, 2010 and June 30, 2011, respectively. |
The weighted-average grant date fair value of options granted to
employees during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009,
and 2010 and the six months ended June 30, 2011, was $0.53,
$2.08, $4.68, and $6.18 per share, respectively. The total
intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended
December 31, 2008, 2009, and 2010 and the six months ended
June 30, 2011, was approximately $0.08 million,
$0.1 million, $1.2 million, and $6.3 million,
respectively.
F-24
Carbonite,
Inc.
Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements(Continued)
At December 31, 2010 and June 30, 2011, there were
approximately $2.9 million and $3.6 million of
unrecognized share-based compensation cost, net of estimated
forfeitures, respectively, related to unvested stock options
which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average
period of 3.48 and 3.27 years, respectively. The total
unrecognized share-based compensation cost will be adjusted for
future changes in estimated forfeitures.
Incentive
Unit Agreements
In April 2011, the Companys Board of Directors authorized
its subsidiary in China to enter into Incentive Unit Agreements
pursuant to an Incentive Unit Plan providing up to an aggregate
of 60,000 incentive units (Units) to certain employees of its
subsidiary in China to afford these employees the benefit of any
appreciation in the value of the Company. The Units have a five
year term and vest upon the satisfaction of a service period
criteria of up to four years and a performance condition
requirement of a qualifying liquidity event (initial public
offering or change of control). Upon vesting, the recipients of
Units are entitled to a bonus based on the difference between
the fair value of the Companys stock and the base value
set forth in their respective Incentive Units Agreements. In
April 2011, the Companys subsidiary in China granted
33,000 Units with base values ranging from $4.90 to $11.73 and a
total grant date fair value of $0.3 million. The Company
determined that as of June 30, 2011, the performance
condition is not probable of achievement and is outside of the
control of the Company, and accordingly, it has not recorded any
compensation expense for these incentive units. Upon the
occurrence of a qualifying liquidity event, the Company will
record a liability equal to the fair value of the vested
incentive units and will re-measure the liability for changes in
the fair value at each reporting period and record the
unrecognized compensation expense over the remaining service
vesting period using an accelerated attribution method.
Secondary
Market Transaction
In January 2011, certain of the Companys current and
former employees sold an aggregate of 863,832 shares of
common stock to a nonrelated investment group, for $12.00 per
share.
The domestic and foreign components of loss before provision for
income taxes were as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months Ended
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Domestic
|
|
$
|
(17,439
|
)
|
|
$
|
(19,225
|
)
|
|
$
|
(25,666
|
)
|
|
$
|
(14,114
|
)
|
|
$
|
(9,556
|
)
|
Foreign
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(97
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(433
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
(17,439
|
)
|
|
$
|
(19,225
|
)
|
|
$
|
(25,763
|
)
|
|
$
|
(14,114
|
)
|
|
$
|
(9,989
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-25
Carbonite,
Inc.
Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements(Continued)
A reconciliation of income taxes computed using the
U.S. federal statutory rate to that reflected in operations
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
Expected income tax benefit using U.S. federal statutory rate
|
|
|
34.0
|
%
|
|
|
34.0
|
%
|
|
|
34.0
|
%
|
Change in the valuation allowance
|
|
|
(34.0
|
)
|
|
|
(34.0
|
)
|
|
|
(34.0
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Components of the Companys deferred tax assets and
liabilities are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Net operating loss carryforwards
|
|
$
|
20,300
|
|
|
$
|
28,693
|
|
Research and development tax credit carryforwards
|
|
|
897
|
|
|
|
1,389
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
556
|
|
|
|
1,785
|
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
(574
|
)
|
|
|
(811
|
)
|
Other
|
|
|
(72
|
)
|
|
|
188
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax assets
|
|
|
21,107
|
|
|
|
31,244
|
|
Deferred tax asset valuation allowance
|
|
|
(21,107
|
)
|
|
|
(31,244
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
No provision for federal or state income taxes has been
recorded, as the Company has incurred cumulative net operating
losses since inception. As of December 31, 2009 and 2010,
the Company had federal net operating loss carryforwards of
approximately $50.5 million and $72.8 million,
respectively. The federal net operating loss carryforwards will
expire at various dates beginning in the year 2026 through 2031.
As of December 31, 2009 and 2010, the Company had state net
operating loss carryforwards of approximately $50.3 million
and $72.6 million, respectively. State net operating loss
carryforwards will expire at various dates beginning in 2011
through 2016. At December 31, 2009 and 2010, the Company
had approximately $0.9 million and $1.4 million,
respectively, of federal and state research and development tax
credit carryforwards available to reduce future income taxes
payable, which will expire at various dates beginning in the
year 2021 through 2031.
Management of the Company has evaluated the positive and
negative evidence bearing upon the realizability of its deferred
tax assets. As required by the provisions of ASC 740,
management has determined that it is more-likely-than-not that
the Company will not utilize the benefits of federal and state
deferred tax assets for financial reporting purposes.
Accordingly, the deferred tax assets have been fully reserved at
December 31, 2009 and 2010. The valuation allowance
increased approximately $8.4 million and $10.1 million
during the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010,
respectively, due primarily to the increase in the net operating
loss carryforwards and research and development tax credits.
Utilization of net operating loss carryforwards and research and
development credit carryforwards may be subject to a substantial
annual limitation due to ownership change limitations that have
occurred previously or that could occur in the future in
accordance with Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of
1986 (Section 382), as well as similar state provisions.
These ownership changes may limit the amount of net operating
loss carryforwards and research and development credit
carryforwards that can be utilized annually to offset future
taxable income and taxes, respectively. In general, an ownership
change, as defined by Section 382, results from
transactions increasing the ownership of certain shareholders or
public groups in the stock of a corporation by more than
50 percentage points over a three-year period. The Company
has
F-26
Carbonite,
Inc.
Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements(Continued)
completed several financings since its inception which may have
resulted in a change in control as defined by Section 382,
or could result in a change in control in the future.
The Company has not, as yet, conducted a study of its research
and development credit carryforwards. This study may result in
an adjustment to the Companys research and development
credit carryforwards; however, until a study is completed and
any adjustment is known, no amounts are being presented as an
uncertain tax position. A full valuation allowance has been
provided against the Companys research and development
credits and, if an adjustment is required, this adjustment would
be offset by an adjustment to the valuation allowance. Thus,
there would be no material impact to the consolidated balance
sheets or statements of operations if an adjustment were
required.
Effective January 1, 2009, the Company adopted new
accounting guidance related to accounting for uncertainty in
income taxes. The Companys reserves related to taxes are
based on a determination of whether and how much of a tax
benefit taken by the Company in its tax filings or positions is
more-likely-than-not to be realized following resolution of any
potential contingencies present related to the tax benefit. As a
result of the implementation of the new guidance, the Company
recognized no material adjustment for unrecognized income tax
benefits. At the adoption date of January 1, 2009, and also
at December 31, 2009 and 2010 and June 30, 2011, the
Company had no unrecognized tax benefits.
The Company will recognize interest and penalties related to
uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. As of
January 1, 2009 and December 31, 2009 and 2010, and
also as of June 30, 2011, the Company had no accrued
interest or penalties related to uncertain tax positions and no
amounts have been recognized in the Companys consolidated
statements of operations.
The statute of limitations for assessment by the Internal
Revenue Service (IRS) and state tax authorities is open for tax
years ending December 31, 2006, 2007, 2008, and 2009,
although carryforward attributes that were generated prior to
tax year 2006 may still be adjusted upon examination by the
IRS or state tax authorities if they either have been or will be
used in a future period. There are currently no federal or state
audits in progress.
|
|
10.
|
Commitments
and Contingencies
|
Operating
Leases
The Company leases various facilities under leases that expire
at varying dates through 2014. Certain of these leases contain
renewal options, and require the Company to pay operating costs,
including property taxes, insurance, and maintenance.
The Company has lease agreements to rent office space in Boston,
Massachusetts (corporate headquarters) Lewiston, Maine,
Princeton, New Jersey, and Beijing, China, expiring in 2014 or
earlier. The Company has a lease agreement to rent data center
space in Wakefield, Massachusetts, expiring in 2015. The terms
of the Boston and Maine office leases as well as the Wakefield
data center lease include escalating rent and a free rent
period. Accordingly, the Company recorded a deferred rent
liability related to the free rent and escalating rent payments
and rent is being recognized on a straight-line basis over the
terms of the leases. At December 31, 2009 and 2010 and at
June 30, 2011, $0.1 million, $0.2 million, and
$0.3 million, respectively, are included in accrued
expenses and other long-term liabilities related to the deferred
rent.
The Company also maintains a hosting service agreement with a
third-party data center vendor that is subject to annual renewal.
F-27
Carbonite,
Inc.
Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements(Continued)
Future non-cancellable minimum lease payments under all
operating leases as of December 31, 2010, are as follows
(in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Facilities
|
|
|
Data Center
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
Leases
|
|
|
Lease
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
2011
|
|
$
|
631
|
|
|
$
|
698
|
|
|
$
|
1,329
|
|
2012
|
|
|
651
|
|
|
|
725
|
|
|
|
1,376
|
|
2013
|
|
|
670
|
|
|
|
501
|
|
|
|
1,171
|
|
2014
|
|
|
338
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
338
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,290
|
|
|
$
|
1,924
|
|
|
$
|
4,214
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In May 2011, the Company entered into a lease for a new customer
support facility in Lewiston, Maine that expires on or about
June 1, 2016. This lease contains a termination option in
favor of the Company at any time after May 31, 2013,
contains a renewal option for an additional two years, and
requires the Company to pay a proportion of increases in
operating expenses and real estate taxes after January 1,
2013.
In June 2011, the Company entered into a turn-key datacenter
lease with a third-party data center vendor that expires on or
about August 31, 2015, subject to extension at the
Companys option.
In June 2011, the Company assumed the lease for a small office
in Princeton, New Jersey that expires on August 31, 2012
Litigation
In August 2010 Oasis Research, LLC filed a lawsuit against the
Company and many other companies in the U.S. District Court
for the Eastern District of Texas, alleging, with respect to the
Company, that the Companys online backup storage services
infringe four patents held by Oasis Research LLC. Oasis Research
seeks an award for damages in an unspecified amount. Neither the
ultimate outcome of this litigation nor an estimate of a
probable loss or any reasonably possible losses can be assessed
at this time. The Company intends to defend itself vigorously.
In the ordinary course of business the Company is involved in
litigation incidental to its business; however, the
Companys management is not aware of any pending legal
proceeding or other loss contingency, whether asserted or
unasserted, affecting the Company for which it might become
liable or the outcome of which management expects to have a
material impact on the Company.
Other
Non-cancellable Commitments
As of December 31, 2010, the Company had non-cancelable
commitments of $4.5 million payable in 2011, and
$0.6 million payable in 2012 and 2013, primarily consisting
of radio advertising agreements and data center hosting
arrangements.
The Company has established a 401(k) defined contribution plan
for its employees who meet certain employment status and age
requirements. Contributions up to a 15% maximum of each covered
employees salaries were permitted. The Company has not
contributed to this plan for the years ended December 31,
2008, 2009, and 2010 and the six months ended June 30, 2011.
F-28
Carbonite,
Inc.
Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements(Continued)
|
|
12.
|
Related
Party Transactions
|
One investor in the Companys Series A,
Series A-1,
Series A-2,
Series B,
Series B-2,
and Series D financing is also the Companys Assistant
Secretary and primary legal counsel. Legal fees paid to this
firm totaled $0.5 million, $0.5 million and
$1.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2008,
2009, and 2010, respectively. Legal fees paid to this firm
during the six months ended June 30, 2011 totaled
$2.1 million. At December 31, 2009 and 2010 and at
June 30, 2011, the Company had outstanding payables and
accruals to the legal firm of $0.4 million,
$0.5 million and $0.8 million, respectively.
One of the Companys Directors has previously provided
business development consulting services to the Company through
the year 2008. During the year ended December 31, 2008, the
Company recorded an expense of $2 thousand for amounts
owned to him by issuing him 1,500 shares of common stock at
the fair value of $1.27.
|
|
13.
|
Revolving
Credit Facility
|
In May 2011, the Company entered into a revolving line of credit
with a bank pursuant to which the Company may borrow up to
$15 million. Advances under the line of credit bear
interest on the outstanding daily balance, at an annual rate
equal to the lenders prime reference rate plus 1%. The
Company has pledged its accounts receivable, equipment, and
shares of its subsidiaries to the lender to secure its
obligations under the credit facility, and has also agreed not
to grant a security interest in or pledge its intellectual
property to any third party. The credit facility contains
customary events of default, conditions to borrowings and
restrictive covenants, including restrictions on the
Companys ability to dispose of assets, make acquisitions,
incur additional debt, incur liens, make distributions to
stockholders, make investments, or enter into certain types of
related party transactions. The credit facility also includes
financial and other covenants including covenants to maintain a
minimum adjusted net worth and a minimum number of total
subscribers. To date, the Company has not borrowed any amounts
under this $15 million revolving line of credit.
|
|
14.
|
Subsequent
Events (unaudited information)
|
In July 2011, the Companys board of directors and
stockholders adopted the 2011 Equity Award Plan (the Plan),
which will be effective if the Company completes an initial
public offering of its common stock. Under the Plan,
1,662,000 shares will initially be reserved for stock-based
compensation awards with automatic annual increases equal to the
lesser of 4% of the common shares outstanding or
1,500,000 shares.
In July 2011, the Companys board of directors and
stockholders approved an increase in the number of authorized
shares of common stock to 60,000,000, which will be reduced to
45,000,000 upon completion of the Companys initial public
offering.
In July 2011, the Companys board of directors granted
options to purchase 186,750 shares of common stock. The
exercise price of 156,750 of these options will be set at the
offering price of the Companys initial public offering,
unless the offering is delayed past August 15, 2011, in
which case the board of directors may set an exercise price
equal to the fair value of the Companys common stock at a
future date. The exercise price of 30,000 of these options will
be the initial public offering price in the initial public
offering, and such options will vest only if the offering is
completed.
In July 2011, the Companys subsidiary in China granted
5,000 Units with terms identical to those granted in April
2011, except with a base value equal to the initial public
offering price in the Companys planned initial public
offering, unless the offering is delayed past August 15,
2011, in which case the board of directors of the Company may
set a base value equal to a valuation of the Companys
common stock to be established by the board of directors on or
about the date the base value is set.
F-29
Carbonite,
Inc.
Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements(Continued)
In August 2011, the Companys board of directors and
stockholders approved an amendment to the Companys
certificate of incorporation to permit the holders of a majority
of the outstanding shares of Series A-2 to consent to the
conversion of the outstanding shares of Series A-2 into
common stock effective upon the closing of a public offering of
shares of common stock by the Company.
On July 28, 2011, August 2, 2011 and August 9,
2011, respectively, the holders of a majority of the outstanding
shares of Series D, the holders of a majority of the
outstanding shares of each of Series B, Series B-2 and
Series C, and the holders of a majority of the outstanding
shares of Series A-2 consented to the conversion of the
shares of each such series into common stock effective upon the
closing of the Companys planned public offering of shares
of common stock.
F-30
*Information presented is as of June 30, 2011
6,250,000 Shares
Common Stock
PROSPECTUS
|
|
BofA
Merrill Lynch |
J.P. Morgan
|
|
|
|
|
William
Blair & Company |
Canaccord Genuity |
Oppenheimer & Co. |
Pacific Crest Securities |
, 2011
PART II
INFORMATION
NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
|
|
Item 13.
|
Other
Expenses of Issuance and Distribution
|
The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other
than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable in
connection with the sale and distribution of the securities
being registered. All amounts are estimated except the SEC
registration fee and the FINRA filing fee. All the expenses
below will be paid by the registrant.
|
|
|
|
|
Item
|
|
Amount
|
|
SEC registration fee
|
|
$
|
9,179
|
|
FINRA filing fee
|
|
$
|
12,719
|
|
Initial listing fee
|
|
$
|
125,000
|
|
Legal fees and expenses
|
|
$
|
1,570,000
|
|
Accounting fees and expenses
|
|
$
|
700,000
|
|
Printing and engraving expenses
|
|
$
|
200,000
|
|
Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses
|
|
$
|
7,100
|
|
Miscellaneous fees and expenses
|
|
$
|
76,002
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
2,700,000
|
|
|
|
Item 14.
|
Indemnification
of Directors and Officers
|
Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law
authorizes a court to award, or a corporations board of
directors to grant, indemnity to directors and officers in terms
sufficiently broad to permit such indemnification under certain
circumstances for liabilities, including reimbursement for
expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, or the Securities Act.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be in
effect upon the completion of this offering provides for
indemnification of our directors, officers, employees and other
agents to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General
Corporation Law, and our amended and restated bylaws to be in
effect upon the completion of this offering provide for
indemnification of our directors, officers, employees and other
agents to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General
Corporation Law.
In addition, we have entered into indemnification agreements
with our directors, officers, and some employees containing
provisions which are in some respects broader than the specific
indemnification provisions contained in the Delaware General
Corporation Law. The indemnification agreements require us,
among other things, to indemnify our directors against certain
liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service
as directors and to advance their expenses incurred as a result
of any proceeding against them as to which they could be
indemnified.
The underwriting agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this
registration statement provides for indemnification by the
underwriters of the registrant and its officers and directors
for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act and
otherwise.
II-1
|
|
Item 15.
|
Recent
Sales of Unregistered Securities
|
During the last three years, the registrant made sales of the
following unregistered securities:
Sales of
preferred stock
In December 2009 and January 2010, the registrant sold an
aggregate of 585,790 shares of its Series D Preferred
Stock to a total of 30 accredited investors at a purchase price
of approximately $34.14 per share and for an aggregate purchase
price of approximately $20.0 million.
In August 2008, the registrant sold an aggregate of
1,162,579 shares of its Series C Preferred Stock to a
total of 24 accredited investors at a purchase price of
approximately $18.23 per share and for an aggregate purchase
price of approximately $21.2 million.
Option
and common stock issuances
From January 1, 2008 through June 30, 2011, the
registrant granted to its employees, consultants, and other
service providers options to purchase an aggregate of
1,532,050 shares of common stock under the
registrants Amended and Restated 2005 Stock Incentive
Plan, at exercise prices ranging from $1.26 to $11.73 per
share.
From January 1, 2008 through June 30, 2011, the
registrant granted to certain executive officers and directors
options to purchase an aggregate of 1,109,898 shares of
common stock under the registrants Amended and Restated
2005 Stock Incentive Plan, at exercise prices ranging from $1.26
to $5.15 per share.
From January 1, 2008 through June 30, 2011, the
registrant issued and sold to its employees, consultants and
other service providers an aggregate of 558,039 shares of
common stock upon the exercise of options under the
registrants Amended and Restated 2005 Stock Incentive Plan
at exercise prices ranging from $0.33 to $5.15 per share, for an
aggregate exercise price of $470,880.
From January 1, 2008 through June 30, 2011, the
registrant issued and sold to certain executive officers and
directors an aggregate of 614,976 shares of common stock
upon the exercise of options under the registrants Amended
and Restated 2005 Stock Incentive Plan at exercise prices
ranging from $0.33 to $2.64 per share, for an aggregate exercise
price of $726,489.
On July 12, 2011 and July 20, 2011, the registrant
granted to its employees, consultants, and other service
providers options to purchase an aggregate of
115,750 shares of common stock, and granted to certain
executive officers and directors options to purchase an
aggregate of 71,000 shares of common stock, in each case
under the registrants Amended and Restated 2005 Stock
Incentive Plan. The exercise price of 156,750 these options will
be the initial public offering price in this offering, unless
the offering is delayed past August 15, 2011, in which case
the registratants board of directors may set an exercise
price equal to a valuation of the registrants common stock
to be established by the board of directors on or about the date
the price is set. The exercise price of 30,000 of the options
granted to certain of the registrants directors will be
the initial public offering price in this offering, and such
options will vest only if this offering is completed.
Unless otherwise stated, the sales of the above securities were
deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act
in reliance upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act (or
Regulation D or Regulation S promulgated thereunder),
or Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the
Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any
public offering or pursuant to benefit plans and contracts
relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701. The
recipients of the securities in each of these transactions
represented their intentions to acquire the securities for
investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection
with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were
placed upon the stock certificates issued in these transactions.
The registrant believes that all recipients of securities in
these transactions were accredited investors, sophisticated
investors, or had adequate access, through their relationships
with the registrant, to information about the registrant. The
sales of these securities were made without any general
solicitation or advertising. No underwriters were involved in
the issuance of these securities.
II-2
|
|
Item 16.
|
Exhibits
and Financial Statements
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Description of Exhibit
|
|
|
1
|
.1#
|
|
Form of Underwriting Agreement.
|
|
3
|
.1#
|
|
Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be
in effect upon completion of the offering.
|
|
3
|
.2#
|
|
Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws to be in effect upon
completion of the offering.
|
|
4
|
.1#
|
|
Form of Common Stock Certificate.
|
|
4
|
.2#
|
|
Third Amended and Restated Investors Rights Agreement by
and among Carbonite, Inc. and the persons and entities listed on
Exhibit A attached thereto, dated as of December 24, 2009.
|
|
5
|
.1#
|
|
Opinion of Foley & Lardner LLP.
|
|
10
|
.1+#
|
|
Amended and Restated 2005 Stock Incentive Plan and Form of
Incentive Stock Option Agreement, Nonqualified Stock Option
Agreement, and Stock Restriction Agreement under the Amended and
Restated 2005 Stock Incentive Plan.
|
|
10
|
.2+#
|
|
2011 Equity Award Plan and Form of Incentive Stock Option
Agreement, Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement, and Stock
Restriction Agreement under the 2011 Stock Incentive Plan, to be
effective upon completion of the offering.
|
|
10
|
.3+#
|
|
Form of Indemnification Agreement by and between Carbonite, Inc.
and each of its directors and executive officers.
|
|
10
|
.4+#
|
|
Severance Agreement with David Friend, dated as of May 3, 2011.
|
|
10
|
.5+#
|
|
Severance Agreement with Jeffry Flowers, dated as of May 4,
2011.
|
|
10
|
.6+#
|
|
Offer and Employment Agreement with Andrew Keenan, dated as of
April 27, 2007.
|
|
10
|
.6A+#
|
|
Amendment to Offer and Employment Agreement with Andrew Keenan,
dated as of May 5, 2011.
|
|
10
|
.7+#
|
|
Offer Letter with Swami Kumaresan, dated as of September 7, 2007.
|
|
10
|
.7A+#
|
|
Amendment to Offer Letter with Swami Kumaresan, dated as of
April 18, 2011.
|
|
10
|
.8#
|
|
Office Lease with Trustees of Church Realty, dated as of June
25, 2009.
|
|
10
|
.9#
|
|
Office Lease with Church Realty Trust, dated as of May 20, 2010.
|
|
10
|
.10#
|
|
Colocation/Interconnection License with Markley Boston, LLC,
dated as of August 20, 2006.
|
|
10
|
.10A#
|
|
First Amendment to Colocation/Interconnection License with
Markley Boston, LLC, dated as of October 31, 2006.
|
|
10
|
.10B#
|
|
Second Amendment to Colocation/Interconnection License with
Markley Boston, LLC, dated as of January 9, 2008.
|
|
10
|
.10C#
|
|
Third Amendment to Colocation/Interconnection License with
Markley Boston, LLC, dated as of October 31, 2008.
|
|
10
|
.11#
|
|
Master Services Agreement with Internap Network Services, Corp.,
executed on or about December 3, 2008.
|
|
10
|
.12#
|
|
Loan and Security Agreement with Comerica Bank, dated as of
May 11, 2011.
|
|
10
|
.13#
|
|
Commercial Lease with Lewiston Properties, LLC, dated as of
May 13, 2011.
|
|
10
|
.14#
|
|
Turn Key Datacenter Lease with GIP Wakefield, LLC, dated as of
June 3, 2011.
|
|
10
|
.15#
|
|
Carbonite (China) Co., Ltd. Incentive Unit Plan and Form of
Incentive Units Agreement under the Incentive Unit Plan.
|
|
21
|
.1#
|
|
List of subsidiaries.
|
|
23
|
.1#
|
|
Consent of Foley & Lardner LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
|
|
23
|
.2
|
|
Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public
accounting firm.
|
|
24
|
.1#
|
|
Power of Attorney.
|
|
24
|
.2#
|
|
Power of Attorney.
|
|
|
|
+ |
|
Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan. |
|
|
|
Portions of this exhibit have been omitted pending a
determination by the Securities and Exchange Commission as to
whether these portions should be granted confidential treatment. |
|
# |
|
Previously filed. |
|
|
|
|
(b)
|
Financial Statement Schedules
|
II-3
Schedules have been omitted because the information required to
be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the
consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the
Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors,
officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to
the foregoing provisions, the registrant has been advised that
in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such
indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act
and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for
indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment
by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director,
officer or controlling person of the registrant in the
successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is
asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in
connection with the securities being registered, the registrant
will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been
settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of
appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such
indemnification by us is against public policy as expressed in
the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such
issue.
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities
Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus
as filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon
Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by
the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or
497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of
this registration statement as of the time it was declared
effective.
|
|
|
(2)
|
For the purpose of determining any liability under the
Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that
contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new
registration statement relating to the securities offered
therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall
be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
|
|
|
(3)
|
For the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under
the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial
distribution of the securities:
|
The undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering
of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this
registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method
used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities
are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the
following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a
seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell
such securities to such purchaser:
|
|
|
|
(i)
|
Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned
registrant relating to the offering required to be filed
pursuant to Rule 424;
|
|
|
(ii)
|
Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by
or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred
to by the undersigned registrant;
|
|
|
(iii)
|
The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the
offering containing material information about the undersigned
registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the
undersigned registrant; and
|
|
|
|
|
(iv)
|
Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by
the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.
|
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the
underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting
agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in
such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt
delivery to each purchaser.
II-4
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the
registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be
signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
authorized, in the City of Boston, Commonwealth of
Massachusetts, on the 10th day of August, 2011.
CARBONITE, INC.
David Friend
Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
registration statement has been signed by the following persons
in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
Title
|
|
Date
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ David
Friend
David
Friend
|
|
Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive
Officer)
|
|
August 10, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Andrew
Keenan
Andrew
Keenan
|
|
Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting
Officer)
|
|
August 10, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
Jeffry
Flowers
|
|
Director
|
|
August 10, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
Gary
Hromadko
|
|
Director
|
|
August 10, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
Charles
Kane
|
|
Director
|
|
August 10, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
Todd
Krasnow
|
|
Director
|
|
August 10, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
William
G. Nelson
|
|
Director
|
|
August 10, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
Pravin
Vazirani
|
|
Director
|
|
August 10, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*By:
|
|
/s/ David
Friend
David
Friend,
Attorney-in-Fact
|
|
|
|
|
II-5
EXHIBIT INDEX
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Description of Exhibit
|
|
|
1
|
.1#
|
|
Form of Underwriting Agreement.
|
|
3
|
.1#
|
|
Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be
in effect upon completion of the offering.
|
|
3
|
.2#
|
|
Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws to be in effect upon
completion of the offering.
|
|
4
|
.1#
|
|
Form of Common Stock Certificate.
|
|
4
|
.2#
|
|
Third Amended and Restated Investors Rights Agreement by
and among Carbonite, Inc. and the persons and entities listed on
Exhibit A attached thereto, dated as of December 24,
2009.
|
|
5
|
.1#
|
|
Opinion of Foley & Lardner LLP.
|
|
10
|
.1+#
|
|
Amended and Restated 2005 Stock Incentive Plan and Form of
Incentive Stock Option Agreement, Nonqualified Stock Option
Agreement, and Stock Restriction Agreement under the Amended and
Restated 2005 Stock Incentive Plan.
|
|
10
|
.2+#
|
|
2011 Equity Award Plan and Form of Incentive Stock Option
Agreement, Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement, and Stock
Restriction Agreement under the 2011 Stock Incentive Plan, to be
effective upon completion of the offering.
|
|
10
|
.3+#
|
|
Form of Indemnification Agreement by and between Carbonite, Inc.
and each of its directors and executive officers.
|
|
10
|
.4+#
|
|
Severance Agreement with David Friend, dated as of May 3,
2011.
|
|
10
|
.5+#
|
|
Severance Agreement with Jeffry Flowers, dated as of May 4,
2011.
|
|
10
|
.6+#
|
|
Offer and Employment Agreement with Andrew Keenan, dated as of
April 27, 2007.
|
|
10
|
.6A+#
|
|
Amendment to Offer and Employment Agreement with Andrew Keenan,
dated as of May 5, 2011.
|
|
10
|
.7+#
|
|
Offer Letter with Swami Kumaresan, dated as of September 7,
2007.
|
|
10
|
.7A+#
|
|
Amendment to Offer Letter with Swami Kumaresan, dated as of
April 18, 2011.
|
|
10
|
.8#
|
|
Office Lease with Trustees of Church Realty, dated as of
June 25, 2009.
|
|
10
|
.9#
|
|
Office Lease with Church Realty Trust, dated as of May 20,
2010.
|
|
10
|
.10 #
|
|
Colocation/Interconnection License with Markley Boston, LLC,
dated as of August 20, 2006.
|
|
10
|
.10A #
|
|
First Amendment to Colocation/Interconnection License with
Markley Boston, LLC, dated as of October 31, 2006.
|
|
10
|
.10B #
|
|
Second Amendment to Colocation/Interconnection License with
Markley Boston, LLC, dated as of January 9, 2008.
|
|
10
|
.10C #
|
|
Third Amendment to Colocation/Interconnection License with
Markley Boston, LLC, dated as of October 31, 2008.
|
|
10
|
.11#
|
|
Master Services Agreement with Internap Network Services, Corp.,
executed on or about December 3, 2008.
|
|
10
|
.12#
|
|
Loan and Security Agreement with Comerica Bank, dated as of
May 11, 2011.
|
|
10
|
.13#
|
|
Commercial Lease with Lewiston Properties, LLC, dated as of
May 13, 2011.
|
|
10
|
.14#
|
|
Turn Key Datacenter Lease with GIP Wakefield, LLC, dated as of
June 3, 2011.
|
|
10
|
.15#
|
|
Carbonite (China) Co., Ltd. Incentive Unit Plan and Form of
Incentive Units Agreement under the Incentive Unit Plan.
|
|
21
|
.1#
|
|
List of subsidiaries.
|
|
23
|
.1#
|
|
Consent of Foley & Lardner LLP (included in
Exhibit 5.1).
|
|
23
|
.2
|
|
Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered
public accounting firm.
|
|
24
|
.1#
|
|
Power of Attorney.
|
|
24
|
.2#
|
|
Power of Attorney.
|
|
|
|
+ |
|
Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan. |
|
|
|
Portions of this exhibit have been omitted pending a
determination by the Securities and Exchange Commission as to
whether these portions should be granted confidential treatment. |
|
# |
|
Previously filed. |